iGATE Computer Systems (IGATY) 20-F 2008 FY Annual report (foreign)

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

o	REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR
o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
o	SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .

For the transition period from                       to                        

Commission file number  001-32692

Patni Computer Systems Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Republic of India

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Akruti Softech Park, MIDC Cross Road No.21

Andheri (E), Mumbai 400 093, India

+91 22 6693 0500

(Address of principal executive offices)

Surjeet Singh, Chief Financial Officer, +91 22 6693 0500, surjeet.singh@patni.com

Akruti Softech Park, MIDC, Cross Road No. 21, Andheri (E), Mumbai 400 093, India

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing two equity shares, par value Rs. 2 per share. Equity shares, par value Rs. 2 per share*	New York Stock Exchange

* Not for trading but only in connection with Registration of the ADSs

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

(Title of Class)

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

Not applicable

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

Equity shares:   128,105,007

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

o Yes   x No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

o Yes   x No

Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

x Yes   o No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

o Yes   o No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer x Non-accelerated filer o

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP x International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board o Other o

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

o Item 17   x Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

o Yes   x No

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

o Yes   o No

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART - I
ITEM 1.	IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS	4
ITEM 2.	OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE	4
ITEM 3.	KEY INFORMATION	4
ITEM 4.	INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY	19
ITEM 4A.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	38
ITEM 5.	OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS	38
ITEM 6.	DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES	58
ITEM 7.	MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS	68
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL INFORMATION	71
ITEM 9.	THE OFFER AND LISTING	71
ITEM 10.	ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	75
ITEM 11.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	94
ITEM 12.	DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES	94
PART II
ITEM 13.	DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES	94
ITEM 14.	MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS	94
ITEM 15.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	95
ITEM 16A.	AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT	98
ITEM 16B.	CODE OF ETHICS	98
ITEM 16C.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	98
ITEM 16D.	EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES	99
ITEM 16E.	PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES	99
ITEM 16F	CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT	99
ITEM 16G	CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	99
PART III
ITEM 17.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	104
ITEM 18.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	104
ITEM 19.	EXHIBITS	105

CURRENCY OF PRESENTATION AND CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS

Unless otherwise stated in this Annual Report or unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, or “Annual Report” to:

·  “we,” “us,”, “our”, “our company” and “Patni” are to Patni Computer Systems Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries;

·  “India” are to the Republic of India;

·  “Japanese Yen” and “JPY” are to the legal currency of Japan; and all references to

·  “Euro” are to the legal currency of the European Union;

·  “AUD” are to the legal currency of the Commonwealth of Australia;

·  “GBP” are to the legal currency of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland;

·  “Indian rupees,” “rupees” and  “Rs.” are to the legal currency of India and all references to “U.S. dollars,” “dollars” or “US $” or “$” are to the legal currency of the United States; and

·  a particular “fiscal” year are to our fiscal year ended December 31 of such year.

The financial statements have been prepared using U.S. dollars as the reporting currency. In addition, for your convenience, this Annual Report contains translations of certain Indian rupee amounts into U.S. dollars amounts which should not be construed as a representation that those Indian rupee or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Indian rupees, as the case may be, at any particular rate, the rate stated below, or at all.

Except as otherwise stated in this Annual Report, all translations from Indian rupees to U.S. dollars contained in this Annual Report have been based on rate by Federal Reserve Board of New York on December 31, 2008 in Indian rupees was Rs. 48.58 per $ 1.00.

Information contained in our websites, including our corporate website, www.patni.com, is not part of this Annual Report.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Key Information—Risk Factors,” “Information on the Company,” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

·  our ability to attract and retain clients;

·  the anticipated benefits and risks associated with our business strategy, including those relating to our current and future service offerings;

·  our future operating results;

·  the anticipated benefits and risks of our strategic customer relationships and acquisitions;

·  the anticipated size or trends of the market segments in which we compete and the anticipated competition in those markets;

·  government regulation and the outcome of any tax, legal or regulatory review, action or litigation; and

·  our future capital requirements and our ability to satisfy our capital needs.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined in “Item 3.D. Key Information—Risk Factors”. These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievement.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Other than required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update them in light of new information or future developments.

This Annual Report includes statistical data about the IT industry that comes from information published by sources including Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, a provider of market information and strategic information for the IT industry, and the National Association of Software and Service Companies, or NASSCOM, an industry trade group.

3

This type of data represents only the estimates of Gartner, NASSCOM and other sources of industry data. In addition, although we believe that data from these sources is generally reliable, this type of data is inherently imprecise. We caution you not to place undue reliance on this data.

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

3.A. Selected financial data

The selected consolidated historical financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes to those statements and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected data presented below under the captions “Statement of Income Data”, “Balance Sheet Data” and “Cash Flow Data” for, and as of the end of, each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2008, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements (except for cash dividend per equity share) and have been prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and the audit report thereon, are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

	Fiscal Year ended December 31,
	2004			2005			2006			2007			2008
	(in thousands, except share data and per share)
Statement of Income Data
Net Revenues	$	326,582		$	450,332		$	578,851		$	662,912		$	718,884
Cost of revenues	205,439			292,456			373,966			450,085			491,266
Gross Profit	$	121,143		$	157,876		$	204,885		$	212,827		$	227,618
Selling, general and administrative	57,722			85,906			106,472			116,260			131,056
Provision for doubtful debts and advances	496			(152		)	1,191			1,182			1,626
Foreign exchange (gain) loss, net	2,082			1,693			2,748			(23,351		)	18,359
Operating Income	$	60,843		$	70,429		$	94,474		$	118,736		$	76,577
Other Income / (Expense)
Interest and dividend income	4,223			4,190			10,088			12,540			13,002
Interest expense	(2,083		)	(2,044		)	(2,840		)	(3,592		)	(1,744		)
Interest expense reversed	—			—			—			—			6,497
Gain on sale of investments, net	144			1,128			1,679			6,370			9,732
Other income (expenses), net	(3,693		)	966			3,541			1,706			2,561
Income before income taxes	$	59,434		$	74,669		$	106,942		$	135,760		$	106,625
Income taxes	12,886			13,802			47,692			21,784			5,204
Net income	$	46,548		$	60,867		$	59,250		$	113,976		$	101,421
Earnings per share, basic & diluted
Basic	$	0.38		$	0.48		$	0.43		$	0.82		$	0.75
Diluted	$	0.38		$	0.48		$	0.43		$	0.82		$	0.75
Weighted average number of common shares used in computing earnings per share
—Basic	123,066,042			125,736,592			137,957,477			138,660,785			135,590,677
—Diluted	124,084,992			127,457,632			138,904,860			139,569,933			135,760,422
Cash dividend per equity share	$	0.025		$	0.046		$	0.057		$	0.086		$	0.082

4

	At December 31,
	2004		2005		2006		2007		2008
	(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents	$	77,143	$	148,820	$	46,510	$	32,626	$	60,138
Investments in securities	85,623		141,776		246,016		301,152		248,299
Total assets	373,063		553,886		640,341		856,226		765,342
Capital lease obligations	657		706		692		604		360
Total shareholders’ equity	273,227		439,029		508,593		680,964		570,956

	Fiscal Year ended December 31,
	2004			2005			2006			2007			2008
	(in thousands)
Cash Flow Data
Net cash provided by / (used in):
Operating activities	$	47,792		$	73,058		$	59,091		$	111,272		$	149,343
Investing activities	(85,484		)	(111,750		)	(155,426		)	(130,036		)	(35,531		)
Financing activities	61,423			111,875			(7,106		)	(8,682		)	(64,589		)
Capital expenditures	(21,591		)	(53,282		)	(48,620		)	(61,891		)	(43,362		)

Exchange rates

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the Indian rupee price of our equity shares on the Indian Stock Exchanges and, as a result, will likely affect the market price of the American Depository Shares, or ADSs, in the United States, and vice versa. Such fluctuations will also affect the U.S. dollar conversion by the depositary of any cash dividends paid in Indian rupees on our equity shares represented by the ADSs.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years indicated, information concerning the number of Indian rupees for which one U.S. dollar could be exchanged based on the average rate published by the Federal Reserve Board of New York in Indian rupees.

Year	Average	High	Low	Period-End
2004	45.26	46.45	43.27	43.27
2005	44.00	46.26	43.05	44.95
2006	45.19	46.83	43.89	44.11
2007	41.19	44.49	38.48	39.41
2008	43.39	50.12	39.12	48.58
2009 (through June 12, 2009)	49.34	51.96	46.78	47.60

The following table sets forth the high and low exchange rates for the previous six months in Indian rupees  are based the rates published by the Federal Reserve Board of New York:

	High	Low
December 2008	50.05	46.74
January 2009	49.07	48.25
February 2009	50.88	48.37
March 2009	51.96	50.21
April 2009	50.48	49.55
May 2009	49.75	46.95
June 2009 (through June 12, 2009)	47.60	46.78

On June 12, 2009 the rate published by the Federal Reserve Board of New York was Rs. 47.60 per $ 1.

3.B. Capitalization and indebtedness

Not applicable.

5

3.C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

Not applicable.

3.D. Risk factors

Investors should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Annual Report and the following risk factors that affect us and our industry. The risks below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we presently deem immaterial may also affect our business operations. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially or adversely affected by any of these risks. This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our results could materially differ from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks we face as described below and elsewhere. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to our Operations

Our revenues are highly dependent on a limited number of clients and the loss of any one of our major clients could adversely affect our revenues.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of clients in a few select industries. In 2006, 2007 and 2008 our largest client, General Electric, accounted for, 14.6%  11.8%  and 10.7% of our revenues and our second largest client accounted for 9.6% , 9.1%  and 9.8% of our revenues. In 2006, 2007 and 2008, our top ten clients accounted for 53.1%, 47.6% and 45.6% of our revenues. As a result of our reliance on a limited number of clients, we may face pricing and other competitive pressures. The volume of work performed for specific clients is likely to vary from year to year, especially since we are not the exclusive external service provider for our clients. In addition, there are a number of factors, other than our performance, that could cause the loss of a client and that may not be predictable. For example, our clients may decide to reduce spending on IT services or sourcing from us due to a challenging economic environment and other factors, internal and external, relating to their business such as restructuring or supplier rationalizations. The loss of any one of our major clients, a decrease in the volume of work they outsource to us or a decrease in the price at which we sell our services to them could adversely affect our revenues.

Our client contracts, including those with our two largest customers, typically can be terminated without cause and with little or no notice or penalty, which could negatively impact our revenues and profitability.

Our clients typically retain us through non-exclusive master services agreements, or MSAs. Most of our client project contracts, including those that are on a fixed-price and fixed-price service level agreement, or SLA, basis, can be terminated with or without cause, with 0 to 90 days notice and without termination-related penalties. Our MSAs typically do not include any commitment by our clients to give us a specific volume of business or future work. Additionally, certain of our MSAs do not require the client to make payments for any services or work product reasonably deemed unacceptable to the client. Our business is dependent on the decisions and actions of our clients, many of which are outside our control, which might result in the termination of a project or the loss of a client and we could face liabilities as a result of such termination. Our clients may demand price reductions, change their outsourcing strategy by limiting the number of suppliers they use, moving more work in-house or to our competitors or replacing their existing software with packaged software supported by licensors. Any of these decisions or actions could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Our revenues are highly dependent on clients located in the United States. Economic slowdowns or factors that affect the economic health of the United States may adversely affect our business.

In 2006, 2007 and 2008, approximately 80.8% , 77.9% and 75.9% of our revenues were derived from clients located in the United States. The economic slowdown in the United States witnessed during the fourth quarter of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, may result in our clients reducing or postponing their technology spending significantly, which may in turn lower the demand for our services.

Our clients operate in a limited number of industries. Factors that adversely affect these industries or IT spending by companies within these industries may adversely affect our business.

We derive a large proportion of our revenues from clients which operate in a limited number of industries. In 2006, 2007 and 2008, we derived 23.2%, 23.6% and 24.7% of our revenues from the insurance industry, 21.7% , 23.8% and 25.1% of our revenues from the manufacturing industry, 18.9% , 13.4% and 12.6% of our revenues from the communications, media and entertainment industry, and 15.3% , 14.1% and 12.8% of our revenues from the financial services industry, respectively. The ongoing crisis in the financial and credit markets, particularly, in the United States, has led to a significant change in the financial services industry, with the United States federal government and other national governments being forced to take over or provide financial support to leading financial institutions and with leading investment banks going bankrupt or being forced to sell themselves in distressed circumstances. Significant changes in the financial services industry or any of the other industries on which we focus, or a significant consolidation in any such industry, may reduce the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability. Any significant decrease in IT services spending by clients in these

6

industries or other industries from which we derive significant revenues in the future may reduce the demand for our services. Further, any significant decrease in the growth of the insurance, manufacturing, financial services or communications, media and entertainment industries, or significant consolidation in those industries, or any decrease in growth or consolidation in other industry segments in which we operate, may reduce the demand for our services.

The ongoingfinancial crisis could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The global financial crisis affecting the financial markets and banking industry has resulted in a tightening in the credit markets , lower consumer and business spending; lower consumer networth;  low level of liquidity in many financial markets; and extreme volatility in credit, fixed income and equity markets. The economic outlook for 2009 has worsened significantly and it appears the global economic recession will continue for some time. This situation has affected the budgeting and purchasing behavior of our customers.  Many customers have delayed or reduced technology purchases. This has resulted in reductions in sales of our services, longer sales cycles, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition. If global economic and market conditions do not improve, or continue to deteriorate, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We face intense competition for employees in our market. Our success depends in large part upon our highly skilled software professionals and our ability to attract and retain these personnel.

Our ability to execute projects and to obtain new clients depends largely on our ability to attract, train, motivate and retain highly-skilled software professionals, particularly project managers and other mid-level professionals. Our attrition rates were 28.5% , 26.5% and 20.0%  in 2006,  2007 and 2008. We define our attrition rate as the ratio of the number of employees that have left us during a defined period to the average number of employees that are on our payroll during such period.

We invest in training the professionals that we hire to perform the services we provide. These professionals are often targeted by the lateral recruitment efforts of our competitors. If we cannot hire and retain additional qualified personnel, our ability to bid on and obtain new projects may be impaired and our revenues could decline. In addition, we may not be able to expand our business effectively. We believe that there is significant worldwide competition for software professionals with the skills necessary to perform the services we offer, including from non-Indian, international service providers such as Accenture Limited, or Accenture, and International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM. Additionally, we may not be able to redeploy and retrain our software professionals to keep pace with continuing changes in technology, evolving standards and changing client preferences.

Our revenues, expenses and profits are difficult to predict and can vary significantly from quarter to quarter. This could cause the market value of our equity shares and the ADSs to decline.

Our quarterly operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter. Therefore, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance. It is possible that in the future some of our quarterly results of operations may be below the expectations of market analysts and our investors, which could lead to a significant decline of the market value of our equity shares and the ADSs.

As a large part of any quarter’s revenues are derived from existing customers, revenue growth can vary due to project start and stops and customer-specific situations. Operating income variation is due to various factors such as changes in compensation, which are typically effected in the second quarter and reduce our operating margin in such quarter; changes in our use of onsite subcontractors, with higher usage in any quarter leading to lower operating income; changes in the ratio of onsite and offshore services, with higher offshore revenues enhancing the particular quarter’s operating income; changes in utilization of resources, with lower utilization leading to reduction in operating income; and changes in foreign exchange rates. We also experience variations in immigration costs.

Factors which affect the fluctuation of our revenues, expenses and profits include:

·variations, expected or unexpected, in the duration, size, timing and scope of our projects, particularly with our major clients;

·changes in our pricing policies or those of our clients or competitors;

·the proportion of services that we perform in our development centers in India as opposed to outside India;

·the effect of seasonal hiring patterns, unanticipated attrition and the time required to train and productively utilize our new employees, particularly software professionals;

·annual increases in compensation of our employees;

7

·the size and timing of expansion of our facilities;

·unanticipated cancellations, non-renewal of our contracts by our clients, contract terminations or deferrals of projects; and

·changes in our employee utilization rate, which is affected by various factors.

A significant part of our expenses, particularly those related to personnel and facilities, are fixed in advance of any particular quarter. As a result, unanticipated variations in the number and timing of our projects or employee utilization rates may cause significant variations in our operating results in any particular quarter. There are also a number of factors other than our performance that are not within our control that could cause fluctuations in our operating results from quarter to quarter. These include:

·the duration of tax holidays or exemptions and the availability of other Government of India incentives;

·the outcome of any tax, legal or regulatory review, action or litigation;

·currency exchange rate fluctuations, particularly when the rupee appreciates in value against the U.S. dollar since the majority of our revenues are in U.S. dollars and a significant part of our expenses are in rupees; and

·other general economic factors.

Consolidation in the industries that we serve could adversely affect our business.

Companies in the industries that we serve may seek to achieve economies of scale and other synergies by combining with or acquiring other companies. If two or more of our current clients merge or consolidate and combine their operations, it may decrease the amount of work that we perform for these clients. If one of our current clients merges or consolidates with a company that relies on another provider for its consulting, systems integration and technology, or outsourcing services, we may lose work from that client or lose the opportunity to gain additional work. The increased market power of larger companies could also increase pricing and competitive pressures on us. Any of these possible results of industry consolidation could adversely affect our business.

Our earnings may be adversely affected if we receive an adverse determination resulting from a pending U.S. Internal Revenue Service tax review of our U.S. operations.

We face challenges from domestic and foreign tax authorities regarding the amount of current taxes due. These challenges include questions regarding the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. To the extent we are able to prevail in matters for which accruals have been established or are required to pay amounts in excess of such accruals, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially affected. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its assessment of tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 of Patni Americas, Inc. and for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 of our U.S. branch. Based on the completion of assessment of these years, we reviewed the adequacy of the previously established tax exposure reserves with respect to these years and re-measured the established tax positions for the latter years based on those tax assessments. As a result, we made adjustments totaling to $ 18.2 million to our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2008. See “Item 5A- Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Operating Results — Taxes”.

As the IRS review for 2005 through 2006 began in the last quarter of 2008, we do not anticipate that the total tax liability will change significantly due to the settlement of audits or the expiration of statute of limitations prior to December 31, 2009.

We operate in a highly competitive environment and this competitive pressure on our business is likely to continue.

We operate in a highly competitive environment and this competitive pressure on our business is likely to continue. The market for IT services is rapidly evolving and highly competitive. We expect that competition will continue to intensify. We face competition or competitive pressure from:

·Indian IT services companies, such as Tata Consultancy Services Limited, Infosys Technologies Limited, Wipro Limited and HCL Technologies Limited;

·international IT services companies, such as Accenture, Cognizant Technology Solutions, Computer Sciences Corporation, Sapient Corporation and Electronic Data Systems;

·divisions of large multinational technology firms such as IBM, and Hewlett-Packard Company, or Hewlett-Packard;

8

·in-house IT departments of large corporations;

·other international, national, regional and local firms from a variety of market segments, including major international accounting firms, systems consulting and implementation firms, applications software firms, service groups of computer equipment companies, general management consulting firms, programming companies and temporary staffing firms;

·offshore service providers in other countries with low wage costs such as China and the Philippines, and countries in Eastern Europe and Latin America; and

·involvement of third party intermediaries who negotiate IT services and outsourcing contracts on behalf of their clients.

A number of our international competitors have set up operations in India. Further, a number of our international competitors with existing operations in India have ramped up their presence as offshore operations in India have become an important element of their delivery strategy.

Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources and generate greater revenues than we do. Clients may prefer vendors that have delivery centers located globally or are based in countries that are more cost-competitive than India. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our clients while competing against such competitors. We believe that our ability to compete also depends in part on a number of factors beyond our control, including the ability of our competitors to attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled technical employees, the price at which our competitors offer comparable services and the extent of our competitors’ responsiveness to client needs.

Any inability to manage our growth could disrupt our business and reduce our profitability.

Our revenues have grown at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 21.8% from $ 326.6 million in 2004 to $ 718.9 million in 2008. The total number of our employees has grown from 9,661 as of December 31, 2004 to 14,894 as of December 31, 2008.

Our operations have also expanded through the development, enhancement and acquisition of new service offerings and industry expertise, and the broadening of our geographic presence. Specifically, we:

·augmented our offerings in our service lines in business process outsourcing, product engineering, infrastructure management services and quality assurance;

·gained expertise and operations in the provision of services to clients in the communications, media and utilities industry through our acquisition of Patni Telecom Solutions, Inc., or Patni Telecom (formerly Cymbal Corporation, or Cymbal) and Logan Orviss International, or Logan Orviss;

·expanded our expertise and market specific services in the life sciences practice through our acquisition of Patni Life Sciences Inc. (formerly Taratec Development Corporation, or Taratec);

·expanded our expertise and operations in our product engineering technology practices;

·enhanced our operations in Europe and Asia; and

·expanded our facilities in India.

We expect our future growth to place significant demands on both our management and our resources. This will require us to continuously evolve and improve our operational, financial and internal controls across the organization. In particular, continued expansion increases the challenges we face in:

·recruiting, training and retaining sufficient skilled technical, sales and management personnel;

·adhering to our high quality and process execution standards;

·maintaining high levels of client satisfaction;

·creating and managing economies of scale;

·managing a larger number of clients in a greater number of industry sectors;

·integrating expanded operations while preserving our culture, values and entrepreneurial environment; and

·developing and improving our internal administrative infrastructure, particularly our financial, operational, communications and other internal systems.

Any inability to manage our growth may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

9

We may face difficulties in providing services within our industry and technology practices, offering new and existing service lines and managing increasingly large and complex projects, which could lead to clients discontinuing their work with us.

We have been expanding the nature and scope of our engagements by extending the breadth of our practices and the services we offer. The success of our new practices and service offerings is dependent, in part, upon demand for such services by our existing and new clients and our ability to meet this demand in a cost-competitive and effective manner. We cannot be certain that we will be able to attract existing and new clients for such new services or effectively meet our clients’ needs.

We intend for the increased breadth of our practices and service offerings to result in larger and more complex projects for our clients. To achieve this result, we need to establish closer relationships with our clients and develop a thorough understanding of their operations. Our ability to establish such relationships will depend on the proficiency of our management personnel, software professionals and, if necessary subcontractors, as well as other competitive factors such as our performance and delivery capability. Larger and more complex projects may involve multiple engagements or stages, and there is a risk that a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages or may cancel or delay additional planned engagements. Such cancellations or delays make it difficult to plan for project resource requirements, and failure to plan appropriately may have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business will suffer if we fail to keep pace with the rapid changes in technology in the industries on which we focus. We need to anticipate and develop new services and enhance existing services in order to keep our clients satisfied.

The IT services market is characterized by rapid technological changes, evolving industry standards, changing client preferences and new product and service introductions. Our future success will depend on our ability to anticipate these advances and develop new service offerings to meet client needs. We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these advances on a timely basis or, if we do respond, the services or technologies we develop may not be successful in the marketplace. Furthermore, services or technologies that are developed by our competitors may render our services non-competitive or obsolete.

We have undertaken and may continue to undertake strategic acquisitions, which may prove to be difficult to integrate and manage or may not be successful, and may result in increased expenses or write-offs.

We have pursued and may continue to pursue strategic acquisition opportunities to enhance our capabilities and address gaps in industry expertise, technical expertise and geographic coverage. It is possible that we may not identify suitable acquisition or investment candidates or joint venture partners, or if we do identify suitable candidates or partners, we may not complete those transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us or at all. The inability to identify suitable acquisition targets or investments or joint ventures or the inability to complete such transactions may adversely affect our competitiveness and our growth prospects.

If we acquire another company, we could have difficulty in assimilating such company’s personnel, operations, products, services, technology and software into our operations. In addition, the key personnel of the acquired company may decide not to work with us. These difficulties could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees and increase our expenses. Further, any such acquisition, merger or joint venture that we attempt, whether or not completed, or any media reports or rumors with respect to any such transactions, may adversely affect the value of our equity shares and the ADSs.

We are investing substantial cash assets in new facilities and physical infrastructure, and our profitability could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately.

We expect to invest approximately $ 15 million to $ 20 million in capital expenditures in 2009. Most of the new spending will be for construction of new facilities and physical infrastructure. However, we may not receive the benefits that we expect from our investment in these facilities. Further, we may encounter cost overruns or project delays in connection with new facilities. These expansions will increase our fixed costs. If we are unable to grow our business and revenues proportionately, our profitability will be reduced.

We are subject to risks arising from exchange rate fluctuations.

Although our functional currency is the Indian rupee, we transact a significant portion of our business in several other currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar. Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, receivables, payables and other foreign currency assets and liabilities. We expect that a majority of our revenues will continue to be generated in U.S. dollars for the foreseeable future. In 2006, 2007 and 2008  our dollar denominated revenues represented 87.1%, 82.9% and 80.7% of our total revenues respectively.

A significant portion of our expenses, comprising the cost of revenues and selling, marketing and general administrative expenses, are and will continue to be denominated and incurred in Indian rupees. In 2006, 2007, and 2008 rupee costs represented 37.0%, 42% and 40.8% of these cost of revenues and selling, marketing and general administrative expenses. Therefore, changes in the exchange rate between the rupee and other currencies, especially with respect to the U.S. dollar, may have a material adverse effect on our revenues, other income, cost of

10

services, operating costs and net income, which may in turn have a negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. On December 31, 2008, the exchange rate per U.S. dollar was Rs. 48.58 compared to Rs. 39.41 on December 31, 2007 and Rs. 44.11 on December 31, 2006. On June 12, 2009  the exchange rate per US $ was Rs. 47.60. The exchange rate between the rupee and the dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future.

We have sought to reduce the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on our operating results by purchasing derivative instruments such as foreign exchange forward contracts, purchased options and net written options. As of December 31, 2008, we had outstanding forward contracts in the amount of $ 285.4 million, JPY 400.0 million ($ 4.4 million), AUD 1.0 million ($ 0.7 million) and GBP 1.5 million ($ 2.2 million), outstanding written options of GBP 0.9 million ($ 1.3 million), Euro 1.6 million ($ 2.2 million) and JPY 150 million ($ 1.7 million ), outstanding currency purchased options in the amount of $ 27.0  million, outstanding currency purchased options, net sell in the amount of $ 61.3 million and outstanding currency written options in the amount of $ 21.0 million. We have increased our foreign currency hedging activity given the recent volatility in the value of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar. However, we may not be able to purchase contracts to insulate ourselves adequately from foreign currency exchange risks. In addition, any such contracts may not perform effectively as a hedging mechanism.or we may incur losses in such derivative instruments which may adversely affect our profits in a quarter or a financial year.  In 2006 and 2008 we had a net foreign exchange loss of $ 2.7 million and $ 18.4 million and in 2007 we had a net foreign exchange gain of $ 23.4 million.  See “Item 11.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Components of Market Risk - Exchange Rate Risk”.

Our success depends in large part upon our senior management and key personnel and our ability to attract and retain them.

We are highly dependent on our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other members of the executive leadership team. We have recently experienced a change in our senior management with Mr. Narendra K. Patni no longer continuing as the Chief Executive Officer and being replaced by Mr. Jeya Kumar in February 2009. Our future performance will be dependent upon the continued service of these persons. We do not maintain key man life insurance for any of the senior members of our management team or other key personnel. Competition for senior management in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to retain such senior management personnel or attract and retain new senior management personnel in the future. The loss of any of the members of our senior management or other key personnel may adversely affect our business.

Our revenues could be significantly affected if the governments in the United States or other countries in which our customers are based restrict companies from outsourcing work to non-domestic corporations.

Offshore outsourcing has become a politically sensitive topic in the United States and Europe due to its perceived association with the loss of jobs in such countries. In the United States, in particular, there has been increasing political and media attention on these issues following the growth of offshore outsourcing. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform services we offer or themselves may be discouraged from transferring these services to offshore providers to avoid any negative perception that may be associated with using an offshore provider. These trends could harm our ability to compete effectively with competitors that operate primarily out of facilities located in the United States. A variety of U.S. federal and state legislation has been proposed that, if enacted, could restrict or discourage U.S. companies from outsourcing their services to companies outside the United States. In addition, it is possible that legislation could be adopted that would restrict U.S. private sector companies that have federal or state government contracts from outsourcing their services to offshore service providers. Because most of our clients are located in the United States, any expansion of existing laws or the enactment of new legislation restricting offshore outsourcing by U.S. companies could adversely impact our ability to do business.

Our inability to complete fixed-price contracts within budget and at the required level of performance could reduce our revenues and profitability.

We derived 35.2% , 32.4% and 36.0% of our revenues from fixed-price contracts in 2006 , 2007 and 2008. We bear the risk of cost overruns, completion delays and wage inflation in connection with all fixed-price projects, any of which may result in a decrease in our margins from work performed on fixed-price contracts. Our revenues from fixed-price contracts also include revenues from fixed-price SLAs, which are conditioned upon our meeting predetermined performance levels. Any failure to meet such performance levels could result in a reduction in our revenues. Any failure to accurately estimate the resources and time required for a project or any failure to complete our contractual obligations at the committed performance level could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Our ability to expand our business and procure new contracts or enter into beneficial business arrangements may be affected by non-competition clauses in our agreements with existing clients or business partners.

Certain of our existing MSAs and other agreements have non-competition clauses, which restrict us from providing services to competitors of our existing clients or entering new markets where a business partner may already have a presence. Many of our MSAs contain clauses that restrict our employees working for a particular

11

client from providing services to a competitor of that client. Such clauses may restrict our ability to offer services to clients in a specific industry in which we have acquired expertise and may adversely affect our business and growth.

We may be liable to our clients for damages caused by system failures or breaches of security obligations.

Many of our contracts involve projects that are critical to the operations of our clients’ businesses. Further, our client contracts may require us to comply with certain security obligations including maintaining network security and back-up data, ensuring our network is virus free and verifying the integrity of employees that work with our clients by conducting background checks. Any failure in a client’s system or breach of security relating to the services we provide to the client could damage our reputation or result in a claim for substantial damages against us. We cannot assure you that any limitations of liability set forth in our service contracts will be enforceable in all instances or will otherwise protect us from liability for damages in the event of a claim for breach of our obligations. Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient for all such claims or damages and additional insurance coverage may not be available in the future on reasonable terms or in amounts sufficient to cover large claims. Successful assertions of one or more large claims against us could have a significant adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our clients’ proprietary rights may be misappropriated by our employees or subcontractors in violation of applicable confidentiality agreements.

We require our employees and subcontractors to enter into non-disclosure arrangements to limit access to and distribution of our clients’ intellectual property and other confidential information as well as our own. We can give no assurance that the steps taken by us in this regard will be adequate to enforce our clients’ intellectual property rights. If our clients’ proprietary rights are misappropriated by our employees or our subcontractors or their employees, in violation of any applicable confidentiality agreements or otherwise, our clients may consider us liable for that act and seek damages and compensation from us.

We may be subject to third party claims of intellectual property infringement.

Although there are currently no material pending or threatened intellectual property claims against us, infringement claims may be asserted against us in the future. Our contracts contain broad indemnity clauses, and under most of our contracts, we are required to provide specific indemnity relating to third party intellectual property rights infringement. In some instances, the amount of these indemnities may be greater than the revenues we receive from the client. If we become liable to third parties for infringing their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and be forced to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the applications or products that contain the infringing technology. We may be unable to develop non-infringing technology or to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. We may also be required to change our methodologies so as not to use the infringed intellectual property, which may not be technically or commercially feasible and may cause us to expend significant resources. Any claims or litigation in this area, irrespective of the outcome, could be time-consuming and costly and/or injure our reputation.

As the number of patents, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in our industry increases, we believe that companies in our industry will face more frequent infringement claims. Defending against these claims, even if not meritorious, could be expensive and divert our attention and resources from operating our Company.

We have a limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights, and unauthorized parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our intellectual property.

We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and design laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property, including our brand identity. However, the laws of India may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Therefore, our efforts to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate and we may not be able to detect unauthorized use or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may independently develop proprietary methodologies similar to ours or duplicate our products or services. Unauthorized parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our services or proprietary information. The misappropriation or duplication of our intellectual property could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, reduce our revenues and increase our expenses. We may need to litigate to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any such litigation could be time consuming and costly and the outcome of any such litigation cannot be guaranteed. For more information regarding our intellectual property, see “Item 4.B. Information on the Company — Business Overview - Intellectual Property.”

Risks Related to Investments in Indian Companies and International Operations Generally.

We are incorporated in India and a substantial portion of our assets and our employees are located in India. Consequently, our financial performance and the market price of our ADSs will be affected by changes in exchange rates and controls, interest rates, Government of India policies, including taxation policies, as well as political, social and economic developments affecting India.

12

Immigration restrictions could limit our ability to expand our operations in the United States. We derive a high proportion of our revenues from clients located in the United States which may be affected materially by such restrictions.

Most of our employees are Indian nationals. The ability of our software professionals to work in the United States, Europe and in other countries depends on our ability to obtain necessary visas and work permits. At present, majority of our software professionals in the United States hold H-1B visas, a temporary visa which allows the employee to remain in the United States while he or she remains an employee of the sponsoring firm, and L-1 visas, an intra company transfer visa allowing managers and executives or employees with specialized knowledge to stay in the United States only temporarily.

An H-1B visa may be granted to certain categories of persons in several “specialty occupations” including software professionals such as our employees, so long as their compensation meets annually adjusted minimums. Those adjustments may force increases in the salaries we pay to our employees with H-1B visas, resulting in lower profit margins. Although there is currently no limit to new L-1 visas, there is a limit to the aggregate number of new H-1B visas that may be approved by the United States government in any fiscal year. We believe that the demand for H-1B visas will continue to be high. Further, the United States government has increased the level of scrutiny in granting visas. This may lead to limits on the number of L-1 visas granted. The U.S. immigration laws also require us to comply with other legal requirements including those relating to displacement and secondary displacement of U.S. workers and recruiting and hiring of U.S. workers, as a condition to obtaining or maintaining work visas for our software professionals working in the United States.

Immigration laws in the United States and in other countries are subject to legislative change, as well as to variations in standards of application and enforcement due to political forces and economic conditions. It is difficult to predict the political and economic events that could affect immigration laws, or the restrictive impact they could have on obtaining or monitoring work visas for our software professionals. Our reliance on work visas for a significant number of software professionals makes us particularly vulnerable to such changes and variations. As a result, we may not be able to obtain a sufficient number of visas for our software professionals or may encounter delays or additional costs in obtaining or maintaining such visas.

Wage pressures in India may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margins.

Wage costs in India have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the United States and Europe for comparably skilled professionals, which has been one of our competitive strengths. However, wage increases in India may prevent us from sustaining this competitive advantage and may negatively affect our profit margins.

Clients may seek to reduce their dependence on India for outsourced IT services or take advantage of the services provided in countries with labor costs similar to or lower than India.

Clients who presently outsource a significant proportion of their IT services requirements to vendors in India may, for various reasons, including to diversify geographic risk, seek to reduce their dependence on one country. We expect that future competition will increasingly include firms with operations in other countries, especially those countries with labor costs similar to or lower than India, such as China, the Philippines and countries in Eastern Europe. Since wage costs in our industry in India are increasing, our ability to compete effectively will become increasingly dependent on our reputation, the quality of our services and our expertise in specific industries.

Our net income would decrease if the Government of India reduces or withdraws tax benefits and other incentives it currently provides to us or otherwise increases our effective tax rate.

Presently, we benefit from the tax holidays given by the Government of India for the export of IT services from specially designated software technology parks and special economic zones in India. As a result of these incentives, which include a 10 year tax holiday from Indian corporate income taxes for the operation of most of our Indian facilities, our operations have been subject to relatively low tax liabilities. The tax benefits available for some of our facilities have expired and certain others will expire upon completion of 10 years from commencement of business of the eligible undertaking. However the tax holiday for the export of IT services will expire on March 31, 2010.

In December 2006,  we received a demand notice from the Indian Income Tax department for approximately Rs. 630.17 million, including an interest demand of approximately Rs. 186.85 million ($ 12.9 million including an interest demand of approximately $ 3.8 million) for the assessment year 2004-05. The tax demand was mainly on account of disallowance of deduction claimed by us under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, as amended, or the Indian Income Tax Act, in respect of profits earned by its various eligible undertakings. Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act exempts the profits earned by an undertaking for the export of computer software upon the fulfillment of certain conditions. One of the conditions is that the unit should not have been formed by the splitting up of an existing business. We had expanded our software development business whereas the Indian Income Tax department contends that the business of the new units is comprised of business transferred from existing units by splitting them. In consultation with our tax advisers, we filed an appeal in January 2007 challenging the disallowance.

13

One of the requirements under the Indian Income Tax Rules to proceed with an appeal is to deposit, either immediately or through monthly installments, a sum equivalent to 50% of the amount that is under appeal. Until March 31, 2008, we deposited a sum of Rs. 310.28 million ($7.2 million). Considering the facts and nature of disallowances and based on the advice given by our legal counsel, management considered that the disallowance was not tenable and, therefore was confident of a favorable outcome in appeal proceedings and hence no provision for such income tax demand was considered necessary..

Subsequently, in February 2008, we received an order from the Commissioner of Income Tax (CIT) (Appeals) in favor of the Company by allowing the claim under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act. The Company received the refund of the taxes paid after adjustment of the new demand for the assessment year 2002-03 as explained below.

In December 2007, the Company received another demand, for Rs. 261.70 million including an interest demand of approximately Rs. 139.88 million ($5.3 million including an interest demand of approximately $2.9 million) for the assessment year 2002-03. The new demand related to the same issue of disallowance of tax benefits under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act. In the opinion of management, and based on advice received, the demand was considered as not tenable against us and we filed an appeal with the appellate authority.

Subsequently, in March 2008, we received an order from the CIT (Appeals) in our favor allowing the claim under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act.  Until March 2008 an aggregate amount of Rs. 261.70 million ($6.1 million) along with interest has also been received as refund.

The Indian Income tax department has appealed against the CIT (Appeal’s) order in respect of the assessment years 2002-03 and 2004-05 in the Indian Income Tax Appellate Tribunal.

In December 2008 we received a demand of approximately Rs 458.66 million for the assessment year 2003-04 including an interest demand of Rs. 258.64 million ($9.4 million including an interest demand of approximately $5.3 million) and another demand in January 2009 of approximately Rs. 1,131.76 million for the assessment year 2005-06 including an interest demand of approximately Rs. 421.97 million ($23.2 million including an interest demand of approximately $8.7 million). These new demands concern the same issue of disallowance of tax benefits under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act. We have filed an appeal and a stay of demand has been granted until June 30, 2009.  Additionally, we have deposited with the Indian income tax authorities Rs. 209 million ($4.1 million) as deposit relating to the demands received in December 2008. We consider these demands as not tenable against us and, therefore, no provision for this tax contingency has been established.

Further, provisions of the Indian Income Tax Act of India are amended on an annual basis by enactment of the Finance Act. The Finance Act, 2008 has extended the scope of service tax to cover software development and this will not increase our operating expenses, since we recover this from our customers.

In addition, we may also be subject to changes in taxation resulting from the actions of applicable income tax authorities in India or from Indian tax laws that may be enacted in the future. For example, we may incur increased tax liability as a result of a determination by applicable income tax authorities that the transfer price applied to transactions involving our subsidiaries and the Company was not appropriate.

Any increases in our effective tax rate as a result of the expiration of tax benefits we currently enjoy, changes in applicable tax laws or the actions of applicable income tax or other regulatory authorities could materially reduce our profitability. For more information, see “Item 5.A. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Operating Results — Taxes.

Any disruption in the supply of power, IT infrastructure and telecommunications lines to our facilities could disrupt our business process or subject us to additional costs.

Any disruption in basic infrastructure, including the supply of power, could negatively impact our ability to provide timely or adequate services to our clients. We rely on a number of telecommunications service and other infrastructure providers to maintain communications between our various facilities in India and our clients’ operations in the United States and elsewhere. Telecommunications networks are subject to failures and periods of service disruption which can adversely affect our ability to maintain active voice and data communications among our facilities and with our clients. Such disruptions may cause harm to our clients’ business. We do not maintain business interruption insurance and may not be covered for any claims or damages if the supply of power, IT infrastructure or telecommunications lines is disrupted. This could disrupt our business process or subject us to additional costs.

Anti-takeover provisions under Indian law could prevent or deter an entity from acquiring control of us.

Indian takeover regulations contain certain provisions that may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change in control of us. These provisions may discourage a third party from attempting to take control of our Company, even if a change in control would result in the purchase of ADSs at a premium to the market price or would otherwise be beneficial to our ADS holders. See “Item 10. B. Additional Information —Takeover Code.”

14

There are certain differences in shareholder rights and protections between the laws of India and the United States and between governance standards for a U.S. public company and a foreign private issuer such as us.

We are incorporated in India and investors should be aware that there are certain differences in shareholder rights and protections under the laws of India and the United States. There are also certain differences in the governance standards for a U.S. company and those applicable to a foreign private issuer such as us. A U.S. investor should consider such differences in shareholder rights and governance.

In certain circumstances, our ability to acquire companies organized outside India may require the approval of the Government of India and/or the Reserve Bank of India and we may fail to obtain such approvals in a timely manner or at all.

As part of our strategy, we intend to acquire companies, in India or abroad, which have a synergistic fit with our operations.

Subject to compliance with certain Indian laws and regulations, including Indian exchange control laws and regulations, we are permitted:

·to make overseas direct investments in a joint venture or wholly-owned subsidiary outside India of up to 400% of our net worth as of the date of our last audited balance sheet;

·to make investments in an overseas joint venture or wholly-owned subsidiary engaged in a bona fide business activity; and

·to make overseas direct investments, without limits on net worth, in any foreign security from the proceeds of an international offering of ADRs or Global Depository Receipts, or GDRs, or from the account balances held in our exchange earner’s foreign currency bank accounts; and.

In certain other cases, we are required to obtain the approval of the Reserve Bank of India to acquire shares of a foreign company for cash consideration or through a share swap transactions (subject to certain exceptions for an exchange of ADRs or GDRs).

In certain circumstances, we may not be able to meet the Indian regulatory requirements with respect to certain acquisitions of foreign companies and may require the prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India and/or the Government of India to consummate acquisitions of such foreign companies. We may not be able to obtain some or all of these approvals in a timely manner or at all, and thereby may be impeded in our efforts to acquire companies organized outside India. This inability may limit our growth, render us uncompetitive relative to our competitors and adversely affect our business, revenues and profitability.

You may have difficulty enforcing any judgment obtained in the United States against us or our directors or executive officers in India.

We are incorporated under the laws of India and many of our directors and executive officers reside outside the United States. Furthermore, most of our assets and the assets of our directors and executive officers are located outside the United States. As a result, you may be unable to:

·effect service of process upon us or our directors and executive officers; or

·enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against us or such persons in the United States, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

The United States and India do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters.

Incidents such as terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war involving India, the United States, and other countries could adversely affect the financial markets, result in loss of client confidence, and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Incidents such as the terrorist attacks that have occurred in India, the United States, and other countries and other acts of violence or war, including those involving India, the United States or other countries, may adversely affect global equity markets and economic growth. These acts may also result in a loss of business confidence and have other consequences that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Travel advisories, reluctance to travel and increased visa scrutiny for travelers as a result of such attacks may have an adverse impact on our ability to operate effectively. Any of these events could adversely affect client confidence in India as an outsourcing base.

Regional conflicts in South Asia could adversely affect the Indian economy, disrupt our operations and cause our business to suffer.

South Asia has, from time to time, experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries, such as between India and Pakistan and even within the country. There have been military confrontations

15

along the India-Pakistan border from time to time. The potential for hostilities between the two countries is high due to past terrorist incidents in India, and troop mobilizations along the border, and the geopolitical situation in the region. Military activity or terrorist attacks in the future could influence the Indian economy by disrupting communications and making travel more difficult. Political tensions could increase the perception that investments in Indian companies involve a higher degree of risk than companies in other countries such as the United States. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the market for securities of Indian companies, including our equity shares and our ADSs, and on the market for our services.

Our performance is linked to the stability of policies and the political situation in India.

The role of the Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy and their effect on producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant over the years. Since 1991, successive governments of India have pursued policies of economic liberalization, including significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. The present Government of India, which has been recently elected again that concluded in May 2009, had taken initiatives that continue to support the economic liberalization policies pursued by previous governments. We cannot assure you that these liberalization policies will continue in the future .The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting technology companies, foreign investment, currency exchange rates and other matters affecting investment in our securities could change as well. A significant change in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally, and our business in particular.

We are vulnerable to natural disasters that could severely disrupt the normal operation of our business and adversely affect our earnings.

India is susceptible to natural disasters, including tsunamis, floods and earthquakes. On December 26, 2004, southeast Asia, including the eastern coast of India, experienced a tsunami that caused significant loss of life and property damage. While our facilities were not damaged, the tsunami struck Chennai and other areas in which we operate. Substantially all of our facilities and IT professionals are located in India including Mumbai, which has also experienced heavy flooding in recent years. If our facilities are damaged by a tsunami, flood, earthquake or other natural disaster, our global delivery capability could be interrupted or delayed significantly. Although we maintain comprehensive natural perils insurance up to policy limits our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses. In addition, disaster management facilities in India may not be adequate to protect against potential losses. As a result, a natural disaster in India could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Compliance with new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance.

Laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, new SEC regulations, NYSE rules, Securities and Exchange Board of India rules, and Indian stock exchanges’ listing regulations are subject to change and can create uncertainty for companies like ours. New or changed laws, regulations and standards could lack specificity or be subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards.

In particular, continuing compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related regulations regarding our required assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting requires the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources and our external auditors’ independent assessment of the internal controls over financial reporting.

We seek to maintain high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses.

Risks Relating to Our ADSs and our Trading Market

Sales and issuances of our equity shares or ADSs may adversely affect the market price of the ADSs and our equity shares.

Sales of a substantial number of equity shares, including sales by our insiders, into the public market, whether on the Indian stock exchanges or into the United States by issuances of ADSs, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of the ADSs and our equity shares or our ability to raise capital through an offering of our securities. In the future, we may also sponsor the sale of shares currently held by some of our shareholders, or issue new shares. We can make no prediction as to the timing of any such sales or the effect, if any, that future sales of our equity shares, or the availability of our equity shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our equity shares or ADSs prevailing from time to time. In addition, we have adopted an employee stock option plan as a means to reward and motivate our employees. You may experience dilution of your shareholding to the extent that we make future equity offerings or issue equity shares pursuant to the exercise of stock options under our employee stock option plan.

16

We have controlling shareholders who have the ability to exercise significant control over us, and whose interests may conflict with the interests of our other shareholders.

Mr. Narendra K. Patni, Mr. Gajendra K. Patni and Mr. Ashok K. Patni, together with their families and entities controlled by them, and General Atlantic Mauritius Limited, or General Atlantic, own 16.16%, 15.87%, 16.35% and 17.89% of our outstanding equity shares, respectively, as of June 12, 2009.

Our Articles of Association confer certain rights on our controlling shareholders relating to our governance, including representation on our Board of Directors and an ability to adjourn a shareholder or Board of Directors meeting for lack of quorum if their representative is not present at the first such meeting. In addition, our Articles of Association can only be amended if members holding not less than 75% of our equity shares (and who are entitled to vote) cast votes in favor of such amendments and such votes include the favorable votes of each of the controlling shareholders, so long as the respective groups hold at least 10% of our equity shares and vote on such amendment. Pursuant to the terms of our Articles of Association, Mr. Narendra K. Patni is the permanent Chairman of our Board, with a casting vote in the event of a tie.

Pursuant to an employment agreement between our U.S. subsidiary, Patni Americas, Inc., (formerly Patni Computer Systems, Inc.) and Mr. Narendra K Patni, Mr. Narendra K Patni served as the Chief Executive Officer of our U.S. subsidiary Patni Americas, Inc and pursuant to  the consultancy agreement between our U.S. subsidiary and us, Mr. Narendra K. Patni was seconded as our Chief Executive Officer. The aforesaid employment agreement with Mr. Narendra K. Patni had an initial term expiring on December 31, 2008 which, now, has been extended until December 31, 2013 unless sooner terminated earlier pursuant to the Employment Agreement amendment dated February 20, 2009.  While Mr. Narendra K Patni has ceased to be our Chief Executive Officer since February 20 2009, he continues to be our Chairman. In addition, our Board of Directors had approved the extension of the consultancy agreement to December 31, 2010. Pursuant to the Consultancy Agreement amendment dated February 20, 2009,  the consultancy agreement with Patni Americas Inc can be terminated only  on or after December 31, 2010 (upon giving one month’s written notice to Patni Americas Inc) and such termination will take effect on the expiration of such period of notice.

Mr. Gajendra K. Patni and Mr. Ashok K. Patni, together with their family members, have management control of certain companies, which include PCS Technology Limited, PCS International Limited, PCS Cullinet Private Limited, PCS Finance Private Limited and Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited. We have not entered into any non-solicitation or non-compete agreements with any of these companies. While these companies currently are not competing with us to a material extent, we cannot assure you that in the future they may not compete with us, may not solicit our employees or otherwise have interests that may not conflict with ours.

Each of the four controlling shareholders has the right to appoint one director to our Board of Directors so long as such controlling shareholder holds 5% or more of our equity shares. In addition, Mr. Arun Duggal and Mr. Louis T. van den Boog, two of our directors, formerly served as special advisors to General Atlantic.

Accordingly, our controlling shareholders have the ability to exercise significant influence over our management, including over matters requiring shareholder approval or approval by our Board of Directors. This could delay, defer or prevent a change in control, impede a merger, consolidation, take-over or other business combination involving us, or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Certain of our shareholders also have certain additional rights with respect to SEC registration for resale of our equity shares. See “Item 7.B. Related party transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Trading suspensions and closures at the Indian stock exchanges may adversely affect the trading price of ADSs.

Our equity shares are listed and traded in India on the Indian stock exchanges. The regulation and monitoring of Indian securities markets and the activities of investors, brokers and other participants differ, in some cases significantly, from those in the United States. Indian stock exchanges have in the past experienced problems, including temporary exchange closures, broker defaults, settlement delays and strikes by brokerage firm employees, which, if continuing or recurring, could affect the market price and liquidity of the securities of Indian companies, including our equity shares and ADSs, in both domestic and international markets.

The two Indian stock exchanges on which our equity shares are listed, the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited, also have a specific price band for each security listed. When a price fluctuation exceeds the specific limits of the price band, trading of the security is stopped for that trading session. Such price volatility controls and the specific price bands are decided by each individual exchange and may differ from exchange to exchange. A closure of or trading stoppage on the Indian Stock Exchanges could adversely affect the trading price of the ADSs.

17

Exchange rate fluctuations between the dollar and the rupee will affect the value of the ADSs.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the rupee and the dollar will affect the dollar value of any cash dividends paid in rupees on our equity shares represented by the ADSs. In addition, these fluctuations will affect the dollar equivalent of the rupee price of our equity shares on the Indian Stock Exchanges and, as a result, the prices of our ADSs in the United States, as well as the dollar value of the proceeds a holder would receive upon the sale in India of any equity shares withdrawn from the depositary under the deposit agreement. Holders may not be able to convert rupee proceeds into dollars or any other currency, and there is no guarantee of the rate at which any such conversion will occur, if at all.

Indian law imposes certain restrictions that limit a holder’s ability to transfer the shares obtained upon surrender of ADSs and repatriate the proceeds of such transfer, which may cause our ADSs to trade at a premium or a discount to the market price of our equity shares.

Under certain circumstances, the Reserve Bank of India must approve the sale of equity shares underlying ADSs by a non-resident of India to a resident of India. The Reserve Bank of India has given general permission to effect sales of existing shares or convertible debentures of an Indian company by a resident to a non-resident, subject to certain conditions, including the price at which the shares may be sold. Additionally, except under certain limited circumstances, if an investor seeks to convert the rupee proceeds from a sale of equity shares in India into foreign currency, approval from the Reserve Bank of India will have to be obtained for each such transaction. Required approval from the Reserve Bank of India or any other government agency may not be obtained on terms favorable to a non-resident investor or at all.

An investor in our ADSs may not be able to exercise preemptive rights for additional equity shares and may thereby suffer dilution of its equity interest in us.

Under the Indian Companies Act, 1956, or the Indian Companies Act, a company incorporated in India must offer its holders of equity shares preemptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintain their existing ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new shares, unless such preemptive rights have been waived by holders of three-fourths of the shares voting on the resolution to waive such rights. A holder of ADSs may be unable to exercise preemptive rights for equity shares underlying ADSs unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. We are not obligated to prepare and file such a registration statement and our decision to do so will depend on the costs and potential liabilities associated with any such registration statement, as well as the perceived benefits of enabling the holders of ADSs to exercise their preemptive rights, and any other factors we consider appropriate at the time. We cannot assure you that we would file a registration statement under these circumstances. If we issue any such securities in the future, such securities may be issued to the depositary, which may sell such securities for the benefit of the holders of the ADSs. There can be no assurance as to the value, if any, the depositary would receive upon the sale of such securities. To the extent that a holder of ADSs is unable to exercise preemptive rights granted in respect of the equity shares represented by the ADSs, his proportional interest in us would be reduced.

Holders of ADSs may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights.

At our request, the depositary will mail the holders of ADSs any notice of a shareholder meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights of our shares represented by the ADSs. If the depositary receives voting instructions from the holders in time, relating to matters that have been forwarded to them, it will endeavor to vote the shares represented by the ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions. However, the ability of the depositary to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We cannot assure that the holders will receive voting materials in time to enable them to return voting instructions to the depositary in a timely manner. Shares for which no voting instructions have been received will be voted by our management. There may be other communications, notices or offerings that we only make to holders of our shares, which will not be forwarded to holders of ADSs. Accordingly, the holders of ADSs may not be able to participate in all offerings, transactions or votes that are made available to holders of our shares.

An active or liquid trading market for our ADSs is not assured.

An active, liquid trading market for our ADSs may not be maintained in the long term.  We cannot predict the extent to which an active, liquid public trading market for our ADSs will continue.  If there is no longer any active trading market for our ADSs, or if we fail to meet eligibility requirements, we may be required to delist from the NYSE, which could adversely affect the price of our ADSs and, potentially, our equity shares.  Although holders of ADSs are entitled to withdraw the equity shares underlying our ADSs from our Depositary at any time, there is no public market for our equity shares in the United States.

18

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

4.A. History and development of the Company

We were incorporated as Patni Computer Systems Private Limited on February 10, 1978 under the Indian Companies Act. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies, Pune, Maharashtra, India. Our company registration number is 11-020127 (CIN L72200MH1978PLC020127). In 1988, since our turnover exceeded prescribed limits under the then-applicable Section 43A of the Indian Companies Act, we became a deemed public company and subsequently on April 15, 1991 we were converted into a private limited company. In 1995 we once again became a deemed public company and upon the deletion of Section 43A from the Indian Companies Act, we were converted to a private limited company on June 27, 2002. We were again converted to a public limited company on September 18, 2003 and changed our name to Patni Computer Systems Limited. Our registered office is located at S-1A Irani Market Compound, Yerawada, Pune 411 006, Maharashtra, India and the telephone number of our registered office is +91 20 2669 3457.

The original activities of the Company were computer time rental, the resale of imported computer hardware, and software exports. In 1981, we promoted PCS Data Products (Private) Limited, or PCSDP, for the sale and marketing of computer equipment and hardware maintenance. In 1987, we formed PCS Data General India, or PCSDG, a joint venture with The Data General Corporation, U.S.A., for the manufacture and maintenance of computer hardware. In 1994, the name of PCSDP was changed to PCS Industries Limited, or PCSIL, and PCSDG was merged into PCSIL. Since 1994, we have been entirely focused on software exports. In 1999, the shares of PCSIL held by us and other non-operating assets were de-merged into other group companies and our Company emerged as a focused IT services company.

Our corporate headquarters are located at Akruti Softech Park, MIDC Cross Road No. 21, Andheri East, Mumbai 400 093, India, and our North American headquarters are located at One Broadway Cambridge, MA 02142. General Atlantic made a significant investment in our company in 2002. To enhance our domain expertise in financial services and communications, media and entertainment, we made selective acquisitions such as Patni Telecom (formerly  Cymbal), which we acquired in November 2004. We completed our initial public offering of equity shares in India in February 2004 and our initial offering of ADSs listed on the New York Stock Exchange in December 2005. In 2007, we acquired Logan Orviss International, a European based telecommunications consulting company, and Patni Life Sciences, Inc. (formerly Taratec Development Corporation), a U.S. based life sciences consulting company to widen our telecommunications and life sciences expertise, respectively. In addition, we acquired from one of our major customers  the world wide rights for a software proprietary intellectual property right that enables communication service providers to offer customer management, retail point-of- sales and billing services for a variety of products and services.

In February 2008, our Board of Directors  approved a proposal to repurchase fully paid equity shares of up to 10% of the paid up capital and free reserves, at a maximum price of Rs. 325 per equity share, for an aggregate amount of up to Rs. 2,370 million ($ 53 million) in accordance with the provisions of Sections 77A, 77AA, 77B and other applicable provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 and the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 1998, or the (“Buy Back Regulations”), for which necessary public announcements were made on April 2, 2008.

We commenced the repurchase of shares on July 10, 2008. Our Board of Directors declared closure of the buy back offer on October 23, 2008. Subsequent to the share repurchase, such shares are required to be extinguished as per the requirements of Section 77A of the Indian Companies Act. 1956.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased a total of 10,957,082 equity shares through the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited for an aggregate consideration of Rs. 2,370 million ($ 53 million), which was 100% of the amount authorized for such buy back. Subsequently, we extinguished the equity shares so bought back by us.

Our retained earnings include profits aggregating Rs. 21.91 million ($0.45 million) set aside as Capital Redemption Reserve  as required by the Indian Companies Act, 1956 pursuant to the repurchase which can be utilized only for the purpose of issuing fully paid bonus shares of the Company.

Our capital expenditures for 2006, 2007 and 2008 was $53.4 million, $59.8 million and $40 million, respectively. These capital expenditures were primarily to finance the expansion of our existing facilities  as well as the construction / purchase of new facilities in India. We anticipate capital expenditures of between approximately $ 15 million and $ 20 million in 2009, principally to finance the construction of our new facilities in Noida, Pune, Hinjewadi, Airoli - Navi Mumbai,  Gandhinagar and other facilities and physical infrastructure in India. We are obliged to make certain capital expenditures under a number of contracts relating to this expansion. Estimated amounts remaining to be executed on such contracts (net of advances), aggregated approximately $ 50.1 million at December 31, 2008 to be spread over a 3 year period. We currently intend to finance our planned capital expenditure entirely from existing cash and cash equivalents  and funds generated from operations.

4.B. Business overview

We are a leading Indian provider of information technology services. We deliver a comprehensive range of IT services through globally integrated onsite and offshore delivery locations primarily in India, which we call our global delivery model. We offer our services to customers through industry-focused practices, including insurance, manufacturing, financial services and communications, media and entertainment, and through technology-focused

19

practices. Within these practices, our service lines include application development, application maintenance and support, packaged software implementation, infrastructure management services, product engineering services, business process outsourcing and quality assurance services.

We have in-depth knowledge in our industry and technology practices. Insurance, manufacturing, communications, media and entertainment and financial services accounted for 23.2%, 21.7%, 18.9% and 15.3% in 2006, 23.6%, 23.8%, 13.4% and 14.1% in 2007 and 24.7%, 25.1%, 12.6% and 12.8% in 2008.  We also have knowledge, experience and a growing presence in other industries including retail, energy and utilities, logistics and transportation and life sciences. Our technology practices offer research, design and development services for product engineering. Through our dedicated sales and management teams in each of our industry and technology practices, we believe we are able to provide better client service, effectively cross-sell services to our existing clients and develop new client relationships.

We have a track record of successfully developing and managing large, long-term client relationships with some of the world’s largest and best known companies. Our customer base has increased significantly from 170 clients as of December 31, 2004 to 331 clients as of December 31, 2008. Several of our key executives are located in our client geographies to better develop and maintain client relationships at senior levels. Repeat business accounted for  91.5% in 2006, 92.4% in 2007 and 93.0% in 2008.

Our revenues grew from $ 326.6 million in 2004 to $ 718.9 million in 2008, representing a CAGR of 21.8%. Our net income grew from $ 46.5 million in 2004 to $ 101.4 million in 2008, representing a CAGR of 21.5%. Our total number of employees was 9,661 as of December 31, 2004 and 14,894 as of December 31, 2008. We are investing in new high-tech facilities, which we refer to as “knowledge parks”, designed for expanding our operations and training our employees. We have 237 sales and marketing personnel supported by dedicated industry specialists in 27 sales offices around the globe, including North America, Europe, Japan and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region.

We have a highly qualified management team with a broad range of experience in the IT industry. Our Chairman   ( previously also our Chief Executive Officer) is an entrepreneur and engineer who has been in this industry for over 30 years and has led us from our inception in 1978. Most of our senior management has worked as a team with us for over 20 years. We use our competitive recruitment program to select the best talent from India’s premier engineering institutions.

Industry Structure and Developments (Source:  Global Markets and IT outsourcing overview from Gartner on Outsourcing 2008- 2009 Report and Indian IT Industry overview from   NASSCOM  Strategic Review Report 2009)

Global Markets Overview

As we entered 2008, there were signs of economic fragility in the U.S. and Europe, were apparent, but the crises that began in October 2008 has greatly increased the level of economic uncertainty. The resultant recession has been felt across the geographies and industries.

The overarching theme of global economic uncertainty has become so widespread and the path to economic recovery so obscured that “cautiously optimistic” is the most hopeful position most organizations are mustering in these times.

The immediate question that hovers over the financial services sector at the end of 2008 is how quickly credit will loosen up to stimulate recovery. The pessimistic view is that outsourcing market will also likely be impacted in the short and medium  term time frames. In fact, most of the Indian outsourcing companies have seen significant decline in revenue growth in the last couple of quarters in 2008.

Customers have reduced discretionary expenditure to a large extent and the decision cycles have become longer and elongated.

In the current scenario, the outsourcing market represents a dichotomy: on the downside, organizations’ outsourcing strategies may negatively impact market growth, but at the same time, the upside is that outsourcing can help organizations to work through financial and competitive challenges. There is potential for outsourcing to address immediate cost pressures as well as long-term recovery goals.

IT Outsourcing Outlook

Based on the current economic uncertainty, IT budgets  are expected to be carefully scrutinized, customers are seeking ways to reduce costs and/ or supplement their IT staff, which may result in opportunities for global outsourcing together with cost constraints.

·Many organizations that have successfully used offshore sourcing for cost-benefits will be looking for the next level of benefit. This opens opportunities for service providers to introduce higher levels of operational effectiveness that incrementally add value through globally delivered service relationships.

20

·Global delivery will be considered by more organizations that have never outsourced before. Those using offshore/global delivery may increase the levels and types of services work being done offshore.

·In the short term, it is expected that pricing pressures will increase, Price competition for deals, particularly for standardized IT outsourcing (ITO) services, may be fierce. In some cases, buyers will be lured by “lowball” pricing from providers trying to make quarterly revenue goals or build market share. In other cases, providers will be “forced” to accept low margins for revenue growth, and buyers will make decisions based on who will promise the lowest cost. In either scenario for the next two years the provider’s cost to deliver may exceed revenue and service quality may be degraded.

While the 2009 outlook for global technology related spending is affected by the recessionary environment, a rebound is expected from 2010 onwards. Worldwide adoption of outsourcing is also expected to rise significantly in the coming years.

Indian IT Industry Outlook

Strong fundamentals of a large talent pool, sustained cost competitiveness and an enabling business environment have helped established India as the preferred sourcing destination. Superior delivery model has ensured India remains the distinct leader in the global sourcing arena.

Indian IT-BPO grew 33% in fiscal year 2008 and reached $64 billion in aggregative revenue, thus revalidating it’s strong fundamentals, despite strong concerns of slowing U.S. economy and supply constraints. IT-BPO export reached $40.9 billion in the year 2008 against $ 31.8 billion in the fiscal year 2007, i.e., it has grown 28%. Software and service export reached $40.4 billion, contributing nearly 63% of the overall IT-BPO aggregate revenue.

As a proportion of national GDP, the Indian technology sector revenue has grown from 1.2% in 1998 to 5.5% in 2008. Net value added by the sector to the economy was estimated at 3.3 – 3.9% for fiscal year 2008.

Source:  NASSCOM Fact sheet

The export revenues are estimated to gross US$ 47 billion in fiscal year 2009, accounting for 66% of the total IT-BPO industry revenues. Cross currency movement during the year, led by the strengthening (and high volatility) of the U.S. dollar versus some of the major invoicing currencies (Euro, GBP), suppressed volume growth in the European market by approximately 2.2% at an industry level. Software and services exports (including BPO) are expected to account for over 99% of total exports, employing over 1.76 million employees.

While the U.S. with a 60% share remains the largest export market for Indian IT-BPO services, incremental growth is being driven by the European market, with the U.K. and Continental Europe growing by a CAGR of 41.4% and 51.4% in the period of fiscal years 2004 to 2008.

The industry’s vertical market exposure is also well diversified across several mature and emerging sectors. banking, financial services and insurance (BFSI) remains the largest vertical market for Indian IT exports, followed by high technology and  telecommunications. These sectors together accounted for nearly 61% of the Indian IT-BPO exports in fiscal year 2008  Manufacturing and Retail sectors contributed  25% of the aggregate exports in fiscal year 2008. Other key segments include media, healthcare, airlines, transportation and utilities.

21

Key global sourcing drivers will continue to be cost, access to talent, business improvements, increasing speed-to-market and access to emerging markets. The future outlook for all these drivers is positive, leading to increased momentum for global sourcing. The focus on cost reduction is expected to increase, keeping in mind the current recessionary environment.

Environmental considerations such as climate change, global warming, social responsibilities, and compliance issues add to increased pressure on margins, which can be offset by increasing global sourcing to keep tabs on spiraling costs.

Sustained demand, robust fundamentals and a supportive business environment will help realize the significant potential the IT-BPO industry offers, both for exports and the domestic market. The industry can achieve an export target of $ 60-62 billion by FY 2011, employing 2.5-3 million professionals directly and contributing substantially to the socio-economic development of the country. The size of the opportunity in hand can be gauged from the fact that India currently accounts for just over 4% of worldwide technology related spend. Additionally, growth in global sourcing is estimated to be almost four times that of technology related spend. India currently generates the bulk of its IT-BPO revenues from the U.S. and the BFSI sector, while accounting for a miniscule part of technology spend in other geographies and verticals. India, with its fundamental advantages can capture a large share of the opportunities available. However, in order to achieve this goal, the key stakeholders need to work in tandem.

The Indian IT-BPO industry is now at a critical point in its evolution. Behind it stands a decade of stellar performance which has left a deep imprint on the Indian economic and social landscape. Moving forward, it faces a transforming macro-economic environment, rapidly changing customers and needs, evolving services and business models, and rising stakeholder (employees, investors) aspirations. These forces are expected to redefine the nature of demand and supply for the industry, and also redefine the strategic imperatives for businesses in 2009.

Our Delivery Model

We address our clients’ needs with our global delivery model, through which we allocate resources in a cost-efficient manner using a combination of onsite client locations in North America, Europe and Asia and offshore locations in India. We believe an integral part of our delivery is our industry knowledge, which we refer to as our domain expertise.

We refer to our own industry experts, business analysts and solutions architects who are located primarily onsite with the client as our “domain wedge”. These experts are supported by additional personnel who provide technical services onsite on a temporary basis, and by our trained professionals located normally at one or more of our nine offshore centers in India. Typically, at the initial stage of a project, we provide services through our onsite industry and technology experts and our transient onsite delivery personnel. By applying our domain wedge approach, we deliver solutions that can be structured to scale to suit our clients’ needs. In certain cases we provide dedicated offshore development centers, set up for a particular client. Through these offshore development centers we integrate our clients’ processes and methodologies and believe we are better positioned to provide comprehensive and long-term support. We maximize the cost efficiency of our service offerings by increasing the offshore portion of the work as the client relationship matures. To complement our domain wedge, we have aligned a majority of our sales and marketing teams to focus on specific industry sectors.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe our competitive strengths enable us to deliver high-quality, efficient and scalable services. These strengths include:

Focused Industry Expertise

We concentrate on industries where we believe we can generate sustained revenue growth, such as insurance, manufacturing, financial services and communications, media and entertainment. Through our extensive experience in these industries, we provide solutions that respond to technological challenges faced by our clients. We also focus on technology practices, specifically in product engineering services.

Successful Client Relationships

We have demonstrated the ability to build and manage our client relationships. Our long-term relationships typically develop from performing discrete projects to providing multiple service offerings spread across the client’s businesses. Through our flexible approach, we believe we offer services that respond to our clients’ needs irrespective of their size. By leveraging our industry experience with our project management capabilities and breadth of technical expertise, we solidify and expand our client relationships.

22

Extensive Suite of IT Services

We provide a comprehensive range of IT services, including application development, application maintenance and support, packaged software implementation, infrastructure management services, product engineering, business process outsourcing and quality assurance services. Our knowledge and experience span multiple computing platforms and technologies, which enable us to address a range of business needs and to function as a virtual extension of our clients’ IT departments. We offer a broad spectrum of services in select industry sectors, which we leverage to capitalize on opportunities throughout our clients’ organizations.

Delivery and Operational Excellence

Through our mature global delivery model, we deliver high quality and cost-effective IT services from multiple locations in a reduced timeframe. We vary the composition of our employee resource pool, in terms of seniority and location, to maximize our productivity and efficiency. Our processes and methodologies have achieved Capability Maturity Model Integrated (CMMi) Level 5, the highest attainable certification. We use project management tools to deliver services to client specifications in a timely and reliable manner while maintaining a high level of client satisfaction.

Highly-skilled Professionals

We have a highly qualified management team with a broad range of experience in the IT industry. Our Chairman (previously also our Chief Executive Officer) is an entrepreneur and engineer who has been in the IT industry for over 30 years and has led us from our inception in 1978. Most of our senior management team has worked as a team for over 20 years. We use our competitive recruitment program to select the best talent from India’s premier engineering institutions.

Our Strategy

We seek to further enhance our position as a leading Indian provider of integrated IT services and solutions through our global delivery model. To achieve this we intend to:

Penetrate and Grow Strategic Client Accounts

We have achieved strong revenue growth by focusing on select, long-term customer relationships which we call strategic accounts. We aim to expand the scope of our client relationships by leveraging our focused industry sector expertise with delivery excellence, responsive engagement models and breadth of services. We intend to focus on adding new strategic clients and further penetrating our existing customer relationships. We address the needs of our larger strategic relationships through dedicated account managers who have responsibility for increasing the size and scope of our service offerings to such clients. We aim to strengthen our sales and marketing teams, a majority of which are aligned to focus on specific industries.

Strengthen and Broaden our Industry Expertise

We intend to strengthen our understanding of key industries by investing in a strong base of industry experts, business analysts and solutions architects as well as considering select from targeted acquisitions. We believe that we can add more value than a general service provider because we understand the specific industry requirements of our clients.

Strengthen and Broaden our Service Lines

We aim to deepen our existing client relationships through new and more comprehensive service lines. In recent years we have added new capabilities in line with our growth and customer needs. We continually explore new initiatives through our internal centers of excellence, which focus on innovation in specific technology platforms or services. For example, we added quality assurance services as a new service line, and developed increased capabilities such as business intelligence, database administration and legacy system modernization in other service lines.

Optimize and Expand Delivery Capability

We are committed to enhancing our processes and methodologies by investing in project management tools that improve our efficiency. We aim to develop new productivity tools, refine our software engineering techniques and maximize reuse of our processes. For example, we use automation testing to increase the efficiency of our project methodologies and for process management, defect tracking, audit management and contract management. We also apply this commitment to our infrastructure and we are constructing new knowledge park campuses in India to provide world-class infrastructure, high standards of quality and secure delivery.

Build our Brand Globally

While our “Patni” brand is an established and recognized brand in India, we intend to increase recognition of our brand elsewhere in our client markets. We seek to achieve this through targeted analyst outreach programs,

23

trade shows, white papers, sponsorships, workshops, road shows, speaking engagements and global public relations management. We believe that a stronger brand will facilitate our ability to gain new clients and to attract and retain talented professionals.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions

We seek to pursue selective strategic acquisitions to augment our capabilities and to address gaps in industry expertise, technical expertise, service lines and geographic coverage. We will continue to consider and seek acquisition opportunities which considerably widen our industry and technology practices.

Industry Practices, Technology Practices and Service Lines

We offer our services to customers through industry practices in insurance, manufacturing, financial services and communications, media and entertainment, as well as in other industries. We also have technology practices that offer services in product engineering and for  Independent Software Vendors, or ISVs. Our industry practices and technology practices are complemented by our service lines, which we develop in response to client requirements and technology life cycles. Our service lines include application development, application maintenance and support, packaged software implementation, infrastructure management services, product engineering, business process outsourcing and quality assurance services.

Industry Practices

Insurance

We offer a range of integrated services to global insurance companies. Our industry experts employ their knowledge in all stages of the insurance business cycle, from underwriting to compliance. Our offerings include a broad spectrum of services to insurance carriers including life and health, property and casualty and reinsurance companies. The IT services we provide span several functions, including sales and marketing, distribution, policy services, claims, compliance, accounting and reinsurance. In May 2008, we launched a customizable solution framework for the development or modernization of insurance business applications. Our core services include:

·systems consolidation and integration of mergers and acquisitions;

·policy administration conversions;

·development of frameworks that reduce the cycle time and cost for policy issue and claim handling;

·new product (life and retirement) introductions;

·batch system optimization;

·data mining;

·development of business intelligence applications; and

·legacy support of several applications.

We are a member of global insurance industry organizations such as Life Office Management Association, or LOMA, the Association for Cooperative Research and Development, or ACORD, and the Insurance and Accounting Systems Association. Several of our business analysts are LOMA certified and certified by the American Institute for Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriters.

Manufacturing

Our manufacturing practice offers IT and business process outsourcing services that support the purchase, sales, production, engineering, finance, human resources and legal functions of a manufacturing company. Within the manufacturing industry, the sectors we service include consumer goods and durables, electronics, engineering, food and beverages, personal care products, paper, rubber products, life sciences and pharmaceuticals. To businesses in these sectors, we provide IT services in the following areas:

·supply chain management;

·demand chain management;

·manufacturing applications and core manufacturing systems (including package implementation);

·data warehousing; and

·business intelligence.

A significant portion of the services we provide to our customers in our manufacturing practice include implementation, customization and support of ERP platforms used by our customers

24

From January 1, 2009, we have renamed our manufacturing segment as manufacturing, retail and distribution. This practice now includes clients in the retail, logistics and transportation industry, described below under the caption “Other Industries”.

Financial Services

Our financial services business unit focuses on customers in the banking, diversified financial services and securities business segments. We provide consulting and software services including BPO (business process outsourcing) for consumer and corporate banking, treasury and risk management, mutual funds, investment management and securities. Our services to these business areas include:

·architecture design;

·application integration and development;

·information security assessments;

·legacy system maintenance;

·business intelligence;

·customer relationship management;

·mutual funds and benefits administration;

·portfolio accounting and reporting;

·stock exchange and brokerage house solutions; and

·business process outsourcing.

Communications, Media and Entertainment

Our communications, media and entertainment practice provides domain expertise in a wide spectrum of IT operations and business support systems used by telecommunications service providers across various segments including mobile, wireline, cable, broadband and media. We have expertise particularly in the newer business models that are emerging in these markets such as mobile virtual network operations or integrated voice/data/entertainment content services over broadband and 3G networks. In May 2008, we launched Patni atomsTM a market-ready offering for communications service providers to set up core customer- and partner-facing business processes under one consolidated operational model.

Our telecommunications experts provide solutions that combine a wide variety of services including:

·IT strategy;

·system consulting and design;

·application development;

·implementation and maintenance;

·quality assurance;

·new product development and launch;

·infrastructure management services;

·business process outsourcing; and

·IT outsourcing.

The services we provide within the media and entertainment industry and television broadcasting include broadcast station management and automation applications, and traffic and billing systems. Our services for publishing companies cover content layout software and search systems. Our services for online gaming and casinos primarily involve accounts management.

In 2007, we renamed our telecommunications practice as communications, media and entertainment.

From January 1, 2009, we renamed our communications, media and entertainment practice as communications, media and utilities. It now includes clients in the energy and utilities industries, as described below under the caption “Other Industries”.

Other Industries

In addition, we offer services to clients in the following industries:

25

Retail

Our experience in the retail practice includes development, support and testing of applications for specialty and hi- tech retailers and grocery chains. We also offer services such as PCI compliance, development of multi-channel retail solutions and solutions around point of sale systems.

Energy & Utilities

Our experience in the energy and utilities industry includes development, integration and testing of customer billing, meter process automation and smart meter programs for electric and water utility customers. In addition, we also offer geographic information systems and related services.

Logistics & Transportation

We provide services to road, air and rail transportation companies covering operational applications such as fleet management, revenue accounting, reservations and flight operations. Apart from these, we also provide solutions to the logistic companies in areas such as warehouse management applications, supply chain and route optimization.

From January 1, 2009, retail, logistics and transportation has been merged with under the manufacturing industry practice and energy and utilities has been merged with under the communications, media and entertainment industry practice.

Technology Practices

Product Engineering

Our product engineering services practice provides services for product engineering, product life cycle support and research and development outsourcing space, with a specialized team of over 2,600 engineers focused to service a variety of technology sectors, such as medical electronics and life sciences, storage networks and computing, industrial automation, automotive, consumer electronics, mobile, wireless and telecom, enterprise platform software (ISV) and semiconductors.

Our product engineering practice services all the segments from application software, embedded hardware, embedded software engineering to computer aided engineering (Electro-mechanical) areas. Our product engineering services assist several fortune 500 product companies to bring new products quickly to the market by providing high quality, robust, domain backed complex software/hardware development services from offshore/nearshore.

Our services provide support to our clients in the development of their products in the following areas:

·     Software

·            Shrink wrapped and platform vendors

·            System software

·            Application framework vendors

·            ASP (Active server pages), Vertical ISV

·     Electronics

·            Embedded software

·            Hardware design

·            Very large scale integration (VLSI) / Field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) design

·            Packaging (Computer Aided Design / Computer Aided Manufacturing)

·     Mechanical/Electro-Mechanical

·            Product life cycle management / Product data management

·            Computer aided engineering/ Computer aided design / Computer aided manufacturing

From January 1, 2007, we combined our ISV and product engineering technology practices into a single segment.

Service Lines

Application Development

We custom design, develop and implement software solutions for a variety of client needs. We offer services across the software development lifecycle, including requirements analysis, design, implementation, integration and

26

testing for our projects. We typically perform application design, implementation and testing primarily in our offshore delivery centers located in India, while requirements analysis, transition planning, user training and deployment are performed at our clients’ sites. In specific situations, we may work jointly with our clients’ teams. Our projects range from single-platform, single-site systems to multi-platform, multiple-site systems and typically include new development and/or significant functional enhancements to existing software applications. We have developed expertise in mainframe, client-server and internet technologies and on emerging platforms such as .NET and J2EE.

Application Maintenance and Support

Our application maintenance and support services include performance optimization and system modification, product and system support, preventive maintenance and migration to newer technologies and platforms. We perform most of our maintenance and re-engineering assignments at our offshore delivery centers located in India. In addition, we maintain small teams at our clients’ premises to coordinate support functions. We perform diagnostics to assess offshore outsourcing potential and prepare a customized offshore road-map. We share the benefits of our continuous improvement initiatives to reduce recurring maintenance costs for our clients. Our application maintenance projects are typically long-term in nature.

Packaged Software Implementation

We assess, evaluate, implement and maintain packaged software developed by global vendors in the areas of enterprise resource planning, customer relationship management or CRM, supply chain management, business intelligence and enterprise application integration. Our offerings comprise:

·consulting services, which include functional and technical assessment, architecture and technology consulting and training;

·implementation services, which include product implementation and rollout;

·application care services, which include post-implementation support, product customization, interface development and version upgrade; and

·  functional extensions and integration of diverse enterprise applications.

Infrastructure Management Services

We offer full support services of the IT infrastructure and remote managed services of applications, network and hardware infrastructure for our clients. These services are delivered both at customer locations and from our offshore facilities located in India. We specialize in mainframe and client-server operating systems, a wide range of data and voice networks, enterprise management systems, infrastructure products from well-known vendors, web-server products, network security products, disaster recovery and business continuity management. From our network operations center in India we have the facility, hardware and technology to deliver remote managed services to our customers. Our service offerings address several managed services configurations such as traditional, integrated and automated remote monitoring, and management and reporting for enterprise-wide infrastructure environments including hardware, communications and software environments.

Product Engineering Services

Our product engineering services support the various industry requirements of multiple disciplines such as utilities, manufacturing, insurance, banking and finance. Our primary product engineering services include engineering design and modeling, electronic design, embedded software development, product lifecycle management which includes re-engineering, maintenance and sustenance of legacy products, testing and migrations to new technologies. We offer these services to clients in industry sectors such as consumer electronics, automotive, medical electronics, industrial automation, office automation, handheld/mobile device manufacturing and semiconductor manufacturing. Our technology expertise spans multiple computing languages including assembly language for various micro-controllers and processors, real-time operating systems, various computer aided design and manufacturing platforms, GIS platforms, communication protocols and digital signal processing. We also offer document conversion services and GIS services especially to our customers in the utilities industry.

Business Process Outsourcing

We started offering business process outsourcing services in 2002. Since then we have been enhancing our expertise and concentrating on transaction processing for our insurance, financial services and telecommunication clients and administrative processes in the areas of finance and accounting, payment processing, human resource management and technical help-desks.

Quality Assurance Services

Our quality assurance services include functional testing, test automation, performance testing, remote testing and test process consultancy. Apart from testing custom-built applications, we have experience in testing operating

27

systems, utilities, specialized application servers and middleware products. With respect to automation, we have partnerships with leading vendors and expertise in leading commercial and open source tools.

Quality and Project Management

While quality always has been an integral part of our operations at Patni, we became formally certified and assessed for quality models in 1995. We started with ISO 9000-1994, underwent SEI-CMM level 4 and 5 assessments and as of today are ISO 9001-2000 certified and are assessed for P-CMM Level 3 and SEI-CMMi Level 5. ISO 9001 is an international standard for quality management systems maintained by the International Organization for Standardization. The Capability Maturity Model (CMM) is a method for evaluating the quality of a company’s management and software engineering practices, with Level 5 being the highest attainable certification. The CMM was developed by the Software Engineering Institute (SEI) at Carnegie Mellon University. The Software Engineering Institute subsequently released a revised version known as the Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMi). We have been using the Six Sigma Program to implement process changes including the above. We continuously strive to better our quality management system with the help of industry best practices and research findings. Our quality management system involves the review and continuous improvement of software development and related processes, testing of work products and regular internal and external quality audits. We apply sophisticated project management and solution deployment methodologies that we have developed to help ensure timely, consistent and accurate delivery of IT solutions to our clients. In 2008 we have received the following recognitions:

·Gold Certified Partner Status in the Microsoft Partner Program

·SAP-ERP Implementation for a temple trust was recognized as the “Best IT Implementation 2008” in the “Most Innovative Category” by PC Quest Magazine]

·Listed as a ‘NeoIT 2008 Global Services 100 Company’.

·Listed as an ‘IAOP 2008 Global Outsourcing 100 Company’.

·Ranked amongst the ‘Top 10 Insurance Technology Vendors’ and 35th amongst the ‘top technology providers for financial institutions’ in the ‘FinTech 100 - 2008’ list.

·Listed among ‘India’s Top ITes & BPO Companies – 2008’, by Dun & Bradstreet.

·Listed among Top 10 in ‘F&A BPO Competitive Landscape of Up-and-Coming Players – 2008’, by Gartner, Inc.

·Listed in the ‘Black Book of Outsourcing – 2008’:

·Ranked among Top 5 ‘Health Insurance BPO Providers’

·Ranked among Top 10 ‘Total Benefits Administration Providers’

·Ranked among Top 15 ‘Insurance Industry Vendors offering Comprehensive End-to-end BPO Services’.

Centers of Excellence

We have developed internal “centers of excellence” to create expertise in emerging technologies. We currently have centers of excellence that focus on middleware integration, legacy systems modernization, business intelligence, RFID, process consulting and service oriented architectures based on technologies such as J2EE and .NET. For example, we use our center of excellence on legacy systems modernization to develop solutions for our clients who want to maintain their current business-critical systems but at the same time want to utilize the latest technologies for new systems. We partner with leading technology vendors such as IBM and Microsoft to implement technology solutions soon after they are made available in the market.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales teams use a multi-pronged approach to market our services. They target certain industries and service lines through focused sales executives, geographies through regional sales executives and large clients through dedicated account managers. We have aligned a majority of our sales and marketing teams to focus on specific industries. In addition to our sales executives, we have industry experts and solution architects who complement our sales efforts by providing specific industry and service line expertise. Our sales efforts are also supported by our marketing professionals, who assist in brand-building and tracking our expertise. Our senior management and dedicated account managers are actively involved in managing client relationships and business development through targeted interaction with multiple contacts throughout our clients’ organizations. We aim to develop our client relationships into partnerships by working closely with our clients’ managers and senior executives to formulate and execute an offshore outsourcing strategy, implement engagement models that suit their particular challenges and explore new service lines.

28

We undertake detailed periodic reviews to identify existing and prospective clients that we believe can develop into large, strategic clients. We intend to focus on adding more strategic accounts, which we define as those who provide $ 5.0 million or more in annual revenues or those with whom we believe we have the potential to achieve such annual revenue amounts over a 24 to 30 month period. For each strategic client, a senior executive is identified and charged with managing the overall client relationship and leading periodic reviews with the client.

We have 27 sales offices across North America, Europe, Japan and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region and 237 sales and marketing personnel who are supported by dedicated industry specialists. We set targets for our sales personnel at the beginning of each year, which are subject to periodic reviews. In addition to a base salary, our compensation package for sales personnel includes an incentive-based compensation plan driven by achievement of the prescribed sales targets.

Our sales and marketing professionals help promote the “Patni” brand through targeted analyst outreach programs, trade shows, white papers, sponsorships, workshops, road shows, speaking engagements and global public relations management. We believe that a stronger brand will facilitate our ability to gain new clients and to attract and retain talented professionals.

During the year 2008, we received the ‘2008 Marketing Excellence – Diamond Award’ by ITSMA as a recognition of our efforts in strengthening customer relationships.

Clients

We market our services to clients located in the United States, Europe, India, Japan, the rest of the Asia-Pacific region (excluding Japan and India) and the rest of the world. A significant proportion of our revenues is derived from clients located in the United States, as illustrated in the table below:

	Fiscal year ended December 31,
	2006		2007		2008
United States	80.8	%	77.9	%	75.9	%
Europe	11.6	%	14.7	%	15.7	%
India	0.4	%	0.8	%	0.9	%
Japan	3.8	%	3.0	%	3.5	%
Asia-Pacific (excluding Japan and India)	1.9	%	1.9	%	2.3	%
Rest of the World	1.5	%	1.7	%	1.7	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

Further, a significant proportion of our revenues has been derived historically from the insurance, manufacturing, financial services, communications, media and entertainment industries, as illustrated in the table below. We also derive a small proportion of our revenues from clients in other industries, which until 2008 included retail, energy and utilities, logistics and transportation and from our technology practices, product engineering.

	Fiscal year ended December 31,
	2006		2007		2008
Insurance	23.2	%	23.6	%	24.7	%
Manufacturing (1)	21.7	%	23.8	%	25.1	%
Financial Services	15.3	%	14.1	%	12.8	%
Communications, Media and Entertainment(2)	18.9	%	13.4	%	12.6	%
Product Engineering	14.2	%	16.7	%	15.7	%
Others (3)	6.7	%	8.4	%	9.1	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

.

(1)From January 1, 2009, we have renamed our manufacturing segment industry practice as manufacturing, retail and distribution.

(2)From January 1, 2009, we have renamed our communications, media and entertainment practice as communications, media and utilities.

(3)From January 1, 2009, retail, logistics and transportation has been merged with the manufacturing industry practice and energy and utilities has been merged with the communications, media and entertainment industry practice.

29

Although we believe we have successfully diversified our client base over the past three years, significant proportion of our revenues are derived from a small number of clients, as illustrated in the table below:

	Fiscal year ended December 31,
	2006		2007		2008
General Electric	14.6	%	11.8	%	10.7	%
State Farm Insurance	9.6	%	9.1	%	9.8	%
Top 5 Clients	37.1	%	34.8	%	32.7	%
Top 10 Clients	53.1	%	47.6	%	45.6	%

The following table illustrates a breakdown of our largest clients by revenue categories on a cumulative basis:

	2006	2007	2008
No. of $ 1 million + clients	74	84	92
No. of $ 5 million + clients	26	31	30
No. of $ 10 million + clients	13	14	19
No. of $ 25 million + clients	3	5	5
No. of $ 50 million + clients	2	2	2

The General Electric Association

Our association with General Electric commenced in 1990. We provide IT services to a majority of entities within the General Electric group of companies. For these businesses, we provide services in the areas of multi-year application support, new program development, infrastructure management, business intelligence solutions and software package implementation and business process outsourcing.

Our engagement model with General Electric includes a dedicated offshore development center, integrated telecommunications networks, quality program targets and highly integrated program management and reporting.  Most projects are on the basis of fixed-price SLAs and fixed-price development engagements and are bid for on a competitive basis against other third-party IT service providers.  Our pricing for these projects is based on our cost and margin expectations for completing the project, which is the same basis on which we bid for fixed price projects with other customers. Our largest General Electric engagement within the General Electric group of companies is with GE Infrastructure followed by GE Money.

On August 3, 2006, we entered into a new master Information Technology Services Agreement with General Electric, with a term from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2009. The terms of this agreement generally reflect the provisions described below under “Contractual Arrangements”.

Contractual Arrangements

We enter into non-exclusive MSAs with clients that typically have a specified term and contain general rights and obligations governing our relationship with the client. The MSAs specify the broad scope of work and typically do not include any commitment by the client to give us a specific volume of business or future work. For each work assignment, the client and we enter into separate work orders with the client that specify the types of services we are required to provide to the client, the performance levels and the price terms. Although some of our MSAs contain the billing rates for time and materials work orders, for most of the services we provide, whether on a time and materials basis or on a fixed-price basis, the separately agreed work order contains the specific pricing and other commercial terms.

Most of our MSAs, including the MSAs with our two largest customers, can be terminated with or without cause, with 0 to 90 days notice and without termination-related penalties. The MSAs typically contain terms that:

·require us to provide various representations and warranties, including those relating to the services we perform;

·require us to maintain confidentiality relating to the client and the contract, including compliance with various laws relating to privacy and data protection;

·require us to protect the intellectual property of our clients;

30

·require us to comply with certain security obligations, including maintaining network security and back-up data, ensuring our network is virus free and verifying the integrity of employees who work with our clients by conducting background checks;

·require us to indemnify the client, including for third party intellectual property infringement;

·limit the liabilities of both parties under the contract; and

·provide for reciprocal non-solicitation of employees by our clients and us.

The MSAs typically do not stipulate that we are the preferred supplier for the customer and do not provide that we are entitled to any minimum amount of work or revenues from the customer.

Competition

The market for IT services is rapidly evolving and highly competitive. We expect that competition will continue to intensify. We face competition or competitive pressure from:

·Indian IT services companies, such as, Tata Consultancy Services Limited, Infosys Technologies Limited, Wipro Limited, and HCL Technologies Limited;

·international IT services companies, such as Accenture, Cognizant Technology Solutions, Computer Sciences Corporation, Sapient Corporation and Electronic Data Systems;

·divisions of large multinational technology firms such as IBM, and Hewlett-Packard Company, or Hewlett-Packard;

·in-house IT departments of large corporations;

·other international, national, regional and local firms from a variety of market segments, including major international accounting firms, systems consulting and implementation firms, applications software firms, service groups of computer equipment companies, general management consulting firms, programming companies and temporary staffing firms;

·offshore service providers in other countries with low wage costs such as China and the Philippines, and countries in Eastern Europe and Latin America; and

·involvement of third party intermediaries who negotiate IT services and outsourcing contracts on behalf of their clients.

A number of our international competitors are setting have set up operations in India. Further, a number of our international competitors with existing operations in India have ramped up their presence as offshore operations in India have become an important element of their delivery strategy.

We believe that price alone is not a sustainable competitive advantage in an environment where IT solutions are becoming increasingly critical to clients’ core corporate strategy. We have therefore built our competitive position on our ability to leverage our industry specific knowledge and experience in a broad range of IT services, to manage and maintain large client relationships, to continually monitor and improve our delivery excellence and to attract and retain highly-skilled software professionals.

Innovation

We believe innovation should be institutionalized so as to ensure our ability to help clients meet emerging challenges. We have two groups involved in our research and development activity initiatives, the product and technology initiatives group and the delivery innovation group. We also have a business analysis group that serves as a channel between our clients and our innovation groups to provide analysis on the trends in client requirements and evolving needs.

Service and Technology Initiatives

The product and technology initiatives group is focused on applied research and development initiatives and employs emerging technologies to create new technology service offerings. The group has established systems to harness talent among our employees by providing a shared framework for idea generation. The group is responsible for identifying, evaluating and incubating new technology service offerings and later converting relevant technology offerings into centers of excellence. The current focus areas of the group include service oriented architectures and their usage in building next generation applications, mobile computing and its applications, usage of RFID technologies and legacy systems modernization.

Delivery Innovation

Our delivery innovation group is focused on providing operational excellence and serving our customers in the most efficient manner. This group’s activities include developing best practices and refining our methodologies, tools

31

and techniques used in the software engineering and project management activities, improving estimation processes and adopting new technologies for improving productivity. The delivery innovation group consists of professionals who are experts in process improvement and automation and who also act as a resource center for our nascent service lines such as our quality assurance services.

Human Resources

We employed 12,804, 14,945 and 14,894 employees as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.  Out of 14,894 employees, 11,555 were software professionals. Of these software professionals, 2,668 employees were categorized as onsite and 8,887 as offshore. The geographic breakdown for our employees as of December 31, 2008 was as follows:

Headcount as of December 31, 2008	Number of Employees
India	11,928
North America	2,352
Rest of the World	614
Total	14,894

We strongly believe that our ability to maintain and continue our growth depends to a large extent on our strength in attracting, developing, motivating and retaining the talent. We operate in seven major cities in India, which enables us to recruit technology professionals from different parts of the country. The key elements of our human resource management strategy include recruitment, learning and development, compensation and retention.

Recruitment

Our hiring plan is driven by annual budgets, business requirements and also based on business forecasting and business plans for next couple of years. Manning and wage bills are tracked on a regular basis through various MIS reports by management. We recruit talent from premier universities, colleges and institutes in India, including the Indian Institutes of Technology, known as IITs, National Institutes of Technology or NITs (formerly, RECs), and Indian Institutes of Management (IIMs). For our offshore facilities located in India, our campus recruiting team visited over 130 campuses in 2008.  Software candidates are put through a series of tests and interviews such as Aptitude, Technical, Language Proficiency & Psychometrics Test followed by Technical & Behavioral Interview as a part of selection process. We have a similar competitive recruitment program in place for our lateral hires. All new hires are inducted into our organization through a structured orientation program, which involves extensive training as well as mentoring.  We have a strong competitive hiring process in place which is ably supported by a highly skilled global hiring team to attract talent globally.

Our software employees are highly-skilled and have diverse educational backgrounds. As of December 31, 2008, graduate engineers comprised 66.23%, post graduate engineers comprised 4.77%, employees with master’s degrees in computer applications or computer management comprised 13.41% and employees with masters in business administration and equivalent qualifications comprised 3.88% of our software professionals. Other degrees comprised 11.71% of our software professionals.

We believe that we have a balanced mix of experience with approximately 41.25%, 31.23% and 27.52% of our software professionals with work experience of less than 3 years, 3 to 6 years and over 6 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2008.

Learning and Development

We are committed to invest in employee development through various training initiatives on a continuous basis to enhance the capabilities of our employees. As a part of our Business Strategy, to pursue the above objective we have created a new function known as GRiT (Global Resources in Technology) on January 1, 2008. The principal mandate of this initiative is to enhance the technical skills of our employees by aligning them along multiple lines of technology, making them undergo rigorous training programs and thereafter taking level wise certification courses to provide significant competency enhancement opportunities to all employees. In addition, 53 employees have graduated in the year 2008 from our collaboration with BITS Pilani to provide a Masters Degree to our Software Engineers. We also have a transparent evaluation system for tracking performance and identifying potential that

32

results in individual development plans or IDPs that help build capabilities and recognize preferences of our employees.

We offer our employees multiple avenues and choices for personal and professional growth, including several distinct career paths. Our innovative program, “Leadership Excellence at Patni”, communicates leadership attributes and helps us to identify and develop future leaders necessary for our growth. Our training plans are personalized and address both technical and soft-skill requirements. For each software professional, we plan a minimum of 10 working days of training per year.

Compensation

Considering the demand-supply gap in the talent pool, it is vital to align over all our compensation strategy in line with market. We have a developed robust model to map our compensation to market benchmarks systematically to arrive at a competitive pay and benefit structure.  The salaries and benefits offered to our software professionals’ are competitive in the industry. We revise our compensation packages annually based on industry benchmarks, role criticality and individual performance. We made our compensation more attractive for both existing employees and prospective new hires by introducing special project incentives / skill / performance based incentives in addition to the regular salaries. Senior employees are offered variable compensation depending upon attainment of pre-defined quarterly objectives. We also grant stock options to our senior employees to nurture the spirit of ownership and commitment towards the company. For more information on the terms of the stock option plan, see item “Item 6.E. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Share Ownership — Employee Stock Option Plan.”

Retention

It is imperative to retain talent and critical resources to stay competitive in our business. We seek to attract, nurture and retain employees with a strong focus on skill development; role enhancement and higher employee interaction. Our human resources philosophy revolves around providing a comprehensive development “Employee Experience” to the employees that begins when a new recruit joins the company until the time he leaves. We endeavor to create a long lasting impression and to seek to enhance the employee connect across the Company. Some of our key human resources initiatives aim to attract and retain the talent are Just Joined, FOUR, Fresh Eyes and E-induction for new employees and Patni Explorer, Knowledge Management, eDude, Assessment Centers, Leadership excellence at Patni (LEAP), specialized development programs such as executive management programs and MS (collaborative) programmes in software engineering from BITS, Pilani for the existing employees. These above mentioned initiatives have been well received and appreciated by our employees across the levels. In addition, we have also initiated activities, such as e-Care, skip level meets and communication meets with senior management to promote two-way transparent communications between management and the other employees. Some of our HR practices, include rewards and recognition such as the Appreciation Board, valuable contribution awards, “pat on the back” awards and Employee touch point, which all form a part of our HR retention strategy. We seek to implement human resource practices and policies in line with the market best practices to make it more employee friendly and strong retention tool.

We have won recently two awards at the “World HRD Congress” in the regional round held at Pune under the “Employer Branding Category” for:

·Innovation Retention Strategy

·Managing Health at Work

In addition, we have also won the ‘Smart Workplace Award 2008’ instituted by Economic Times in association with Intel and Acer.

None of our employees are represented by a union. We believe we have positive relations with our employees.

Seasonality

Our IT services business is not affected by seasonality.

Government Regulation

Regulation of our business by the Indian government affects our business in several ways. Currently, we benefit from tax holidays given by the Government of India for the export of IT services from specially designated software technology parks, or STPIs, and special economic zones, or SEZs, in India. These tax incentives currently include a 10-year holiday from the payment of Indian corporate income tax for the operations of most of our Indian facilities. As a result of this tax incentive, a substantial portion of our pre-tax income has not been subject to significant tax in recent years.

In December 2006, we received a demand notice from the Indian Income Tax department for approximately Rs. 630.17 million, including an interest demand of approximately Rs. 186.85 million ($ 12.9 million including an

33

interest demand of approximately $ 3.8 million)for the assessment year 2004-05. The tax demand was mainly on account of disallowance of deduction claimed by us under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, in respect of profits earned by its various eligible undertakings. Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act exempts the profits earned by an undertaking for the export of computer software upon the fulfillment of certain conditions. One of the conditions is that the unit should not have been formed by the splitting up of an existing business. We had only expanded its software development business whereas the Indian Income Tax department contends that the business of the new units is comprised of business transferred from existing units by splitting them.  In consultation with our tax advisers, we filed an appeal in January 2007 challenging the disallowance.

One of the requirements under the Indian Income Tax Rules to proceed with an appeal is to deposit, either immediately or through monthly installments, a sum equivalent to 50% of the amount that is under appeal. Until March 31, 2008, the Company deposited a sum of Rs. 310.28 million ($7.2 million). Considering the facts and nature of disallowances and based on the advice given by the Company’s legal counsel, management considered that the disallowance was not tenable and, therefore was confident of a favorable outcome in appeal proceedings and hence no provision for such income tax demand was considered necessary.

Subsequently, in February 2008, we received an order from the Commissioner Income Tax (CIT) (Appeals) in favor of the Company by allowing the claim under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act. We received the refund of the taxes paid after adjustment of the new demand for the assessment year 2002-03 as explained above below.

In December 2007, we received another demand, for Rs. 261.70 million including an interest demand of approximately Rs. 139.88 million ($5.3 million including an interest demand of approximately $2.9 million)  for the assessment year 2002-03.  The new demand related to the same issue of disallowance of tax benefits under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act. In our opinion, and based on advice received, the demand was considered as not tenable against us and we have filed an appeal with the appellate authority.

Subsequently, in March 2008, we received an order from the CIT (Appeals) in our favor by allowing the claim under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act. Until March 2008, an aggregate amount of Rs. 261.70 million ($ 6.1 million) along with interest has also been received as refund.

The Indian Income tax department has appealed against the CIT (Appeal’s) order in respect of the assessment years 2002-03 and 2004-05 in the Indian Income Tax Appellate Tribunal.

In December 2008, we received an another demand of approximately Rs. 458.66 million for the assessment year 2003-04 including an interest demand of Rs. 258.64 million ($9.4 million including an interest demand of approximately $5.3 million) and another demand in January 2009 of approximately Rs. 1,131.76 million for the assessment year 2005-06 including an interest demand of approximately Rs.421.97 million ($23.2 million including an interest demand of approximately $8.7 million). These new demands concerns the same issue of disallowance of tax benefits under Section 10A. of the Indian Income Tax Act. We have filed an appeal and a stay of demand has been granted until June 30, 2009.  Additionally, we have deposited with the Indian income tax authorities Rs. 209 million ($ 4.1million) as deposit relating to the demands received in December 2008.  We consider these demands as not tenable against us and, therefore, no provision for this tax contingency has been established.

The aggregate benefit of these tax holidays and deductions with respect to our net income was $25.3 million, $28.9 million and $27.3 million for 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Our current tax holidays for STPI units expire in stages by 2010 and our partial taxable income deduction for profits derived from exported IT services expired in March 2005. The tax benefits available for some of our facilities have expired and certain others will expire upon completion of 10 years, however the tax holiday for the export of IT service will expire on March 31, 2010. Consequently, we expect our effective tax rate to increase.

We are also subject to other government regulations, including those relating to acquisition of foreign securities, raising capital outside India and conversion of our equity shares into ADSs.

Please see “Item 10. Additional Information”, as well as “Item 3. D. Key Information—Risk Factors” for additional information on the effects of governmental regulation of our business.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and design laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property, including our brand identity. We currently do not have any patents. We have registered our trademark and service mark “Patni” in the U.S., U.K., Germany, Sweden, Japan, Singapore, Korea, Australia, Canada, the Netherlands and in Class 9 ,16 and 42 in India and have applied to register our trademark and/or service mark in China . We also have 22 trademarks registered and 27 trademarks pending for registration in India and we have 1 trademark pending for registration in each of the U.S. and Europe .Additionally, we have 3 registered copyrights in India.

There can be no assurance that our applications will be successful or that our efforts to protect our intellectual property will be adequate.

We require our employees and subcontractors to enter into non-disclosure arrangements to limit access to and distribution of our clients’ proprietary and confidential information as well as our own. Generally we are responsible

34

to our clients for complying with certain security obligations including maintaining network security, backing-up data, ensuring our network is virus free and verifying the integrity of those employees that work with our clients by conducting background checks. There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with all such obligations without incurring any liability.

In addition, the terms of our client contracts often impose particular confidentiality and security standards. We have independently established a system of security measures to protect our computer systems from security breaches and computer viruses that may attempt to gain access to our communications network. We have deployed advanced technology and process-based methods to ensure a high level of security and we continually monitor such technologies to ensure that we maintain such levels consistently. Some of these components include clustered and multilevel firewalls, intrusion detection mechanisms, vulnerability assessments, content filtering, antivirus software and access control mechanisms. We use encryption techniques as required. We control and limit access to client-specific project areas.

Although we believe that our intellectual property rights do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of any other party, infringement claims may be asserted against us in the future. There are currently no material pending or threatened intellectual property claims against us.

4.C. Organizational structure

We have the following direct and indirect subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008, all of which are wholly-owned:

Name	Country of Incorporation
Patni Americas, Inc. (formerly Patni Computer Systems Inc.)	USA
Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited	UK
Patni Computer Systems GmbH	Germany
Patni Telecom Solutions, Inc. (1)	USA
Patni Telecom Solutions Private Limited (2)	India
Patni Telecom Solutions (UK) Limited (2)	UK
Patni Life Sciences, Inc. (1)	USA
Patni Computer Systems Brasil Ltda	Brazil
Patni Computer Systems (Czech) s.r.o (3)	Czech Republic
PCS Computer Systems Mexico, SA	Mexico

(1) Owned through Patni Americas, Inc. (formerly Patni Computer Systems, Inc.).

(2) Wholly-owned subsidiary of Patni Telecom Solutions, Inc.

(3) Wholly -owned subsidiary of Patni Computer Systems (UK) Limited.

4.D. Property, plant and equipment

A key component of our global delivery model is the telecommunication linkages between client sites and our sites and between our distributed sites in India. We have designed a global network architecture which provides client connectivity, offshore development center connectivity and internet connectivity. This network provides seamless access and uses high availability networks and advanced routing protocols for redundancy and availability. Although we rely on third parties, such as telecommunications providers and internet service providers to provide such services, we ensure that we have multiple service providers using multiple routes and media to attain high levels of redundancy, availability and performance. We have dedicated teams to monitor the operations of our network operations 24 hours a day and seven days a week. We use encryption techniques for confidentiality of data as required.

Our principal executive offices are located at Mumbai, India. Our North American headquarters are located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. These facilities are used primarily for management functions and support functions such as sales, marketing and general administration.

We have state-of-the-art facilities in nine locations in India where our technical staff is located and which serve as our primary delivery centers. We also have imaging centers and distribution centers in the United States and in the United Kingdom for handling the digital processing of documents.

35

Our locations in India are as follows (as at December 31, 2008):

No.	Property	Square Feet	Industry/Technology Practices Covered/Services Provided
1.	Mumbai
	Owned	130,474
	Leased	53,174
	Total Mumbai	183,648	Manufacturing, Financial Services, ISV, Other, Product Engineering Services
2.	Pune
	Owned	75,477
	Leased	232,473
	Total Pune	307,950	Insurance, Manufacturing, Communications, media and entertainment, ISV, Other, Enterprise Application Systems, Enterprise Systems Development
3.	Gandhi Nagar
	Owned	37,000	Insurance, ISV, Other
4.	Chennai
	Owned	148,000	Financial Services, Manufacturing
5.	Noida
	Owned	430,000
	Leased	143,000	Financial Services, BPO
	Total Noida	573,000
6.	Hyderabad
	Owned	8,497
	Leased	106,988
	Total Hyderabad	115,485	Communications, media and entertainment
7.	Bangalore
	Leased	114,300	Manufacturing, Product Engineering Services
8.	Thane
	Owned	91,159
	Leased	176,252
	Total Thane	267,411	Insurance, Manufacturing, Financial Services, Enterprise Application Systems
9.	Airoli
	Owned	462,845	Enterprise Application Systems, Product Engineering Services, Financial Services, Others
	Total	2,209,639

We currently have capacity for approximately 21,500 professionals at these facilities. As of December 31, 2008, we had used approximately 60 % of our existing office space in our operations.

Most of our global branch offices located outside of India are used for sales and marketing.

36

We have 27 sales and marketing offices located in the following locations:

In keeping with our plans for expansion, we have constructed new facilities in India, which includes three knowledge parks in Chennai, Navi Mumbai and Noida. These knowledge parks have state-of-the-art infrastructure with extensive workspace and training facilities and a modular design for ease of segregation of dedicated projects with ability to provide scale and service to clients from one location.

The Navi Mumbai, and Chennai facilities are expected to accommodate up to 14,000 and 10,000 engineers, respectively, when completed. We estimate that we may spend an aggregate of approximately $ 140 million to complete these two projects. Phase I of the Navi Mumbai facility, having a capacity of 4,300 seats, is complete and occupied. Phase I of the Chennai facility, having a capacity of 1,200 seats, is complete and partially occupied.

 The Noida SEZ facility is expected to accommodate 3,200 Seats on completion.  The Noida SEZ has completed 1,200 seats and is partially occupied.

As of December 31, 2008, we had spent approximately $ 111 million on the knowledge parks. The estimated amounts (net of advances) remaining to be executed on contracts in relation to capital expenditure for the construction of various facilities, aggregated approximately to $ 50.1 million as of December 31, 2008 which will be executed over 3 years. We anticipate that expenditures for our expansion plans will total approximately $ 15 to 20 million in 2009.

In continuation of our policy to have our own campus operations, we have acquired land in Pune, Hyderabad and Kolkata in addition to our campuses in Mumbai Chennai and Noida. These facilities when fully built, are expected to have a seating capacity for approximately 25,000 professionals.

For the Chennai facility, we have entered into a lease dated September 30, 2004 with the State Industrial Promotion Corporation of Tamil Nadu, or SIPCOT. We have acquired 18.75 acres of land near Chennai for a lease term of 99 years to establish a project in connection with software development and support services. According to the terms of the agreement, we require SIPCOT’s prior approval for any change in the composition of our Board of Directors that causes a change in ownership or management. Further, for the Mumbai facility we have entered into license agreements dated February 10, 2005, with the Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation, or MIDC. We have been granted licenses to construct facilities over 50 acres of land in a phased manner in Navi Mumbai. Our occupation of the land is subject to entering into a lease agreement with a term of 95 years. We have currently entered into lease agreements for 15 acres and will soon be entering into lease agreements for 25 acres. This land may only be used for activities related to the information technology industry.

37

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations of our company should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this document. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. For additional information regarding these risks and uncertainties, please see “Item 3.D.  Key Information—Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading Indian provider of information technology services. We deliver a comprehensive range of IT services through globally integrated onsite and offshore delivery locations primarily in India, which we call our global delivery model. We offer our services to customers through industry-focused practices, including insurance, manufacturing, communications, media and entertainment and financial services, and through technology-focused practices. Within these practices, our service lines include application development, application maintenance and support, packaged software implementation, infrastructure management services, product engineering services, business process outsourcing and quality assurance services.

Our revenues grew from $ 326.6 million in 2004 to $ 718.9 million in 2008, representing a CAGR of 21.8%. Our net income grew from $ 46.5 million in 2004 to $ 101.4 million in 2008, representing a CAGR of 21.5%. Our total number of employees was 9,661 as of December 31, 2004 and 14,894 as of December 31, 2008. We are investing in new high-tech facilities, which we refer to as “knowledge parks”, designed for expanding our operations and training our employees. As of December 31, 2008, we had 237 sales and marketing personnel supported by dedicated industry specialists in 23 sales offices around the globe, including North America, Europe, Japan and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region.

Our industry segments comprise of financial services, insurance services, manufacturing companies, communications, media and entertainment, technology services and others such as energy and utilities, retail, and logistics and transportation. We evaluate segment performance and allocate resources based on revenue growth. We categorize revenue in relation to segments based on items that are individually identifiable with that segment. Costs are not specifically allocable to individual segments as the underlying resources and services are used interchangeably. Fixed assets used in our business or liabilities contracted have not been identified with any of the reportable segments, as the fixed assets and services are used interchangeably between segments.

Our management evaluates our results of operations by examining financial and operating data in a variety of categories, including our industry and technology practices, onsite and offshore revenues, type of contract, type of customer and geographic region. We manage and market our business according to our industry and technology practices.

We have also developed technology practices that offers research, design and development services for product engineering and to ISVs. Our service lines support both our industry and technology practices. We do not, however, treat our service lines as separate components of our business for financial reporting purposes.

5.A. Operating results

Revenues

We discuss below the components of our IT service revenues by onsite and offshore revenues, industry and technology practice, contract type, customer type and customer geography.

Onsite and Offshore Revenues

We derive revenues from the provision of services offshore and onsite. Offshore revenues consist of revenues from IT services work conducted in India. Onsite revenues consist of revenues from IT services work conducted at clients’ premises outside India or from our limited number of premises outside India. Although a substantial portion of our software personnel are located at our offshore locations, our customers generally pay higher charges for onsite work, which is consistent with our industry practice.

We have not experienced significant changes in our prices since 2002, whether onsite or offshore, principally due to increased competition for IT outsourcing services. Some of our larger customers receive reduced pricing through volume discounts. In order to provide competitive pricing to our customers, we have endeavored to shift the delivery of our services from onsite locations to low costing offshore delivery centers.

As of December 31, 2007, 12,011 of 14,945 total employees were located in India and as of December 31, 2008, 11,928 of 14,894 total employees were located in India. Our overall employee numbers increase as we add employees for both onsite and offshore work. We measure our service efforts that can be billed to clients in units of

38

billed person-months. The number of offshore billed person-months has increased as a percentage of total billed person-months from 69.6% in 2007 to 71.2% in 2008.

To some extent, the onsite/offshore breakdown by billed person-month varies by industry and technology practices as is illustrated in the table below. For example, insurance and communications, media and entertainment employ a higher level of onsite personnel than other industry and technology practices. Within our industry and technology practices, our offshore and onsite breakdown by billed person-month is as follows:

	Year ended December31, 2007			Year ended December31, 2008
	Onsite Billed Person- months	Offshore Billed Person- months	Total	Onsite Billed Person- months	Offshore Billed Person- months	Total
Financial Services	4,790	16,379	21,169	3,996	15,643	19,639
Insurance	9,170	16,530	25,700	9,960	19,717	29,677
Manufacturing (1)	8,334	18,640	26,974	8,371	20,876	29,246
Communications, Media and Entertainment(2)	4,176	3,646	7,822	3,980	4,557	8,538
Product Engineering	4,787	18,498	23,285	4,679	17,845	22,524
Others (3)	3,268	5,294	8,562	3,645	6,957	10,602
Total	34,525	78,987	113,512	34,631	85,595	120,226

(1) From January 1, 2009, we have renamed our manufacturing segment industry practice as manufacturing, retail and distribution.

(2) From January 1, 2009, we have renamed our communications, media and entertainment practice as communications , media and utilities.

(3) From January 1, 2009, retail , logistics and transportation has been merged with the manufacturing industry practice and energy and utilities has been merged with the communications , media and entertainment practice.

Certain of our service lines, such as product engineering services and business process outsourcing, employ a greater level of offshore personnel, whereas our packaged software implementation service line utilizes a larger portion of onsite work compared to most of our other service lines.

Since 2004, we have seen a trend towards greater use of offshore services, which has positively affected our profitability. Services performed at a client site or our premises located outside India typically generate higher revenues per employee, but at a lower gross margin, than the same services performed at our facilities in India. These differences are attributable to the higher billing rates getting compensated by higher average cost of labor in the United States and other countries in which work is performed as compared to India. Accordingly, although offshore work (measured by billed person-months) is expected to increase, we do not expect that the mix of our onsite and offshore revenues will change significantly in the near future.

The above measurement of work does not reflect the actual revenues derived by us during the relevant period and you are cautioned not to estimate revenues in a particular period on the basis of these offshore and onsite billed person-months during such period.

Revenues by Industry Segments

Our operations pertain to provision of IT services and solutions to customers belonging to various industries such as insurance, manufacturing and financial services and also to technology practices. Accordingly, revenues represented along industry classes comprise the principal basis of segmental information.

We derive a significant proportion of our revenues from clients in the insurance, manufacturing, communications, media and entertainment and financial services industries. We also provide services to clients in other industries, including retail, energy and utilities and logistics and transportation. In addition, we market our services to clients through our technology practices, comprising our product engineering practice. The following table indicates the breakdown of our revenues by our industry and technology practices:

39

Industry Segments

	Year ended December 31,
	2006		2007		2008
Industry Practice
Insurance	23.2	%	23.6	%	24.7	%
Manufacturing (1)	21.7	%	23.8	%	25.1	%
Financial Services	15.3	%	14.1	%	12.8	%
Communications, Media and Entertainment(2)	18.9	%	13.4	%	12.6	%
Others (3)	6.7	%	8.4	%	9.1	%
Technology Practice
Product Engineering	14.2	%	16.7	%	15.7	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

(1) From January 1, 2009, we have renamed our manufacturing segment industry practice as manufacturing, retail and distribution.

(2) From January 1, 2009, we have renamed our communications, media and entertainment practice as communications , media and utilities.

(3) From January 1, 2009, retail , logistics and transportation has been merged with the manufacturing industry practice and energy and utilities has been merged with the communications , media and entertainment industry practice.

Revenues by Contract Type

Our revenues are recorded either on a time-and-material, or T&M, basis or a fixed-price basis. The following table shows our revenues by contract type:

	Year ended December 31,
	2006		2007		2008
Time-and-Material	64.8	%	67.6	%	64.0	%
Fixed Price	35.2	%	32.4	%	36.0	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

Although we seek to use our software engineering processes and past project experience to reduce the risks associated with estimating, planning and performing fixed-price projects, we bear the risk of cost overruns and completion delays in connection with fixed-priced contracts. Accordingly, we believe that we bear a greater amount of risk from our fixed-price contracts than from our T&M contracts.

A large proportion of our revenues from fixed-price contracts are from fixed-price SLAs. A large proportion of our fixed-price SLAs are application maintenance and support projects, as to which work and cost estimates have been fairly predictable. Our revenues from fixed-price SLAs were 24.4%, 22.2% and 22.7% in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Revenue with respect to T&M contracts are recognized in the period that the services are performed. Revenue with respect to fixed-price SLA contracts are recognized ratably over the term of maintenance. Revenue with respect to other fixed-price contracts is recognized on a percentage of completion basis, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to the estimated total costs for each contract. See “Critical Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition” below.

Revenues by Top Customers

As illustrated in the table below, a significant proportion of our revenues are derived from a small number of clients. In recent years, however, we have diversified our client revenues as a result of various initiatives, including our addition of new strategic clients, our focus on additional industry practices, our development of technology practices and our expansion of the range of service lines we offer. As of December 31, 2008, we had 92 clients, each of whom generated revenues of $ 1.0 million or more, compared to 84 in 2007 and 74 in 2006. We expect that this trend toward greater client diversification will continue.

	Year ended  December 31,
	2006		2007		2008
General Electric	14.6	%	11.8	%	10.7	%
State Farm Insurance	9.6	%	9.1	%	9.8	%
Top 5 Clients	37.1	%	34.8	%	32.7	%
Top 10 Clients	53.1	%	47.6	%	45.6	%

40

Revenues by New and Existing Customers

Repeat business accounted for 91.5%, 92.4% and 93.0% of our revenues in, 2006, 2007 and 2008. Each customer is treated as a new customer for the quarter in which it first starts business with us and continues to remain as a new customer for the four succeeding quarters. The revenues in any quarter from customers other than new customers are termed as repeat business. We provide services to our largest client, General Electric, in a number of industries, including financial services, insurance and manufacturing.

The following table indicates the breakdown of revenues we derive from new customers and existing customers.

	Year ended December 31, 2008
	Existing Customers		New Customers		Total
	($ in millions)
Industry Practice
Insurance	175.0		2.3		177.3
Manufacturing (1)	174.0		6.5		180.5
Financial Services	88.2		3.4		91.7
Communications, Media and Entertainment(2)	64.5		25.7		90.2
Other Industries (3)	61.2		5.2		66.4
Technology Practice
Product Engineering	105.6		7.2		112.8
Total	$	668.5	$	50.4	$	718.9

(1) From January 1, 2009, we have renamed our manufacturing segment industry practice as manufacturing, retail and distribution.

(2) From January 1, 2009, we have renamed our communications, media and entertainment practice as communications , media and utilities.

(3) From January 1, 2009, retail , logistics and transportation has been merged with the manufacturing industry practice and energy and utilities has been merged with the communications , media and entertainment industry practice.

Although we engage in one-time projects in some service lines, the majority of our projects are recurring in nature. Work done in product engineering services and packaged software implementation services, however, tends to be more for non-recurring projects.

Revenues by Geography

We record our revenue based on the location of our clients rather than according to the location where our services are provided. We classify our revenues into six geographic segments: the United States, Europe, India, Japan, Asia-Pacific (excluding Japan and India) and Others. As the table below illustrates, a significant proportion of our revenues is derived from clients located in the United States. We expect that a substantial majority of our revenues will continue to be derived from clients located in the United States. We categorize revenues geographically based on the location of the specific client entity for which the project has been executed, irrespective of the location at which the invoice is rendered or whether the work for a specific client entity is performed onsite or from our offshore delivery centers in India.

	Year ended December 31
	2006		2007		2008
United States	80.8	%	77.9	%	75.9	%
Europe	11.6	%	14.7	%	15.7	%
India	0.4	%	0.8	%	0.9	%
Japan	3.8	%	3.0	%	3.5	%
Asia-Pacific (excluding Japan and India)	1.9	%	1.9	%	2.3	%
Rest of the World	1.5	%	1.7	%	1.7	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

41

We have experienced revenue growth in the European market. Revenues in Europe have increased from $ 67.3 million in 2006 to $ 97.7 million in 2007 and were at $ 112.6 million in 2008.

Expenses

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues represented 64.6%, 67.9% and 68.3% of our revenues in 2006, 2007 and 2008. Our cost of revenues largely consists of costs relating to our software professionals, including salary and other compensation and benefits expenses, travel expenses, immigration expenses, data communications expenses, computer and software expenses and depreciation. Cost of revenues also includes the cost of subcontractors.

The principal component of our cost of revenues is the salary cost of our software professionals. A majority of our software professionals are located in India. However, because labor costs in the IT services industry in India have historically been significantly lower than in the United States and other countries where our customers are located, a majority of our compensation costs relate to salaries of software professionals located in the United States and those other countries. We seek to maintain salary levels in accordance with prevailing trends in our industry.

We hire subcontractors on a limited basis from time to time. We use subcontractors across our industry practices and service lines. The use of subcontractors is more prevalent in service lines that have a larger onsite element, such as packaged software implementation and infrastructure management services. We expect to continue to incur subcontractor costs principally to service specific technical requirements of some of our clients in a timely manner.

The utilization rates of our software professionals also affect our gross profits. We define employee utilization as the proportion of total billed person-months to total available person-months, including employees in training and holiday and vacation time, and excluding support personnel. We manage utilization by monitoring project requirements and timetables. The number of software professionals assigned to a project varies according to the size, complexity, duration, and demands of the project. Our utilization rates for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were 71.4%, 72.4% and 72.1%. We try to minimize the cost impact of unutilized capacity by ensuring that a majority of our unutilized capacity is attributable to software professionals based in India.

We incur immigration costs due to the onsite component of work performed on projects. We expect immigration expenses to increase due to increases in visa filing costs generally commensurate with our growth and increases in visa filing fees in the United States. We expense costs related to immigration as incurred.

We do not expect to incur borrowing costs to finance the addition of planned new facilities and physical infrastructure, including our knowledge parks in India. These new facilities will increase our depreciation expenses. However, we expect that the increased depreciation will largely be offset by reduced rental costs resulting from a shift from existing rental facilities to the new facilities. These new facilities will provide a consolidated location for our existing employees and new employees as we expand our service offerings.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs relating to personnel other than software professionals, including salary and other compensation and benefits expense, depreciation, sales and marketing expenses, telecommunication expenses, office expenses and traveling expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses also includes legal and other professional fees and other miscellaneous administrative costs.

Selling, general and administrative expenses represented 18.6%, 17.7% and 18.5% of our revenues in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. These expenses comprise an important element of our sales strategy, as we seek to ensure that senior management personnel are based in client locations and continue to invest in developing our sales and marketing presence in key markets. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to continue at current levels as a proportion of revenues. We continue to invest in sales and marketing and in building brand awareness, leading to a slight increase in sales and marketing expenses as a proportion of revenues. We have started to transfer a larger part of our general and administrative expenses offshore to India as the scale of our operations increases. We expect to achieve improved efficiencies in general and administrative expenses as a result of this transfer and economies of scale resulting from our recent growth. Accordingly, we expect our increased selling expenses to be partially offset by a decrease in our general and administrative expenses.

Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Exchange Regulations

Our consolidated financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars. Our functional currency is the rupee, though the functional currency of our subsidiaries is the currency of the country in which the subsidiary is located. A substantial portion of our revenues is generated in dollars while a portion of our expenses are incurred in rupees and we expect that this will continue for the foreseeable future. Consequently, our results of operations will be affected to the extent the rupee fluctuates against the dollar.

42

We seek to mitigate the effect of exchange rate fluctuation on our operating results by purchasing foreign exchange forward and option contracts. However, these activities do not entirely mitigate the effects of exchange rate fluctuations. Effective May 2004, we designated certain forward and option contracts as cash flow hedges in accordance with SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. We defer changes in fair value of designated cash flow hedges and record them as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until the hedged transactions occur, at which time we recognize the gain/loss in our consolidated statements of income. For details on forward and options contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 See “Item 11.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Exchange Rate Risk”.

The translation of the rupee, GBP and Euro into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenues and expense accounts using the exchange rate prevailing on the date of those transactions.

Under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, or FEMA, as amended, an Indian company is required to take all reasonable steps to realize and repatriate into India all foreign exchange earned by the company outside India, in accordance with the rules specified by the Reserve Bank of India, or the RBI. The FEMA also imposes certain restrictions on capital account transactions by Indian companies. These regulations do not significantly affect our operations at present.

Accounts Receivable and Unbilled Revenue

The key performance indicator used by us for collecting cash from our customers is adjusted days of sales outstanding (ADSO). We analyze and compute our adjusted days of sales outstanding based on both billed revenue (accounts receivable) and unbilled revenue for each relevant period. Unbilled revenue represents “cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts, net of billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted projects”. We define our adjusted days of sales outstanding as the ratio of accounts receivable plus unbilled revenue at year-end to revenues in a year, multiplied by 365. The table below sets out the three year trend of the days of sales outstanding along with unbilled revenue:

	2006	2007	2008
	($ in millions)
Account Receivables	115.6	136.4	111.8
Unbilled Revenue (UBR)	19.5	28.9	24.7
DSO including UBR (days)	85	91	69

The ADSO for the year ended December 31, 2008 has reduced to 69 days, which is mainly due to the additional efforts made by the management on timely collections from the customers due to the credit crisis prevailing in the global markets.  The following table presents a profile of our accounts receivable, net of reserves in terms of days for which accounts receivable have been outstanding:

	2006	2007	2008
	($ in millions)
Period in days
0-90	105.9	116.1	102.7
91-180	8.6	17.2	6.7
More than 180	1.1	3.1	2.4
Total	115.6	136.4	111.8

In 2006, 2007 and 2008, provision of doubtful debts and advances was $ 1.2 million, $ 1.2 million and $ 1.6 million, respectively.  We expect to continue to have low levels of provisions for doubtful debts.

Taxes

As an Indian company, we are a tax resident of India and are therefore subject to Indian income taxes on our global income. Our net income earned from providing services outside India is subject to tax in the country where we perform the work. Most of our tax paid in countries other than India can be applied as a credit against our Indian tax liability to the extent that the same income is subject to tax in India.

Currently, we benefit from tax holidays given by the Government of India for the export of IT services from specially designated software technology parks, or STPIs, and special economic zones, or SEZs, in India. The tax incentives currently include a 10-year holiday from the payment of Indian corporate income tax for the operations of most of our Indian facilities. As a result of these tax incentives, a substantial portion of our pre-tax income has not been subject to significant tax in recent years. The aggregate benefit of this tax holiday with respect to our net income was $ 25.3 million, $ 28.9 million and $ 27.3 million for 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. The tax benefits available for some of our facilities on account of tax holidays have expired and certain others will expire upon

43

completion of 10 years, however the tax holiday for the export of IT services will expire on March 31, 2010. Consequently, we expect our effective tax rate to increase.

In December 2006, we received a demand notice from the Indian Income Tax department for approximately Rs. 630.17 million, including an interest demand of approximately Rs. 186.85 million ($ 12.9 million including an interest demand of approximately $ 3.8 million) for the assessment year 2004-05. The tax demand was mainly on account of disallowance of deduction claimed by us under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, in respect of profits earned by its various eligible undertakings. Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act exempts the profits earned by an undertaking for the export of computer software upon the fulfillment of certain conditions. One of the conditions is that the unit should not have been formed by the splitting up of an existing business. We have only expanded our software development business whereas the Indian Income Tax department contends that the business of the new units is comprised of business transferred from existing units by splitting them. In consultation with its our tax advisers, we filed an appeal in January 2007 challenging the disallowance.

One of the requirements under the Indian Income Tax Rules to proceed with an appeal is to deposit, either immediately or through monthly installments, a sum equivalent to 50% of the amount that is under appeal. Until March 31, 2008, the Company deposited a sum of Rs. 310.28 million ($ 7.2 million). Considering the facts and nature of disallowances and based on the advice given by our legal counsel, management considered that the disallowance was not tenable and, therefore was confident of a favorable outcome in appeal proceedings and hence no provision for such income tax demand was considered necessary.

Subsequently, in February 2008, the Company received an order from the Commissioner Income Tax (CIT) (Appeals) in our favor by allowing the claim under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act. We received a refund of the taxes paid after adjustment of the new demand for the assessment year 2002-03 as explained above below.

In December 2007, we received another demand, for Rs. 261.70 million including an interest demand of approximately Rs. 139.88 million ($ 5.3 million including an interest demand of approximately $ 2.8 million) for the assessment year 2002-03.  The new demand related to the same issue of disallowance of tax benefits under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act. In the opinion of management, and based on advice received, the demand was considered as not tenable against us and we have filed an appeal with the appellate authority.

Subsequently, in March 2008, we received an order from the CIT (Appeals) in our favor by allowing the claim under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act. Until March 2008 an aggregate amount of Rs. 261.70 million ($ 6.1 million) along with interest has also been received as refund.

The Indian Income tax department has appealed against the CIT (Appeal’s) order in respect of the assessment years 2002-03 and 2004-05 in the Indian Income Tax Appellate Tribunal.

In December 2008, we received a demand of approximately Rs. 458.66 million for the assessment year 2003-04 including an interest demand of Rs. 258.64 million ($ 9.4 million including an interest demand of approximately $ 5.3 million) and another demand in January 2009 of approximately Rs. 1,131.76 million for the assessment year 2005-06 including an interest demand of approximately Rs. 421.97 million ($ 23.2 million including an interest demand of approximately $ 8.7 million). These new demands concerns the same issue of disallowance of tax benefits under Section 10A of the Indian Income Tax Act. . We have filed an appeal and a stay of demand has been granted until June 30, 2009.  Additionally we have deposited with the Indian Income Tax authorities Rs. 209 million ( $ 4.1million) as deposit relating to the demands received in December 2008 .. We consider these demands as not tenable against us and, therefore, no provision for this tax contingency has been established.

The provisions of the Indian Income Tax Act of India are amended on an annual basis by enactment of the Finance Act. The Finance Act, 2008 has not changed the effective tax rate of 33.99%.  The Finance Act, 2008 has increased the short term Capital Gain tax from 10% to 15%.  The Finance Act, 2008 has also extended the scope of service tax to cover asset management services provided by stock/commodity exchanges and clearing houses, right to use goods and development of customized software. These changes have no impact on our operating expenses.

In addition, we may also be subject to changes in taxation resulting from the actions of applicable income tax authorities in India or from Indian tax laws that may be enacted in the future. For example, we may incur increased tax liability as a result of a determination by applicable income tax authorities that the transfer price applied to transactions involving our subsidiaries and the Company was not appropriate.

Any increases in our effective tax rate, as a result of the expiration of tax benefits we currently enjoy, changes in applicable tax laws or the actions of applicable income tax or other regulatory authorities could materially reduce our profitability.

In connection with a review of various tax aspects relating to our international operations, during 2006, we reached a settlement with the IRS, relating to our tax returns for our U.S. operations for 2001 and 2002. The IRS has also commenced, but not yet completed, a tax review of our U.S. operations for the years 2003 through 2005. Pursuant to the settlement, we revised our tax provisions for 2001 and 2002 and recomputed our tax provision for 2003, 2004 and 2005. This revision, representing changes in estimates, has resulted in an additional charge of approximately $ 14.1 million in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006. Additionally, a consequential interest and deferred tax charge in an amount of $ 6.0 million has been accrued in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $ 1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

44

Our total income tax liability for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $ 47.7 million, of which $ 30.3 million resulted from provisioning due to reassessment of our payroll and corporate tax obligations for our international operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the US Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its assessment of tax returns for the years ended 2003 and 2004 of Patni Americas Inc. and for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 of our U.S. branch. Based on the completion of assessment of these years, we reviewed the adequacy of the previously established tax exposure reserves with respect to these years and re-measured the established tax positions for the latter years based these tax assessments . As a result, the following amounts have been included in the income statement for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 as a change in estimate :

Reduction of accrual for payroll taxes(1)	$	(2,769,567	)
Reduction in interest expenses(2)	(6,497,329		)
Increase in interest expense	560,507
Reduction in other expense (3)	(1,092,687		)
Reduction in income taxes — current	(12,496,744		)
Increase in income taxes — deferred	4,112,604
	$	(18,183,216	)

(1)Included under cost-of revenues.

(2)Included under interest expense reserved.

(3)Included under other income/expense.

As the IRS review for 2005 through 2006 began in the last quarter of 2008, we cannot currently assess whether this review may result in an increase or decrease in tax liability.

Taratec Acquisition

On July 23, 2007, we acquired a 100% equity interest in Taratec which has been named as Patni Life Sciences Inc. Taratec is a leading consulting company in the life sciences industry providing integrated business, information technology, and regulatory compliance products and services. We paid an initial purchase price of approximately $ 15.7 million, including expenses, of which $ 8.3 million has been accounted for as goodwill and $ 1.7 million has been accounted for as customer related intangibles. The terms of the purchase also provide for payment of contingent consideration to all of the selling shareholders, payable over a three year period ending on June 30, 2010, and calculated based on the achievement of specified revenue and margin targets. The contingent consideration is payable in cash and cannot exceed $ 13.2 million. Further, as a part of the acquisition, we initiated an incentive plan linked to revenues and margins, for certain specific employees of Taratec and Patni. The incentive payments under this plan will not exceed $ 3.5 million over the next three years through June 2010. Since the incentive payments are linked to continuing employment, the payments under the plan are recognized as compensation for post acquisition services. Accordingly, $ 156,974 and $ 17,867 have been recorded as cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007. Based on the assessment of revenue targets achieved for the year ended June 30, 2008 and to be achieved for the year ended June 30, 2009 our management has concluded that no amount is required to be accrued as compensation cost for these employees for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Logan Orviss Acquisition

On July 2, 2007, we acquired the business and assets of Logan Orviss, an European telecommunications consulting services company. We paid an initial purchase price of approximately $ 8.6 million, including expenses, of which $ 6.5 million has been accounted for as goodwill and $ 2.1 million has been accounted for as customer related intangibles. Further, as a part of the acquisition, we initiated an incentive plan linked to revenues for certain specific employees. Accordingly, $ 22,664 and $ 222,690 have been recorded as cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007. During 2008, based on the assessment of revenue targets achieved for the year ended June 30, 2008, $ 117,108 has been recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses for these employees.  Further, based on the assessment of revenue targets to be achieved for the year ended June 30, 2009, an additional amount of $ 62,510 has been recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses for these employees for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our management estimates are that incentive payments under this plan will not exceed $ 13.08 million through June 2010.

45

Purchased Intellectual Property

In 2007, we through our wholly owned subsidiary, Patni Americas, Inc.USA, acquired from one of our major customers, the worldwide rights for a software proprietary intellectual property rights, or the IPR, that enables communication service providers to offer customer management, retail point-of-sale and billing services for a variety of products and services. The cost of acquisition of the IPR amounting to $ 20.3 million (GBP 10 million) has been capitalized as an intangible asset and is being amortized over a period of ten years. We intend to use this intellectual property for the purposes of software licensing, provision of reusable IP-led IT services, managed services and provision of hosted or software-as-a-service solutions. A royalty of 5% is payable to the seller on such sales.

During 2008, we carried out an impairment test for the purchased IPR in accordance with FAS 144 Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“FAS 144”).  For purposes of FAS 144, impairment is the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss shall be recognized only if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset (asset group). Based on the results of the recoverability test, the sum of the undiscounted cash flows of IPR expected to result from its use exceeded the carrying amount as at December 31, 2008. We estimated these undiscounted future cash flows that are directly associated with and are expected to arise as a direct result of using the IPR considering current prevailing economic conditions.  Additionally, a valuation report provided by an external valuer assessed the fair value of the IPR at $14.5- 16 million (GBP 10-11 million) which was lower than the carrying value of the asset. Even though this valuation report provided a value of $ $14.5- 16 million which is less than the carrying value, we concluded that under FAS 144, no impairment charge should be recognized as at December 31, 2008, as the undiscounted cash flows expected to be received from the continuing use of IPR exceeded its carrying value as stated above.

Expansion Plans

We operate through our facilities located in various parts of India. In the recent past we have acquired facilities to support our growth. In keeping with our plans for expansion, we have constructed new facilities in India, which includes three knowledge parks in Chennai, Navi Mumbai and Noida. These knowledge parks will have state-of-the-art infrastructure with extensive workspace and training facilities and a modular design for ease of segregation of dedicated projects with the ability to provide scale and service to clients from one location. The Navi Mumbai, Chennai and Noida facilities are expected to accommodate up to 14,000,10,000 and 3,200 engineers, respectively, when completed.

Phase 1 of the Navi Mumbai facility with a capacity of 4,300 seats, is complete and occupied. Phase I of Chennai facility with a capacity of 1,200 seats, is complete and partially occupied, while 1,200 seats of Noida facility have been completed and are partially occupied.

See “Item 4.D. Information on the Company—Property, plant and equipment.”

Buyback of Shares

In February 2008, our Board of Directors approved a proposal to repurchase fully paid equity shares to the extent of 10% of the paid up capital and free reserves, at a maximum price of Rs. 325 per equity share, for an aggregate amount of Rs. 2,370 million ($53 million) in accordance with the provisions of Sections 77A, 77AA, 77B and other applicable provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 and the provisions of Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 1998 the (“Buy Back Regulations”), for which necessary public announcements were made on April 2, 2008.

We commenced the repurchase of shares on July 10, 2008. Our Board of Directors declared closure of the buy back offer on October 23, 2008. Subsequent to the share repurchase, such shares are required to be extinguished as per the requirements of Section 77A of the Indian Companies Act, 1956.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased a total of 10,957,082 equity shares through the Bombay Stock Exchange and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited for an aggregate consideration of Rs. 2,370 million ($ 53 million) which was 100% of the amount authorized for such buy back. Subsequently, we extinguished the equity shares so bought back by us.

Our retained earnings include profits aggregating Rs. 21.9 million ($ 0.4 million) set aside as Capital Redemption Reserve as required by the Indian Companies Act, 1956 pursuant to the repurchase which can be utilized by us only for the purpose of issuing fully paid bonus shares.

46

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain financial information as a percentage of revenues, calculated from our consolidated financial statements :

	Year ended December 31,
	2006		2007		2008
Revenues	100	%	100	%	100	%
Cost of revenues	64.6	%	67.9	%	68.3	%
Gross profit	35.4	%	32.1	%	31.7	%
Selling, general and administrative expenses	18.6	%	17.7	%	18.5	%
Foreign exchange (gain)/loss, net	0.5	%	(3.5	)%	2.5	%
Operating income	16.3	%	17.9	%	10.7	%
Interest and dividend income	1.7	%	1.9	%	1.8	%
Interest expense	(0.5	)%	(0.5	)%	(0.2	)%
Interest expense reversed	—		—		0.9	%
Gain on sale of investments, net	0.3	%	1	%	1.3	%
Other income (expense), net	0.6	%	0.3	%	0.3	%
Income before income taxes	18.4	%	20.6	%	14.8	%
Income taxes	8.2	%	3.3	%	0.7	%
Net income	10.2	%	17.3	%	14.1	%

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

Revenues

Our revenues were $ 718.9 million in 2008, representing an increase of 8.4% from revenues of $ 662.9 million in 2007. Revenues from existing customers contributed $668.5 million and new customers contributed $ 50.4 million to our revenues. This represented an increase of 9.1% in revenues from existing customers and increase of 0.1% in revenues from new customers compared to 2007. Growth in revenues from our existing operations was attributable to an increase of 5.9 % in the total billed person-months from work performed at both our offshore and onsite locations. Onsite work measured in billed-person months increased by 0.3 % in 2008 compared to 2007, while offshore work increased 8.4% over the same period. We increased our client relationships to 331 as of December 31, 2008 from 318 as of December 31, 2007. In addition, the total number of clients that individually accounted for over $ 1.0 million in annual revenues increased to 92 as of December 31, 2008 from 84 as of December 31, 2007.

During 2008, our revenues from T&M projects increased by 2.7% over revenues in 2007, while revenues from fixed price contracts increased by 20.5% over the same period.  T&M projects accounted for 64.0% of our revenues in 2008, compared to 67.6% in 2007,and 48.7% of our new business was billed on a T&M basis.

Our client concentration, as measured by the proportion of revenue generated from our top ten clients, decreased to 45.6% in 2008 from 47.6% in 2007. General Electric, our largest client, contributed 10.7% of our revenues in 2008, compared to 11.8% in 2007.

During 2008, clients in the insurance, manufacturing, product engineering services and financial services industries continued to contribute a large proportion of our revenues. Revenues from clients in these industries in 2008 increased by 13.2%, 14.6%, 1.6% and decreased by 2.2% as compared to 2007 and contributed 24.7%, 25.1%, 15.7% and 12.8% to overall revenues, respectively. Our other industry practices including communications, media and entertainment contributed 21.7% and 21.8% of our revenues in 2008 and 2007.

During 2008, we continued to derive a significant proportion of our revenues from clients located in the United States. In 2008 and 2007, we derived 75.9% and 77.9% of our revenues from clients located in the United States.

Cost of revenues

Our cost of revenues was $491.3 million in 2008, representing an increase of 9.18% from $ 450 million in 2007. Cost of revenues represented 68.3% and 67.9% of our revenues in 2008 and 2007. Out of the net increase of $ 41.3 million in cost of revenues, $ 26.4 million was attributable to salary expenses which was partly compensated by reversal of $ 2.7 million on payroll and related taxes as a result of the completion of assessment by the IRS and the remaining increase was mainly due to a $13.35 million increase in subcontractor costs.  Rupee depreciation also had a positive impact leading to reduction in the cost of revenues in 2008 as compared to 2007.

47

Gross profit

Our gross profit for 2008 was $ 227.6 million, representing an increase of 6.9% from $ 212.8 million in 2007. Gross profit as a percentage of our revenues decreased to 31.7% in 2008 from 32.1% in 2007.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

During 2008, our selling, general and administrative expenses were $ 131.1 million, representing an increase of 12.7% from $ 116.3 million in 2007 and our selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of our revenues increased to 18.3% in 2008 from 17.5% in 2007.

During 2008, our sales and marketing expenses were $ 52.5 million, representing an increase of 14.7% from $ 45.8 million in 2007. Personnel costs increased by $ 4.7 million due to the addition to sales and marketing personnel mainly in the European region to strengthen our European business operations and higher compensation costs resulting from salary increases. Other selling and marketing costs increased by $ 2.19 million. We believe that our investment in selling and marketing expenses has contributed to the growth and diversification of our client revenues.

Our general and administrative expenses were $ 78.5 million in 2008, representing an increase of 11.5% from $ 70.5 million in 2007. Personnel costs increased in 2008 by $ 4.6 million due to the addition of general and administrative personnel and annual salary revisions. Other general and administrative charges increased by $ 4.2 million.

Foreign exchange gain/loss

In 2008, we had a foreign exchange loss of $ 18.4 million as against a gain of $ 23.4 million in 2007. The year-end exchange rate in rupees per U.S dollar for 2007 was 39.41 as compared to 48.58 in 2008 resulting in a 23% depreciation during the year - end in percentage terms. Our dollar-denominated receivables continued to be hedged. Mark-to-market of foreign exchange contracts and revaluation of debtors resulted in a net foreign exchange loss.

Operating income

As a percentage of revenues, operating income decreased to 10.7% in 2008 from 17.9% in 2007. Our operating income was $ 76.58 million in 2008, representing a decrease of 35.5% from $ 118.7 million in 2007 which is mainly due to a foreign exchange loss of $ 18.4 million on account of rupee depreciation as mentioned above as compared to a foreign exchange gain of $ 23.4 million in 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2008 every percentage point change in the exchange rate between the rupee and U.S. dollar, has affected our operating margins by approximately 0.3% to 0.35%. The exchange rate between the rupee and dollar has fluctuated substantially in the recent years and may continue to do so in future. We are unable to predict the impact that future fluctuations may have on our operating margins.

Other income (expense)

Other income (expense), reflects interest and dividend income, interest expense, interest expense reversed, net gain on sale of investments and other income or expense, net. In 2008, our gain on sale of investments was $ 9.7 million as compared to $6.4 million in 2007. In 2008, our interest and dividend income were $ 13.0 million as compared to $ 12.5 million in 2007. In 2008 we had an interest expense reversal of $ 6.5 million as a result of the completion of assessment by the IRS. Our other income (expense), net was $ 2.6 million in 2008, as compared to $ 1.75 million in 2007 resulting in net increase of $ 0.9 million.

Income taxes

We made a provision of $ 5.2 million for income taxes in 2008, representing a decrease of 76.1% from $ 21.8 million in 2007 due to reversal of $ 8.4 million on account of as a result of the completion of assessment by the IRS for previous tax periods (See “Taxes” above). Our effective tax rate was 14.0% excluding the impact of change in estimates as a result of the completion of assessment by the IRS) in 2008 compared to 16.0%. in 2007.

Net income

Our net income was $ 101.4 million in 2008, representing a decrease of 11% from $ 114 million in 2007. As a percentage of our revenues, net income decreased to 14.1% in 2008 from 17.2% in 2007. The decrease in the net income is mainly due to the reasons explained above.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

Revenues

Our revenues were $ 662.9 million in 2007, representing an increase of 14.5% from revenues of $ 578.9 million in 2006. Revenues from existing customers contributed $612.6 million and new customers contributed $ 50.3 million to our revenues. This represented an increase of 15.6% in revenues from existing customers and increase of 2.6% in revenues from new customers compared to 2006. Growth in revenues from our existing operations was

48

attributable to an increase of 18.1 % in the total billed person-months from work performed at both our offshore and onsite locations. Onsite work measured in billed-person months increased 7.7 % in 2007 compared to 2006, while offshore work increased 23.3% over the same period. We increased our client relationships to 318 as of December 31, 2007 from 239 as of December 31, 2006. In addition, the total number of clients that individually accounted for over $ 1.0 million in annual revenues increased to 84 as of December 31, 2007 from 74 as of December 31, 2006.

During 2007, our revenues from T&M projects increased by 19.6% over revenues in 2006, while revenues from fixed price contracts increased by 5.2% over the same period.  T&M projects accounted for 67.6% of our revenues in 2007, compared to 64.8% in 2006, 65.4% of our new business was billed on a T&M basis.

Our client concentration, as measured by the proportion of revenue generated from our top ten clients, decreased to 47.3% in 2007 from 53.1% in 2006. General Electric, our largest client, contributed 11.8% of our revenues in 2007, compared to 14.6% in 2006.

During 2007, clients in the insurance, manufacturing, product engineering services and financial services industries continued to contribute a large proportion of our revenues. Revenues from clients in these industries in 2007 increased by 16.4%, 25.5%, 34.7% and 6.1% as compared to 2006 and contributed 23.6%, 23.8%, 16.7% and 14.1% to overall revenues, respectively. Our other industry practices including communications, media and entertainment contributed 21.7% and 25.6% of our revenues in 2007 and 2006. Until December 31, 2006, we reported product engineering services and ISV as separate industry segments. The product engineering services business is primarily related to embedded technology services for products and the ISV unit provided the user interface for these products. Both these segments form part of technology services. Effective January 1, 2007, we have combined these two business segments with the primary focus on the following synergies (i) demand for providing end-to-end solutions from product engineering clients. (ii) leveraging the domain skills and platform skills to provide end-to-end solutions.

During 2007, we continued to derive a significant proportion of our revenues from clients located in the United States. In 2007 and 2006, we derived 77.9% and 80.8% of our revenues from clients located in the United States. Revenues from these clients grew by 10.4% in 2007, while revenues from clients in other regions grew by 32% in the same period.

Cost of revenues

Our cost of revenues was $ 450 million in 2007, representing an increase of 20.3% from $ 374 million in 2006. Cost of revenues represented 67.9% and 64.6% of our revenues in 2007 and 2006. Out of the increase of $ 76 million in cost of revenues, $ 59 million was attributable to wage costs, $ 7.1 million to travel costs, $ 1.2 million to data-link charges, $ 1.4 million to electricity cost of Airoli, $ 1.4 million to rent charges, $ 0.5 million on account of amortization of purchased intangible asset, and $ 4 million due to depreciation charged on assets. Wage costs increased by $ 59 million due to an increase in headcount of software professionals, annual salary revisions and reversal of $ 9.0 million in 2006, payroll and related taxes in 2006 for our international operations arising on reassessment of certain wages paid, and short-term benefits given to our employees when working outside India. Expansion of our facilities and capital expenditure incurred with respect to units such as Airoli led to an increase in depreciation cost and other related cost. The rupee appreciation also had an impact on the higher cost of revenues in 2007 as compared to 2006 with the rupee appreciating by approximately 11% as compared to 2006.

Gross profit

Our gross profit for 2007 was $ 212.8 million, representing an increase of 3.9% from $ 204.9 million in 2006. Gross profit as a percentage of our revenues decreased to 32.1% in 2007 from 35.4% in 2006 reflecting a higher increase in cost of revenues as compared to increase in revenues mainly on account of increase in wage cost and rupee appreciation.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

During 2007, our selling, general and administrative expenses were $ 116.3 million, representing an increase of 9.2% from $ 106.5 million in 2006. During 2007, our selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of our revenues decreased to 17.5% from 18.4% in 2006.

During 2007, our sales and marketing expenses were $ 45.8 million, representing an increase of 6.3% from $ 43.1 million in 2006. Personnel costs increased by $ 2.9 million due to the addition to sales and marketing personnel and higher compensation costs resulting from salary increases. Other selling and marketing costs increased by $ 0.2 million. We believe that our investment in selling and marketing expenses has contributed to the growth and diversification of our client revenues.

Our general and administrative expenses were $ 70.5 million in 2007, representing an increase of 10.5% from $ 63.8 million in 2006. Personnel costs increased in 2007 by $ 4  million due to the addition of general and administrative personnel and annual salary revisions, directors’ remuneration increased by $ 2.3 million on account of termination payments to two of our executive directors, resulting from the termination of their employment with us. Other general and administrative charges increased by $ 0.4 million.

49

Foreign exchange gain/loss: In 2007, we had a foreign exchange gain of $ 23.4 million as against a loss of US $ 2.7 million in 2006, as our dollar-denominated receivables continued to be hedged to a significant level. Mark to market of foreign exchange contracts and revaluation of debtors resulted in a net foreign exchange gain.

Operating income: Our operating income was $ 118.7 million in 2007, representing an increase of 25.6% from $ 94.5 million in 2006 which is mainly due to a foreign exchange gain of $ 23.4million on account of rupee appreciation. As a percentage of revenues, operating income increased to 17.9% in 2007 from 16.3% in 2006 .

Other income (expense):Other income (expense) reflects interest and dividend income, interest expense, net gain on sale of investments and other income or expense. Our other income (expense), net was $17 million in 2007, increasing 36% from income of $12.5 million in 2006 resulting in net increase of $ 4.5 million. In 2007, our gain on sale of investments was $ 6.4 million as compared to $ 1.7 million in 2006. In 2007, our interest and dividend income were $ 12.5 million as compared to $ 10.1 million in 2006.

Income taxes:We made a provision of $ 21.8 million for income taxes in 2007, representing a decrease of 54.3% from $ 47.7 million in 2006. Our effective tax rate was 16.1% in 2007 compared to 16.2% (excluding the impact of change in estimates on account of the IRS settlement) in 2006. The 2006 income taxes includes $ 30.3 million provision recognized as a result of reassessment of our payroll and corporate tax obligations for our international operations.

Net income:  Our net income was $ 114 million in 2007, representing an increase of 92.2% from $ 59.3 million in 2006. As a percentage of our revenues, net income increased to 17.2% in 2007 from 10.2% in 2006. The increase in the net income is mainly on account of reasons explained above.

5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our operations and our growth have been financed by cash generated from operations and from the proceeds of sales of equity shares.

We invest in units of mutual funds either in ‘open ended’ schemes or in ‘fixed maturity plans’. While the investments in ‘open ended’ mutual fund units can be sold any time without exit fees, the investments in units of ‘fixed maturity plan’ can be sold subject to an exit fee of approximately 1%- to 2%. We have categorized our investments in units of mutual fund schemes as ‘liquid mutual fund units’ and ‘fixed maturity plans’ classified as ‘available for sale’ investments in our consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2008, we had $ 60.1 million in cash and cash equivalents, $ 152.9 million invested in units of liquid mutual funds, $ 90.6 million invested in units of mutual fund (fixed maturity plans) and $ 2.1 million invested in other investments. As of December 31, 2007 we had $ 32.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, $ 138.4 million invested in units of liquid mutual funds, $ 143.1 million invested in units of mutual fund (fixed maturity plans) and $ 16.3 million invested in other investments. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we have not incurred any exit fees on investments in mutual fund units of fixed maturity plans.

Our working capital (comprising current assets excluding cash and cash equivalents and investments less current liabilities) as at December 31, 2008 and at December 31, 2007 was $ 18.4 million and $ 90.7 million, respectively. Our working capital is sufficient to meet our present requirements. We had no outstanding bank borrowings or long-term debt as of such date. Net cash provided by operating activities was $ 149.3 million, $ 111.3.0 million, and $ 59.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2008, to reconcile the $ 101 million net income to net cash provided by operating activities, consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization of intangible expense of $ 27.7 million and deferred tax credit of $ 9.2 million and gain from sale of investments of $ 9.7 million. The adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2007, to reconcile the $ 114 million net income to net cash provided by operating activities, consisted primarily of depreciation expense of $ 25.0 million and deferred tax credit of $ 10.1 million and gain from sale of investments of $ 6.4 million. The adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2006, to reconcile the $ 59.3 million net income to net cash provided by operating activities, consisted primarily of depreciation expense of $ 19.6 million and gain from sale of investments of $ 1.7 million. The increase in depreciation was due to an increase in investment in property, plant and equipment to develop and expand our existing as well as new facilities The net asset base was $ 164.8 million, $ 188.3 million and $ 131.0 in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Provision for bad debts was $ 1.6 million, $ 1.2 million and $ 1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Adjusted days of sales outstanding reduced to 69 days in the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 91 days in the year ended December 31, 2007 and it was 85 days in the year ended December 31, 2006. Net accounts receivable and cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts decreased by $ 6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and increased by $ 21.8 million in 2007 and $ 36.3 million in 2006.

Current assets and other assets decreased by $ 19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and increased by $ 20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and by $ 1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Cash inflows for the year ended December 31, 2008 were mainly on account of refund of $  6.8 million in respect of deposit with tax authorities, and $ 13.2 million on account of settlement of derivative

50

contracts. Cash outflows for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $ 6.8 million in respect of deposit placed with tax authorities in India, $ 10.2 million in derivative contracts and cash inflows for the year ended December 31, 2007 was mainly on account of the $ 0.9 million in gratuity asset. Cash outflows for the year ended December 31, 2006 were $ 1.4 million in leasehold land, $ 0.1 million in prepaid expenses, and $ 1.2 million in foreign exchange advances and cash inflows for the year ended December 31, 2006 were $ 1.2 million in deferred cost and revenue and $ 0.2 million in advances to vendors.

Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased by $ 8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to an increase of $ 6.3 million in 2007 and $ 20.3 million in 2006. The increase in 2008 is due to increase in accruals related to employee related expenses of $ 4.9 million, $ 4.6 million in accrued expenses and reduction of $ 1 million in trade accounts payable.

Our billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, which represent billings in excess of revenues that are recognized, increased by $ 3.1 million, $ 0.06 and $ 0.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Taxes paid were $ 39.9 million, $ 29.5 million and $ 17.0 million as against a tax provision of $ 43.3 million, $ 31.9 million and $14.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Other current liabilities and other liabilities increased by $ 4.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in the year ended December 31, 2008 resulted from increase of $ 7.0 million in derivative liabilities, $ 2.8 million increase in leave encashment provision, $ 1.9 million increase in sales discounts,$ 2.6 million increase in statutory liabilities for tax deducted at source on payroll and Value Added Tax (VAT) payments,  $ 1.4 million increase in provision for pension and reduction of $ 11.2 million in other liabilities on account of reversal of payroll and related taxes, interest and penalty due to completion of assessment by the IRS for years 2003 and 2004. Other current liabilities and other liabilities increased by $ 8.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in the year ended December 31, 2007 resulted from increase of $ 2.1 million in leave encashment provision, $ 2.2 million increase in deferred revenue, $ 2.7 million increase in other liabilities on account of advance received on sale of furniture at India (Vashi) location, $ 1.0 million increase in advance from customer and $ 1.9 million decrease in other current liabilities. Other current liabilities and other liabilities decreased by $ 16.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in the year ended December 31, 2006 resulted from a $ 6.7 million in derivative contracts, $ 14.6 million payroll and related tax liability on account of payment and liability reversal and an increase of $ 2.0 million leave encashment provision, $ 0.9 million increase in sales discount, $ 0.2 million increase in warranty provision, $ 1.7 million increase in pension benefit and $ 0.5 million increase in other current liabilities.

The changes in the operating activities is in line with the growth in our revenues and volume of operations.

Net cash used in investing activities was $ 35.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $ 130.0 million for 2007 and $ 155.4 million for 2006. Net cash used in the acquisition of property, plant and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $ 43.36 million, $ 61.9 million and $ 48.5 million, respectively. In 2008, 2007 and 2006 cash outflow was higher mainly on account of the purchases of new facilities and expansion of our existing facilities. Net sale of investment securities were $ 4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as against net purchases of investment securities of $ 14.8 million and $ 94.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Additional purchase consideration to Cymbal shareholders amounted to $ 12.4 million and $ 12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities in 2007 included $ 21.4 million for the acquisition of Logan Orviss and Taratec, net of cash acquired and $ 20.4 million for acquisition of technology related intangibles from one of our major customers.

Net cash used in financing activities was $ 64.6 million, $ 8.7 million and $ 7.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We spent $ 53.1 million on purchase of common stock and paid $ 11.4 million as dividends, including dividend tax, on our equity shares in the year ended December 31, 2008. We received proceeds of $ 0.2 million from our employee stock option plan during the year ended December 31, 2008. We paid $ 11.9 million in dividends, including dividend tax, on our equity shares in the year ended December 31, 2007. We received proceeds of $ 3.2 million from our employee stock option plan during the year ended December 31, 2007. We paid $ 8.6 million in dividends, including dividend tax, on our equity shares in the year ended December 31, 2006. We received net proceeds of $ 117.8 million from our initial offering of ADSs and our employee stock option plan during the year ended December 31, 2006.

We anticipate capital expenditures of between approximately $ 15 million to $ 20 million in 2009, principally to finance the construction of our new knowledge park facilities in Pune and Noida and other facilities and physical infrastructure in India. Estimated amounts remaining to be executed on such contracts (net of advances), aggregated approximately to $ 50.1 million at December 31, 2008 to be spent over a 3 year period. See ‘‘Item 4.D. Information on the Company—Property, plant and equipment.’’ We believe that existing cash and cash equivalents and funds generated from operations will be sufficient to meet these requirements. However, we may significantly alter our proposed capital expenditures plans and, accordingly, may require additional financing to meet our requirements. We believe that a sustained reduction in IT spending, a longer sales cycle or an economic downturn in any of the various industry segments in which we operate, or a combination of these events, could result in a decline in our revenues and adversely affect our liquidity and capital resources.

51

5.C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

Research and development expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $ 2.1 million ,$ 2.1 million and $ 1.7 million respectively . For a description of our research and development initiatives, see “Item 4.B. Information on the Company—Business Overview - Innovation.”

5.D. Trend information

Other than as described in “Item 3.D. Key information—Risk Factors” “Item 4. Information on the Company” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and elsewhere in this Annual Report, to our knowledge there are no known trends or uncertainties that have or had or are expected to have a material adverse impact on our revenues or income from continuing operations or profitability or liquidity or capital resources, or that could cause reported financial information not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial condition.

5.E. Off-balance sheet arrangements

We currently do not engage in any off-balance sheet arrangements.

5.F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments to make future payments as of December 31, 2008. The following table excludes our accounts payable, accrued operating expenses and other current liabilities which are payable in the normal course of operations.

	Payments due as of December 31, 2008
	Total		Within 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
	(in millions)
Capital (Finance) Leases	$	0.4	$	0.2	$	0.2	$	0.0	—
Operating Leases	$	26.5	$	9.9	$	12.0	$	4.6	$	0.0
Capital Commitment	$	50.1	$	19.5	$	30.6	—		—
Total Contractual Obligations(1)	$	77.0	$	29.6	$	42..8	$	4.6	$	0.0

(1)In addition, pursuant to our agreement with Patni Life Sciences Inc. (formerly Taratec), we agreed to pay up to $ 13.2 million as contingent consideration over a three year period ending on June 30, 2010.

5.G. Safe Harbor

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. See the section entitled “Special Note regarding Forward Looking Statements.”

Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements under U.S. GAAP

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to U.S. GAAP requiring use of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial assets and financial liabilities for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Issued in February 2008, FSP 157-1 “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13” removed leasing transactions accounted for under Statement 13 and related guidance from the scope of SFAS No. 157. FSP 157-2 “Partial Deferral of the Effective Date of Statement 157” (“FSP 157-2”), deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008.

The implementation of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and financial liabilities, effective January 1, 2008, did not have a material impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations. We are currently assessing the impact of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

SFAS No. 157, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). SFAS No. 157 classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted market prices in active market.

Level 2: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities or

Unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability.

52

Level 3: Unobservable inputs used for measuring the assets or liability.

In accordance with SFAS 157 the following table sets out the fair value hierarchy for our financial assets (Investments and Derivative instruments) measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:

	Level 1	Level 2		Level 3
Assets :
Liquid mutual funds	—	$	152,904,732	—
Fixed maturity plan	—	$	90,550,521	—
Other investments	2,024,878	—		49,638
Liabilities :
Foreign currency exchange derivatives	—	$	38,417,603	—

Investment categorized as Level 3 at January 1, 2008 consisted principally of investment in unquoted equity securities at cost of $ 750,000. An impairment loss of $ 706,277 has been recognized during the year. There have been no sales during the year in this category.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 159 (“SFAS 159”), “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. Under SFAS 159, companies may elect to measure certain financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected be reported in earnings. SFAS 159 was effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. We have not elected to use fair value measurements under SFAS No.159 with respect to any eligible instruments.

In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 141R, Business Combinations (Statement 141R) and FASB Statement No. 160, Non controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment to ARB No. 51 (Statement 160). Statements 141R and 160 require most identifiable assets, liabilities, non-controlling interests, and goodwill acquired in a business combination to be recorded at “full fair value” and require non-controlling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) to be reported as a component of equity, which changes the accounting for transactions with non-controlling interest holders. Both Statements are effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier adoption is prohibited. Statement 141R will be applied to business combinations occurring after the effective date. Statement 160 will be applied prospectively to all non-controlling interests, including any that arose before the effective date. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting Statement 141R and Statement 160 on its results of operations and financial position.

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 142-3 , Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets . FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and early adoption is prohibited. We are currently evaluating the impact of the same pending adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 on our consolidated financial statements.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 161 Disclosure about Derivative Instruments and Hedging activities - An amendment to SFAS No 133 (“SFAS 161”) in March 2008. Statement 161 requires increased quantitative, qualitative and credit-risk disclosures. Quantitative disclosures should include information (in a tabular format) about the fair value of the derivative instruments, including gains and losses, and should contain more detailed information about the location of the derivative instrument in the entity’s financial statements. Credit-risk disclosures should include information about the existence and nature of credit-risk related contingent features included in derivative instruments. Credit risk related contingent features can be defined as those that require entities upon the occurrence of a credit event to settle derivative instruments or to post collateral. We will be required to adopt this new standard prospectively, for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after November 15, 2008. The implementation of Statement 161 effective January 1, 2009, did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, Employer’s Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets (“FSP FAS 132(R)-1”).  The FSP requires enhanced disclosures about plan assets currently required by SFAS No. 132 (revised 2003), Employer’s Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.  FSP FAS

53

132(R)-1 requires more detailed disclosures about employers’ plan assets, including employers’ investment strategies, major categories of plan assets, concentrations of risk within plan assets, and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets. FSP FAS 132(R)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact of this FSP on our financial statement disclosures.

Critical Accounting Policies

We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our financial statements as their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, with financial reporting results relying on estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Specific risks for these critical accounting policies are described in the following paragraphs. For these policies, future events may not develop as forecast, and estimates may require revision.

Estimates

We prepare financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities on the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the financial reporting period. We primarily make estimates related to contract costs expected to be incurred to complete development of software, allowances for doubtful accounts receivable, our future obligations under employee retirement and benefit plans, useful lives of property, plant and equipment, deferred tax assets and liabilities and provisions for contingencies and litigation.

We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, our own historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Changes in estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenues by following specific and applicable accounting guidelines for measuring revenue. These guidelines require us to make certain judgments that affect recognized and unrecognized revenue. Judgments involve the method of recognizing revenue, costs and time required to complete projects for our clients etc.

We are in the software services business and, to a lesser extent, in business process outsourcing. Our revenues from software services are derived by providing the following services:

·     custom application development;

·     application maintenance and support;

·     packaged software implementation;

·     infrastructure management services;

·     product engineering;

·     business process outsourcing; and

·     quality assurance services.

Software Services

We derive our revenues primarily from software services. Revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of a contractual arrangement with customers, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Our software services contracts are either on a fixed-price, fixed time frame or on a time and material basis. Currently a majority of revenues are derived on time and material contracts. Revenues earned from services performed on a time and material basis are recognized as the related services are performed. Our

54

fixed-price contracts include application maintenance and support services, on which revenue is recognized ratably over the term of maintenance. Our other fixed-price contracts are recognized on a percentage of completion basis.

Guidance has been drawn from paragraph 95 of Statement of Position (‘‘SOP’’) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” to account for revenue from fixed price arrangements for software development and related services in conformity with SOP-81-1 (“Accounting for Performance of Construction—Type and Certain Production—Type Contracts”). The input method has been used because management considers this to be the best available measure of progress on these contracts as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity.

We review the estimated revenues and estimated costs on each project at the end of each reporting period. Any revisions to existing estimates are made when required by management having the relevant authority. As part of the review process, management regularly compares and analyzes the actual costs and the estimate of costs to complete the projects to the original estimated costs and the total contract price with revisions to estimates reflected in the period in which changes become known. As a policy, provisions for estimated losses on such engagements will be made during the period in which a loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated.

We charge direct and incremental contract origination and set up costs incurred in connection with application maintenance and support services to expense as incurred. We defer these costs only in situations where there is a contractual arrangement establishing a customer relationship for a specific period. The costs to be deferred are limited to the extent of future contractual revenues. Further, we defer and recognize revenue attributable to set up activities over the periods that the related fees are earned, as services performed during such periods do not result in separate earnings process.

We generally provide our clients with a one- to three-month warranty as post-sale support. Costs associated with such services are accrued based on management’s estimates and historical data at the time related revenues are recorded. We use our past experience relating to actual warranty costs incurred on similar kinds of projects in order to estimate future warranty costs.

We grant volume discounts to certain customers, which are computed based on a pre-determined percentage of the total revenues from those customers during a specified period, pursuant to the terms of the contract. These discounts are earned only after the customer has generated a specified cumulative level of revenues in the specified period. We report revenue net of discounts offered to the customers.

We estimate the total number of customers that will ultimately earn these discounts, based on which a portion of the revenue on the related transactions is allocated to the services that will be delivered in the future.

Historically, changes in estimates of warranty costs and volume discounts have not had a material impact on our financial statements.

We include reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses received from customers as part of revenues in accordance with EITF 01-14 “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for ‘Out of Pocket’ Expenses Incurred”.

We report taxes assessed by governmental authorities directly imposed on revenue producing transactions on a net basis. This disclosure is provided as per EITF 06-03 on “How taxes collected by the customers and remitted to governmental authorities should be presented to the Income Statement.

Business Process Outsourcing

Revenues from business process outsourcing services are derived from both time-based and transaction-priced contracts. Revenue is recognized as the related services are performed, in accordance with the specific terms of the contracts with the customer.

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We account for business combinations in accordance with SFAS 141, Business Combinations, which requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations. SFAS 141 requires intangible assets acquired in a business combination to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. Accounting for contingent consideration based on earnings or other performance measures is a matter of judgment that depends on the relevant facts and circumstances. If the substance of the contingent consideration is to provide compensation for services, use of property, or profit sharing, we account for the additional consideration as an expense of the appropriate period. Otherwise, the additional consideration paid is recorded as an additional cost of the acquired business.

Goodwill represents the cost of the acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible net assets purchased. We generally seek the assistance of independent valuation experts in determining

55

the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets of the acquired business. We assign all the assets and liabilities of the acquired business, including goodwill, to reporting units in accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and

Other Intangible Assets.

We test goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis. In this process, we rely on a number of factors including operating results, business plans and future cash flows. Recoverability of goodwill is evaluated using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value.  The fair value of a reporting unit is determined using the income approach. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves a comparison of the implied fair value and carrying value of the goodwill of that reporting unit. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Goodwill of a reporting unit will be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount.

We amortize intangible assets over their respective individual estimated useful lives in proportion to the economic benefits consumed in each period. Our estimates of the useful lives of identified intangible assets are based on a number of factors including the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, and other economic factors (such as the stability of the industry, and known technological advances), and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the asset.

We evaluate intangible assets for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

In evaluating goodwill and intangible assets for impairment, we may seek the assistance of independent valuation experts, perform internal valuation analyses and consider other information that is publicly available. The results of our evaluation may be dependent on a number of factors including estimates of future market growth and trends, forecasted revenue and costs, discount rates and other variables. While we use assumptions which we believe are fair and reasonable, future results may differ from the estimates arrived at using the assumptions.

Income Taxes

As part of our financial reporting process, we are required to estimate our liability for income taxes in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we operate. This process requires us to estimate our actual current tax exposure together with an assessment of temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as depreciation on property, plant and equipment, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our balance sheet.

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a period, we must include an expense within the tax provision in the statement of operations.

Our deferred tax liabilities mainly arise from taxable basis differences in intangible assets and undistributed earnings of branch, property, plant and equipment, unrecognized gain in available for sale securities and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on completed contracts. Our deferred tax assets comprise assets arising from our accrued expenses, provisions for doubtful accounts receivable and from ultimate realization of the tax asset that may be dependent on the availability of future capital gains. We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. This assessment takes into consideration tax planning strategies, including levels of historical taxable income and assumptions regarding the availability and character of future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible. We believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of those deductible differences as of December 31, 2008 in the future. The ultimate amount of deferred tax assets realized may be materially different from those recorded, as influenced by potential changes in income tax laws in the tax jurisdictions where we operate, or future changes in operating results.

56

To the extent we believe that realization of a deferred tax asset is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in an accounting period and include an expense within the tax provision in our statements of income. The net change in valuation allowance in the year 2008 is mainly on account of reversal of valuation allowance recognized in prior years for deferred tax asset recorded  on business loss carry forwards of Japan operation, aggregating to $ 501,719.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes in the financial statements in accordance with FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. The accounting and disclosures of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are based on the recognition threshold and measurement attribute as prescribed by FIN 48. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in other (expense) / income.

Stock-based compensation

We adopted SFAS 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123R) effective January 1, 2006. This statement requires compensation expense relating to share-based payments to be recognized in net income using  a fair value measurement method. Under the fair value method, the estimated fair value of  awards is charged to income on an accelerated basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. We elected the modified prospective method as prescribed in SFAS 123R and, therefore, prior periods were not restated. Under the modified  prospective method, SFAS 123R was applied to new awards granted after the time of adoption, as well as to the unvested portion of previously granted equity-based awards for which the requisite service had not been rendered as of January 1, 2006. We granted stock options under the ‘Patni ESOP 2003’ -Revised 2006.

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, we were required to record benefits associated with the tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost as an operating cash flow. However SFAS 123R requires that such benefits be recorded as a financing cash inflow.

Effective April 1, 2007, an amendment has been made to Income Tax Act  subjecting specified securities allotted or transferred by an employer to its employees to Fringe Benefit Tax (FBT). The liability to pay FBT by the employer arises at the time of allotment of the securities, consequent to exercise of option by the employees and is calculated on the difference between the fair value of the underlying share on the date of vesting and the exercise price paid by the employee based on the corporate tax rate. The FBT arising from such allotment of specified option is collectible from employees, which is considered as akin to a reset in the terms of the ESOP Plan as it would reduce the ultimate benefit to the employee, by way of increase in exercise price and hence is recognized as additional paid-in-capital.

Derivatives and Hedge Accounting

We enter into forward foreign exchange contracts/option contracts (derivatives) to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates on inter company and end customer accounts receivable and forecasted sales transactions denominated in foreign currencies. The strategy also includes entering into short — term foreign forward foreign exchange contracts which are replaced with successive new contracts up to the period in which the forecasted transactions are expected to occur (roll —over hedging). Upon completion of the formal documentation and testing for effectiveness, we designate the forward and option contracts which meet the hedging criteria, as cash flows hedges. Changes in the derivative fair values that are designated, effective and qualify as cash flow hedges, are deferred and recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until the hedged transactions occur and are then recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Changes in fair value for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments and ineffective portion of the hedging instruments are recognized in consolidated statements of income in the current period.

In respect of derivatives designated as hedges, we formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. We also formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether each derivative is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, or if a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, we will, prospectively, discontinue hedge accounting with respect to that derivative. The derivatives, which do not qualify for hedge accounting, are accordingly, recognized at fair value with gains or losses included in foreign exchange (gain)/loss in the consolidated statements of income.

Hedge ineffectiveness could result from forecasted transactions not happening in the same amounts or in the same periods as forecasted or changes in the counterparty credit rating. Further, change in the basis of designating forward contracts as hedges of forecasted transactions could alter the proportion of forward contracts which are ineffective as hedges. Hedge ineffectiveness increases volatility of the consolidated statements of income since the

57

changes in fair value of an ineffective portion of forward contracts is immediately recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

As of December 31, 2008, there were no gains or losses on derivative transactions or portions thereof that were either ineffective as hedges, excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, or associated with an underlying exposure that did not occur.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigations, fines and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated.

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

6.A. Directors and senior management

The following table sets forth details regarding our Board of Directors and executive officers:

Name	Age	Position
Mr. Narendra K. Patni(1)(2)(3)(8)	67	Director (Chairman)
Mr. Louis T. van den Boog (9)(10)	55	Director
Mr. Gajendra K. Patni(1)(4)	68	Director
Mr. Ashok K. Patni(1)(5)	57	Director
Dr. Michael A. Cusumano(7)(11)	54	Director
Mr. Arun Duggal(12)	62	Director
Mr. William O. Grabe(6)(10)(13)	71	Director
Mr. Arun Maira (7)(10)(11)	65	Director
Mr. Pradip Shah(12)	56	Director
Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran(7)(11)(12)	56	Director
Mr. Abhay Havaldar (13)	47	Alternate Director
Mr. Jeya Kumar (14)	54	Chief Executive Officer
Mr. Surjeet Singh	41	Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Satish M. Joshi	53	Executive Vice President - Global Head — Horizontal Solutions & Delivery, and Global Technology Head
Mr. Vijay P. Khare	51	Executive Vice President and Chief Delivery Officer and Chief Administrative Officer
Mr. Rajesh Padmanabhan	46	Executive Vice President and Global Head of Human Resources
Mr. Brian Stones	57	Executive Vice President Regional Head — EMEA
Mr. Sunil Chitale	45	Executive Vice President and Global Head — Industry Solutions & Delivery
Mr. Ajay Chamania	46	Executive Vice-President and Global Head of the Product Engineering Services
Mr. Anirudh Patni	33	Senior Vice — President Strategy & Corporate Development
Mr. Ajit Yadav	54	Executive Vice — President and General Counsel
Mr Manish Soman (15)	40	Executive Vice President and Chief of Operations
Mr. Neeraj Gupta (16)	41	Executive Vice President and Global Head of Sales and Marketing
Mr. Russel Boekenkroeger (17)	63	Executive Vice President
Mr. Mrinal R. Sattawala (18)	54	Advisor

(1)Mr. Narendra K. Patni, Mr. Gajendra K. Patni and Mr. Ashok K. Patni are brothers.  Mr. Anirudh K. Patni is the son of Mr. Narendra K. Patni.

(2)Mr. Narendra K. Patni ceased to be our Chief Executive Officer with effect from February 20, 2009 and continues to be the Chairman of the Board/Company. He is also a Chairman of Nominating and Corporate Governance committee.

(3)Mr. Narendra K. Patni is the nominee of the NKP Group.

(4)Mr. Gajendra K. Patni is the nominee of the GKP Group.

(5)Mr. Ashok K. Patni is the nominee of the AKP Group.

(6)Mr. Grabe is the nominee for General Atlantic.

(7)Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance committee.

(8)Permanent invitee of the Compensation and Remuneration committee.

58

(9)Mr.  Louis T. van den Boog resigned as Executive Director with effect from 20th February 20, 2009 and continues to be a  Non-Executive Director on the Board of the Company.

(10)Member of the Shareholder /Investor Grievances committee.

(11)Member of the Compensation and Remuneration committee.

(12)Member of the Audit committee.

(13)Our Articles of Association provide that the board can appoint an alternate director pursuant to the provisions of the Indian Companies Act. Mr. Abhay Havaldar is presently the alternate director to Mr. William O. Grabe.

(14)Mr. Jeya Kumar is appointed as Chief Executive Officer of the Company  with effect from February 20, 2009.

(15)Mr. Manish Soman is appointed as Executive Vice President and Chief of Operations with effect from June 4, 2009

(16)Mr. Neeraj Gupta resigned as an Executive Vice President and Global Head of Sales and Marketing  with effect from February 12, 2009

(17)Mr. Russel Boekenkroeger, Executive Vice President has left the Company  with effect from December 31, 2008.

(18)Mr. Mrinal Sattawala has left the Company with effect from December 31, 2008.

Board of Directors

Mr. Narendra K. Patni, Chairman, is one of the founders of our company. Mr. Patni has a Master’s degree in Electrical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, and a Master’s degree in Management from the Sloan School of Management at MIT. He also has a Bachelor’s degree in Electrical Engineering from IIT, Roorkee. As an entrepreneur, he has played an integral role in the development of the Indian IT industry through his various ventures. Mr. Patni was instrumental in initiating the offshore outsourcing business model for the software industry. Prior to founding his first company, Data Conversion Inc. (now our U.S. subsidiary Patni Americas, Inc.) in 1972, he was President and Director of the Forrester Consulting Group and was previously with the U.S. Trust Company of New York and was a consultant to Arthur D. Little, Inc.

Mr. Patni ceased to be Chief Executive Officer of the Company with effect from February 20, 2009 and continues to be the Chairman of the Board/Company. Mr. Patni as a nominee of the NKP Group, is not required to retire by rotation from the Board.

Mr. Louis T. van den Boog, has been a director since March, 2005.  Mr. van den Boog was appointed as an Executive Director with effect from April 29, 2008 and said appointment was approved by the shareholders at their meeting and  also by the Central Government as required under Section 269 of the Indian Companies Act, and other applicable provisions. Mr. van den Boog resigned as an Executive Director with effect from February 20, 2009 and continues to be a Non-Executive Director on the Board of the Company.

Mr. van den Boog has a Master’s degree in Business Economics and in Public Accounting from the Free University in Amsterdam. Mr. van den Boog is an IT industry veteran with approximately 20 years experience in the software industry, as well as extensive experience in mergers and acquisitions, public offerings and private equity and venture capital fundings. Mr. van den Boog has supported a series of European and U.S. portfolio companies, in particular as a director of Global Collect B. V., Human inference B. V., Vallstein Beheer B.V. and Purple Labs S. A. . Mr. van den Boog was previously with Oracle Corporation where he helped to build the European operations of the company. Mr. van den Boog is a former special advisor to General Atlantic. See “Relationship with General Atlantic” below.

Mr. Gajendra K. Patni, Director, is one of the founders of our company. Mr. Patni has a Chemical Engineering background and has over 35 years of experience in finance, banking, legal and personnel functions. He has contributed significantly in the past to the growth of the computer rental business of our company, which led to the formation of PCS Data Products (PCSDP) in 1981, and PCS Data General (PCSDG) in 1987. These companies were merged to form what is now PCS Technology Limited in 1994. Mr. Patni is a Chairman of PCS Technology Limited. Previously he was the Managing Director of Industrial Oxygen Company Limited. Mr. Patni as a nominee of the GKP Group, is not required to retire by rotation.

Mr. Ashok K. Patni,  Director, is one of the founders of our company. Mr. Patni is a Mechanical Engineer from IIT, Mumbai. Mr. Patni has over 22 years of experience in computer hardware and systems software. Mr. Patni has contributed significantly in the past to the growth of the hardware business of our company which led to the formation of PCSDP in 1981, and PCSDG in 1987. These companies were merged to form what is now PCS Technology Limited in 1994. He is a Vice Chairman of PCS Technology Limited. Mr. Patni as a nominee of the AKP Group, is not required to retire by rotation.

Dr. Michael A. Cusumano has been a director since April, 2004. Dr. Cusumano has a B.A. degree from Princeton University and a PhD from Harvard University. Dr. Cusumano completed a postdoctoral fellowship in

59

Production and Operations Management at the Harvard Business School. He has twice been a Fulbright Fellow as well as a Japan Foundation Fellow at the University of Tokyo, and is recipient of the Clarendon Lectures in Management award at Oxford University. Dr. Cusumano is the Sloan Management Review Distinguished Professor at MIT’s Sloan School of Management. He is also a director of Eliza Corporation, a specialist in speech recognition software applications, focused on healthcare. He serves on the advisory boards of FixStars Corp. , a Japanese developer of high-performance computing applications, and H-5 Technologies, a specialist in digital search technology. He has consulted for more than 50 major companies around the world and advises several other startup software companies. He is the author or co-author of eight books. Dr. Cusumano’s term of office expires in 2010 but he is eligible for reappointment.

Mr. Arun Duggal has been a director since November, 2003. Mr. Duggal has a Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from IIT, Delhi, and a post graduate diploma in management from IIM, Ahmedabad. Mr. Duggal is an experienced international Banker advising Corporations on Financial Strategy, M&A and Capital Raising areas.  He has been an International Advisor to a number of Corporations, major Financial Institutions and Private Equity firms.

He is Chairman of Board of Directors of Shriram Transport Finance Company, Shriram Properties Ltd, Shriram City Union Finance Ltd., and Shriram EPC Limited. He is a Chairman and CEO of Tanglewood Financial Advisors (P) Limited and Blackstone Investment Company (P) Limited. He is on the Board of Directors of various Public Limited Companies which include Mortice Limited, Manipal Acunova Limited, Zuari Industries, Info Edge (India), Dish TV India Limited., Mundra Port & SEZ Limited.

In addition, Mr. Duggal is a former special advisor to General Atlantic. See “Relationship with General Atlantic” below. Mr. Duggal’s term of office expires in 2012, but he is eligible for reappointment.

Mr. William O. Grabe has been a director since September, 2002. Mr. Grabe has a BS degree in Engineering from New York University and an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles. Since 1992, Mr. Grabe has been a managing director at General Atlantic LLC, a worldwide private equity firm. Prior to that, he was a Vice President of IBM and held various positions, the last of which was head, North America Sales and Marketing. He is a Director of various companies including Compuware Corporation, Gartner, Infotech Enterprises Limited, AKQA, Actinium Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Lenovo Group Company. General Atlantic is one of our principal shareholders, with a shareholding of 17.89%. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” and “Relationship with General Atlantic” below. Mr. Grabe’s term of office expires in 2011, but he is eligible for reappointment.

Mr. Arun Maira has been a director since June, 2006. Mr. Maira received his bachelors and masters degrees in Physics from St. Stephen’s College, Delhi University. He worked for 25 years in several senior positions in the Tata Group, India’s premier industrial conglomerate. His directorships in other companies include Tata Chemicals Limited, Aditya Birla Nuvo Limited, Hero Honda Motors Limited, Mahindra Ugine Steel Company Limited and Godrej Industries Limited. Prior to joining Boston Consulting Group in India, he worked in the USA with Arthur D. Little, the international consulting company, for 10 years where he served as Leader of its Global Organisation Practice and Managing Director of Innovation Associates, its subsidiary. Mr. Maira’s term of office expires in 2009 and he seeks re-appointment at ensuing Annual General Meeting to be held on June 25, 2009.

Mr. Pradip Shah has been a director since November, 2003. Mr. Shah is a Chartered Accountant, has an MBA from the Harvard Graduate School of Business and a degree from The Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India. Mr. Shah was responsible for introducing credit ratings in India and is a founder of CRISIL Limited.

Mr. Shah is currently the Chairman of the Board at IndAsia Fund Advisors Private Limited and Sonata Software Limited. His directorships in other companies include AMP IndAsia Fund Advisors (Mauritius) Limited, Asset Reconstruction Company (India) Limited, BASF India Limited,  Godrej & Boyce Mfg Limited, Hardy Oil & Gas Limited, Kansai Nerolac Paints Limited, KSB Pumps Limited, Mukand Limited, Panasonic Energy India Co. Limited, Pfizer Limited, Shah Foods Limited, Supra Advisors (BVI) Limited (British Virgin Islands),  Tata Investment Corporation Limited, Wartsila India Limited and Grindwell Norton Limited .Mr. Shah’s term of office expires in 2009 and he seeks re-appointment at ensuing Annual General Meeting to be held on June 25, 2009.

Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran has been a director since November, 2003. Mr. Venkateswaran has a Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from IIT, Mumbai and a post graduate diploma in management from IIM, Bangalore. Mr. Venkateswaran is a Management Consultant and is currently the Managing Director of Almak Management Services Private Limited. He is a visiting professor of Marketing at the Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore. He is also a founder member of a non profit organization, “Vishwas.” Mr. Venkateswaran’s term of office expires in 2010, but he is eligible for reappointment.

Mr. Abhay Havaldar has been acting as an Alternate Director to Mr. William O. Grabe since 2002. Mr.. William Grabe is the Nominee Director of General Atlantic, one of our largest shareholders. Mr Grabe is not a full time resident of India and therefore would not be able to attend all the board meetings of the Company which are held in India. Hence, on the request of Mr. Grabe, Mr. Abhay Havaldar has been appointed as an Alternate Director to act for Mr. Grabe during his absence at the board meetings of the Company.  Mr. Havaldar holds a Bachelors degree in electrical engineering from the University of Bombay and a Masters in Management degree from the Sloan Fellow program at the London Business School.

60

Mr. Havaldar is a Managing Director at General Atlantic LLC, a worldwide private equity firm, where he has worked since 2002. Mr. Havaldar established General Atlantic’s India office in 2002 and remains based in Mumbai, India where he leads General Atlantic’s South East Asia investment initiatives with a focus on Financial Services and Enterprise Solutions. He currently serves as a Director on the board of Jubilant Organosys Limited and IBS Software Services Private Limited..Prior to this, Mr. Havaldar started his career with TATA and held operating management responsibilities at TATA Infotech and HCL Infosystems.

Mr. Havaldar has been an investor in Indian businesses since 1996, as a partner at Draper International and Connect Capital. He is a Charter Member of The Indus Entrepreneurs (TIE) and a Board member of Society for Innovation and Entrepreneurship (SINE). General Atlantic is one of our principal shareholders, with a shareholding of 17.89%.  See “Relationship with General Atlantic” below and “Item 7 Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”.

For more information on our Board of Directors, please see “Item 10.B. Additional Information—Board of Directors.”

Executive Officers

Mr. Jeya Kumar, is our Chief Executive Officer with effect from February 20, 2009.Mr. Kumar has a Masters of Business degree from Curtin University, Australia; Bachelors of Business degree from the Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Australia; and postgraduate diplomas in Computer Science, Management Studies and Marketing Management. He has also attended the Advanced Management Program at Oxford University. His responsibilities mainly include driving the company’s global operations; and defining and executing the company’s long-term strategy focused on growth, profitability, and customer & operational excellence throughout Patni’s value chain. Mr. Kumar was the CEO of MphasiS Limited and has more than 25 years of global experience spanning several geographies. Prior to MphasiS, he was Senior Vice-President of Sun Microsystems and a member of Sun’s Executive Management Group (EMG). Notably, he was the first Asia-Pacific employee in the company’s history to become a member of Sun’s EMG. At Sun, as head of a $ 5 billion-a-year Services business, Mr. Kumar was responsible for the business unit’s financial performance, strategy, marketing, portfolio management, in-market management, product engineering, technology development, M&A and channels in more than 120 countries. He has also held various management and executive positions with global firms including Apple Computers Inc. and National Semi-Conductor Corporation. During the course of his extensive career, he has undertaken assignments in Singapore, Japan, Australia, United States, Mexico, Holland and the United Kingdom.

Mr. Surjeet Singhis our Chief Financial Officer since July 2006.  Mr. Singh is a graduate from Harvard Business School (Advanced Management Programme), holds a B.S. in Finance and Accounting from the University of Pune and is a fellow of the Institute of Costs and Works Accountants, India and AICPA, USA. He is responsible for overall financial strategy, financial operations & compliances of the Company on a global basis. He is chartered with managing the ongoing business planning and review process, ensuring a balanced portfolio for financial and other resource allocation (s), and maintaining the highest level of integrity and transparency in the company operations to help maximize sustainable long-term shareholder value. Earlier, and in addition, he has managed and provided oversight to M&A and global business operations functions. During this time, he led various initiatives to help streamline the operational parameters and drive operational excellence in many areas, including internal systems, supply chain, overall cost . Prior to joining Patni,, he was the CFO at Cymbal which he co-founded and which has since been acquired by Patni. In all, Mr. Singh has around two decades of multi-industry global experience holding senior management positions in leading finance, business planning and global supply chain functions. He has a successful track record of building finance as a key business enabler, and fostering collaboration in large and mid-sized culturally diverse, global and matrixed organizations.

Mr. Satish M. Joshiis our Executive Vice President and Global Head — Horizontal Solutions & Delivery, and Global Technology Head and he has been with Patni for over 25 years. Mr. Joshi has a Bachelor’s degree in Electrical Engineering and a Master’s degree in Computer Science from IIT, Mumbai. As Global Head of Horizontal Solutions & Delivery, he oversees the Enterprise Application Solutions, Customer Dynamics and Intelligence, Business Process Outsourcing, and Infrastructure Management Services horizontal business units, besides the Verification & Validation Center of Excellence. Prior to Patni, Mr. Joshi worked with the Tata Institute of Fundamental Research in areas such as concurrent programming languages, storage techniques for large databases, compiler optimization and data communication networks.

Mr. Vijay P. Khare is our Executive Vice President and Global Head of Delivery Excellence with responsibility for Global Delivery Infrastructure, Process, Excellence and Innovation and he has been employed with Patni for about 30 years. Mr. Khare has a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering from the Regional Engineering College, Nagpur and a Masters degree in Computer Science from IIT, Mumbai In this role, he oversees the Product & Technology Initiatives (PTI), Global Resources in Technology (GRiT), Patni Academy for Competency Development (PACE), Quality and Delivery Innovation (QDI) and the Global PMO group. Mr. Khare began his career with Patni in 1980 as a software developer and has previously held senior positions in various functional roles such as HR Head, Global Delivery Co-ordinator and SBU Head. From 1995 to 2000, he oversaw the growth of the Offshore Development Center for Patni’s largest customer to more than 1000 FTEs.

61

Mr. Rajesh Padmanabhan is our Executive Vice-President and Global Head Human Resources. Mr. Padmanabhan has Master’s degrees in management specializing in human resources and finance. His responsibilities include spearheading Patni’s human capital initiatives globally including the strategic direction and focus for employee management. Mr. Padmanabhan has over 22 years of diverse industry experience in systems, finance, business and global human resources in IT, hospitality, financial services and manufacturing. He is well-versed with global HR operations and has managed multi-cultural work forces in a few countries. Prior to joining Patni, Mr. Padmanabhan was Executive Vice-President with the Oberoi group responsible for group human resources and the Oberoi Centre for learning and development. He has also worked as Global Head of Human Capital for Essel Propack and with the ICICI group in different roles in systems, corporate banking, leasing and human resources.

Mr. Brian Stones is our Executive Vice President-,Regional Head — EMEA. Mr. Stones has honours degrees in Economics and Business Science. He is responsible for Patni’s operations in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA). He has over 28 years international business experience and has held leadership positions in organizations in the United States and Europe. Prior to joining Patni, Mr. Stones was responsible for ACS Inc.’s business operation in Europe, and was formerly a Senior Partner at Ernst & Young, most notably as the Leader of the Global Client Consulting business in Europe. Mr. Stones has a very successful track record in direct and indirect sales, global account management and general business management in IT services, consulting and outsourcing.

Mr. Sunil Chitaleis our Executive Vice-President and Global Head — Industry Solutions & Delivery. Mr. Chitale has a Bachelor’s degree from Institute of Technology, Banaras Hindu University, India. He is responsible for ‘Industry Solutions & Delivery’ to Patni’s customers in various domains including High-Tech & Electronics; CPG & Retail; Distribution; Transportation & Logistics; Pharmaceuticals & Life Sciences; Communications, Media & Utilities. Mr. Chitale began his career with Patni in 1985 and has experience in managing large relationship portfolios. He has helped several customers in leveraging the global delivery model through effective use of domain, consulting and technology in a managed services mode.

Mr. Ajay Chamania is our Executive Vice-President and Global Head of the Product Engineering Services business. Mr. Chamania has a Bachelor’s degree in Electronics & Telecommunication from National Institute of Technology, Bhopal, India. Mr. Chamania began his career with Patni in 1986 and at Patni is responsible for the organization’s footprint in Product Engineering practices catering to Storage, Automotives, Medical Devices, Industrial Automation, Consumer Electronics and ISV product domains. Over the last two decades he has been instrumental in establishing and managing some large engineering engagements for leading global technology companies. Since 2001, he has been actively involved in Patni’s R&D and embedded technology business and has played an instrumental role in building and transforming it into a robust and successful Product Engineering Services business unit for the Company.

Mr. Anirudh Patni is our Senior Vice-President — Strategy & Corporate Development.  Mr. Patni has an MBA in Finance, Strategy and Entrepreneurial Management from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania; and Bachelor’s degrees in Electrical Engineering, Computer Science and Management Science — all from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He is responsible for Strategy & Corporate Development. He has been intimately involved in the growth and development of the company, including its private equity placements, IPO, and M&A transactions. His current responsibilities include defining overall corporate strategy and working with business units to define and execute strategic initiatives, both organic and inorganic. He has over 10 years of leadership experience, and his background includes strategy consulting, private equity and M&A. Prior to joining Patni, Mr. Patni was a consultant at McKinsey and Company in New York, London and New Delhi. At McKinsey, he worked in the area of long-term corporate strategy for some of the world’s largest companies, and in new business formation across a number of key industry verticals.

Mr. Ajit Yadav is our Executive Vice-President & General Counsel. Mr. Yadav is an Indian Attorney, Company Secretary and a Solicitor of England & Wales. His responsibilities include responsibilities for handling legal and compliance issues for all businesses of Patni on a global basis. Mr. Yadav carries with him varied and vast experience in the areas of Corporate Laws, M&A, indirect taxes and IPRs, having worked in senior positions at Hindustan Lever Ltd. (Unilever, India) for many years, followed by Ranbaxy Labs Ltd. for five years where he supported Ranbaxy’s aggressively growing international business for all legal services with specific focus on M&A, IPRs and Corporate Governance issues. Prior to Patni, Mr. Yadav had worked for six years with PepsiCo, South Asia as Executive Director (Legal) and a member of its Management Committee. Mr. Yadav has thus held senior leadership positions in large businesses and has helped companies drive their businesses using law as an enabler for providing efficient business solutions. He started his professional career by joining the Government of India through IAS (Allied) services and worked for the Government for sometime before moving to the private sector.

Mr. Manish Soman is our Executive Vice — President and Chief of Operations with effect from June 4, 2009.  Mr. Soman is a graduate in Computer Science and has a master’s degree in Business Administration from the Pune University. He is responsible for overseeing Sales Operations, Administration, Real Estate, Travel, Security, Location Management, Enterprise Resource Planning, Enterprise Risk Management, Business Continuity Planning, and the CIO function.  Mr. Soman has 18 years of varied industry experience. Prior to joining Patni, he was Senior

62

Vice-President & Business Leader (Software) at Genpact, where he was responsible for IT delivery integrated with BPO offerings and Professional Services across six industry verticals. Prior to Genpact, he was with organizations like 3DI Systems, Washington Mutual, Software Management Consultants Inc, Tata Unisys Ltd., and Deloitte — where he was CEO & MD of the India operations.

Mr. Neeraj Gupta, was our Executive Vice-President and with effect from June 2008, was appointed as Global Head of Sales and Marketing. He has been with Patni since November 2004. Mr. Gupta has a Bachelor’s degree in Electronics & Communications Engineering from Punjab Engineering College, India and a Master’s degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Alabama, USA. His responsibilities includes overseeing the Sales and Marketing operations , Telecom and Growth Industry business units. Mr. Gupta has had over 15 years of proven leadership experience, including managing product management, professional services and engineering teams at various leading technology companies including Octel Communications, Lucent Technologies, Genesys Telecom, and Alcatel. Previously, he was Chief Executive Officer of Patni Telecom (formerly Cymbal), a U.S.- based IT services Company, which he led from start-up to successful exit. Mr. Gupta resigned as Executive Vice President and Global Head of Sales and Marketing of the Company with effect from February 12, 2009.

Mr. Russell Boekenkroeger was our Executive Vice President and has been with Patni for four years. Mr. Boekenkroeger has a Bachelor’s degree in Government from Franklin & Marshall College, a Master’s degree in Urban and Regional Planning and a Master’s degree in Civil Engineering from the University of Pittsburgh. He was responsible for the Regional Operations of the U.S. and for merger & acquisition activities. Additionally, he oversees was responsible for overseeing the Product Engineering Services business unit besides the Engineering Services center of excellence. He has over 25 years of experience in managing large global product development organizations, shared services operations, international business and product marketing while serving in a variety of executive management positions at Computervision, Prime Computer and PTC. He has also served as an advisor to companies from a wide range of industries around the world, on business and technology matters. Mr. Boekenkroeger, Executive Vice President has left the Company with effect from December 31, 2008.

Mr. Mrinal R. Sattawalahas been our Advisor since June 2008. Prior to this, he was designated as our Chief Operating Officer and Global Sales and Marketing Coordinator and was with Patni for 20 years. As the Chief Operating Officer, he was directly responsible for the Sales and Operations of the Europe and APAC regions, besides overseeing Global Sales & Marketing, and the Insurance and Financial Services business units until May 2008 . Mr. Sattawala is an electrical engineer from IIT, Mumbai, and he also received his MBA in 1979 from MacMaster University, Canada. Mr. Sattawala has over 26 years of experience in the IT industry. Prior to Patni, Mr. Sattawala worked with Computer Maintenance Corporation and the ICI group of companies in India. Mr. Sattawala has left the Company with effect from December 31, 2008.

During fiscal 2008, the aggregate annual compensation paid or payable by us and our subsidiaries to our executive directors and executive officers was approximately $ 9,881,140 ; including Mr. N. K. Patni $ 1,653,303 ; Mr. Louis T. van den Boog $ 919,745;  Mr. Surjeet Singh $ 996,601 ;  Mr. Neeraj Gupta $ 709,560 ; Mr. S. M. Joshi Rs.13,070,604  ($ 301,152 ); Mr. V. P. Khare Rs .13,050,439 ($ 300,687); Mr. Brian Stones - £ 440,202 ($ 812,740)  ; Mr. Ajay Chamania Rs. 10,607,561 ($ 244,402); Mr. Sunil Chitale Rs. 9,042,335 ($ 208,339); Mr. Rajesh Padmanabhan - Rs.11,795,557 ($ 271,774); Mr. Ajit Yadav Rs. 10,535,418 ($ 242,752); Mr. Anirudh Patni $ 333,360; Mr. Mrinal Sattawala $ 2,023,095; and Mr. Russel Boekenkroeger $ 863,630 . In addition to receiving annual base compensation, some members of our executive management, under Indian laws and regulations, are eligible for grants under the Employee Stock Option Plan (described below).

Our independent directors on the board are each entitled to $ 40,000 annually in addition to actual boarding and lodging expenses and sitting fees for attending board and committee meetings.

In addition to abovementioned commission, following are entitled for an annual commission as under:

a) The Chairman of the Audit Committee: $ 10,000 per annum

b) Members of the Audit Committee: $ 5,000 per annum

c) The Chairman of Compensation & Remuneration Committee: $ 5,000 per annum

d) The Chairman of Shareholders’/Investors’ Grievance Committee: $ 5,000 per annum.

The Board of Directors of the Company, at its meeting held on 11 February 2009, had appointed Mr. Jeya Kumar as ‘Chief Executive Officer’ with effect from 20 February 2009 for the period of five years pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956. The said appointment is further subject to the approval of Members at the ensuing Annual General Meeting and also subject to approvals of the statutory authorities including Central Government under Section 269 of the Companies Act, 1956 and other applicable provisions.

The Company proposes to enter into an agreement with Mr. Jeya Kumar that provide for, inter alia, monthly salary, Annual Variable Compensation, one time joining bonus, equity compensation and benefits including, leave

63

encashment, club membership, medical/insurance reimbursements and gratuity contributions. The said agreement may terminate by three months’ notice from either side. However, the Company, at its discretion, may choose to terminate it earlier by substituting the notice period by payment of salary in lieu of the notice period.

Jeya Kumar is eligible for an annual base (fixed) salary in Indian Rupees equivalent to Singapore $ 1,252,000 per annum payable monthly. In addition, he is eligible for a sign-on-bonus of Indian Rupees equivalent to Singapore $ 133,000 within 15 days from the date of his assuming the office of CEO. He will also be eligible for Annual Variable Compensation upto a maximum target amount being the Indian Rupee equivalent of Singapore $ 2,000,000 subject to Mr. Jeya Kumar meeting certain corporate and individual performance goals / targets / MBO as set and approved by the Compensation and Remuneration Committee and/or the Board. Other benefits / expenses, inter alia, include a Housing allowance of maximum of Rupees equivalent of Singapore $ 14,700 per month upon Mr. Jeya Kumar’s relocation to the Company, a suitable car in accordance with Company’s rules and policies; all maintenance costs, fuel, cost of employing a personal driver, road tax and insurance will be borne by the Company, membership of club at Mumbai and the Company will pay the requisite fees, first class air travel and accommodation costs incurred for business purpose, in accordance with Company’s rules and policy and other benefits as per rules of the Company . The stock options granted to Mr. Jeya Kumar are described in “Item 6B : “Compensation - Options”.

Service Agreements

Mr. Narendra K. Patni is our Chairman. Formerly, he was appointed as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Patni Americas Inc. (formerly Patni Computer Systems, Inc.), pursuant to an employment agreement between the Company and Patni Computer Systems, Inc. dated December 1, 2000, and as amended on August 29, 2003 and September 24, 2008. The aforesaid employment agreement with Mr. Narendra K. Patni had an initial term expiring on December 31, 2008.  However, pursuant to the third Amendment to the employment agreement dated February 20, 2009, the said term has been extended until December 31, 2013 unless terminated earlier in pursuance of the said agreement. He ceased to be our Chief Executive Officer (CEO).with effect from February 20, 2009. However, he continues to be our Chairman. Mr. Patni’s annual base salary under the agreement is $ 974,358 (less applicable taxes and withholdings) for the first year of the term, after which time it is increased by 10% of the then current annual base salary per year. Mr. Patni does not receive a separate fee for attending board meetings. The agreement can be terminated by the Board of Directors at any time after January 1, 2009, effective no less than thirty (30) days following written notice of such termination.  In the event of termination, Mr. Patni is entitled to a lump sum severance payment equal to amount of Base Salary (at the rate in effect as of the date of separation from service) he would have earned had he remained employed by the Company under this Agreement through December 31, 2013 .

We had entered into a consultancy agreement with Patni Americas, Inc. (formerly Patni Computer Systems, Inc.) dated October 24, 2000, and as amended on August 19, 2003, pursuant to which Mr. Narendra K. Patni was seconded to us to act as our CEO. Pursuant to the Consultancy Agreement amendment dated February 20, 2009, the consultancy agreement with Patni Americas Inc can be terminated only on or after December 31, 2010 (upon giving one month’s written notice to Patni Americas Inc) and such termination will take effect on the expiration of such period of notice.

While Mr. Narendra K Patni has ceased to be our Chief Executive Officer since February 20, 2009, he continues to be our Chairman.

Relationship with General Atlantic

Our largest shareholder is General Atlantic Mauritius Limited, a Mauritius company formed by General Atlantic LLC, or General Atlantic, for purposes of this section. General Atlantic is a private equity firm that focuses on the information technology, process outsourcing and communications industries.

One of our directors, Mr. William O. Grabe, has been a managing director of General Atlantic since 1992. In addition, Mr. Arun Duggal and Mr. Louis T. van den Boog were the former special advisors to General Atlantic. Special advisors are persons with industry and/or geographic expertise that provide, on a part-time basis, a range of advisory services to General Atlantic in different parts of the world. These services range from identifying new investment opportunities to assisting in the preparation of investment proposals, serving on the boards of portfolio companies and providing strategic advice to such portfolio companies. Special advisors are not directors, managing directors, general partners, executive officers or employees of General Atlantic or any of its affiliates, and do not have any other formal association with General Atlantic, except that they enter into consulting agreements with General Atlantic under which they receive a cash retainer and/or are granted the right to co-invest in one or more of the General Atlantic investment vehicles.

Mr. Arun Duggal served as a special advisor from October 2003 to December 2005. He received an annual cash retainer of $ 150,000 and had the right to invest as a limited partner in various General Atlantic investment vehicles.

Mr. Louis T. van den Boog served as a special advisor from 1996 to 2004. Pursuant to past co-investment rights, Mr. Louis T. van den Boog invested in various General Atlantic investment vehicles, including one that is an

64

investor in General Atlantic Mauritius Limited, as a result of which he has an approximate 0.2% ownership interest in General Atlantic Mauritius Limited. General Atlantic loaned certain amounts to Mr. Louis T. van den Boog for purposes of such investments, of which the amount outstanding was repaid in 2007.

We have no financial or other obligations in respect of the status of Mr. Duggal or Mr. van den Boog, former special advisors, and General Atlantic has informed us that no compensation, loans or investment opportunities provided to these individuals are related in any way to our operating or financial performance or the value of our equity shares or ADSs.

Provident Fund

All of our eligible employees receive provident fund benefits through a defined contribution plan in which both the employee and employer make monthly contributions to the plan at the rate of 12% each of the covered employee’s defined portion of salary. We have no further obligations under the plan beyond the monthly contribution. We contribute to the Provident Fund Plan maintained by the Government of India. We contributed $ 3,895,116, $ 4,145,932 and $ 4,251,292  to the Provident Fund Plan in 2006, 2007 and 2008.

Benefits

In 2008, we provided approximately $ 0.7 million as compared to $ 0.8 million in 2007 for pension, retirement or similar benefits to our directors and executive officers.

Options

Set forth below is information concerning options granted to directors and executive officers. The term of stock options granted to our directors and executive officers will expire on completion of five years from the date of vesting. As of June 12, 2009, our directors and executive officers as a group (directly and indirectly) were granted options under our Employee Stock Option Plan to exercise 3,603,500 Equity linked options, 946,000 Equity linked — Restricted Stock Units (RSU’s) and 25,000 ADR linked options representing less than 1% of our share capital on the following terms:

Name	Exercise Price Per Share	Number of Shares under Option		Expiration Date
Dr. M. Cusumano	Rs. 254/381/458/455	20,000/5,000/5,000/5,000	(1)	2010/2011/2012/2013	(1)
Mr. A. Duggal	Rs. 254/381/458/455	20,000/5,000/5,000/5,000	(1)	2010/2011/2012/2013	(1)
Mr. P. Shah	Rs. 254/381/458/455	20,000/5,000/5,000/5,000	(1)	2010/2011/2012/2013	(1)
Mr. L. van den Boog	Rs. 381/ 458/455/2	20,000/5,000/5,000/96,000	(2)	2011/2012/2013/2014	(2)
Mr. R. Venkateswaran	Rs. 254/381/458/455	20,000/5,000/5,000/5,000	(1)	2010/2011/2012/2013	(1)
Mr. A. Maira	Rs. 336/455	20,000/5,000	(8)	2012/2013	(8)
Mr. J. Kumar	Rs. 106/2	1,500,000/350,000	(11)	2015/2016	(11)
Mr. S. Joshi	Rs. 145/338	62,000/100,000	(3)	2009/2010	(3)
Mr. V. Khare	Rs. 145/338	63,300/100,000	(3)	2009/2010	(3)
Mr. S. Singh	Rs. 451/493/336/112/2	11,000/11,000/150,000/300,000/500,000	(7)	2011/2012/2012/2014/2014	(7)
Mr. B. Stones	$ 15.09	25,000	(9)	2013	(9)
Mr. R. Padmanabhan	Rs. 112	50,000	(10)	2014	(10)
Mr. S. Chitale	Rs. 145/338	37,200/61,000	(3)	2009/2010	(3)
Mr. A. Chamania	Rs. 145/338	34,700/55,000	(3)	2009/2010	(3)
Mr. A. Yadav	Rs. 331	30,000	(10)	2014	(10)
Mr. R. Boekenkroeger	Rs. 145/458	50,000/100,000	(5)	2009	(5)
Mr. N. Gupta	Rs. 451/493/385	24,000/11,000/150,000	(6)	2011/2012/2012	(6)
Mr. M. Sattawala	Rs. 145/338/376	58,300(4)/100,000(4)/350,000	(4)	2009	(4)

(1)	Options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of the four grants will be from 2010 to 2013, 2011 to 2014, 2012 to 2015 and 2013 to 2016, respectively.
(2)	Options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of four grants will be from 2011 to 2014, 2012 to 2015, 2013 to 2016 and 2014 to 2017*, respectively.
	*The Compensation and Remuneration Committee, in its absolute discretion, has been empowered to accelerate the vesting of unvested RSUs.
(3)	Options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of the two grants will be from 2009 to 2012 and 2010 to 2013, respectively.
(4)	All the 350,000 options granted in May 2006 have been vested in December 2008. The aforesaid options and also the options granted in October 2004 will expire at the end of December 2009.

65

(5)	In respect of the first grant, Options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date  will be in December 2009. In respect of the second grant, 50,000 Options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of these Options will be from 2012 to 2015. In respect of the balance 50,000 Options, 25,000 Options will vest in April 2009 and remaining 25,000 Options will vest in January 2010 or at the end of the separation period whichever is earlier (separation  period is from January 1, 2009 to January 31, 2010). These Options will expire in December 2009.
(6)	Options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of the first grant will be from 2011 to 2014 and for the balance two grants expiry date will be from 2012 to 2015.
(7)	Options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of the first three grants will be from 2011 to 2014, 2012 to 2015, 2012 to 2015, and for the balance two grants will be from 2014 to 2017*.
	*The Compensation and Remuneration Committee, in its absolute discretion, has been empowered to accelerate the vesting of unvested RSUs and equity linked options in certain circumstances.
(8)	Options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of two grants will be from 2012 to 2015 and 2013 to 2016, respectively.
(9)	The said ADR linked options will vest in four equal instalments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of the said grant will be from 2013 to 2016.
(10)	Options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of the said grant will be from 2014 to 2017.
(11)	In respect of first grant, options will vest in four equal installments, i.e. 25% each year, and expiry date in respect of the said grant will be from 2015 to 2018. In respect of second grant, the RSUs will vest in two equal installments i.e. 50% each year and expiry date in respect of the said grant will be from 2015 to 2016*.
	*As per the terms of his appointment, vesting of unvested RSUs and equity linked options can be accelerated ob happening of certain circumstances.

6.C. Board Practices

Board Composition

As per the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company, our Board shall be comprised of not less than three directors and not more than ten directors. Accordingly, our current strength of the Board is ten directors. Further our Articles of Association also provides that Mr. Narendra K. Patni, Mr. Gajendra K. Patni and Mr. Ashok K. Patni, being nominees of the NKP Group, GKP Group and AKP Group respectively, are permanent directors of the Company.

Pursuant to the provisions of the Articles of Association, two thirds of the total Board of Directors of the Company will retire by rotation but they are eligible for reappointment. Out of this two-thirds, one-third will be retiring at every Annual General Meeting but eligible for re-election can be reappointed at such AGM. Accordingly, Dr. Michael A. Cusumano’s term of office expires in 2010, but he is eligible for reappointment. Mr. Arun Duggal’s term of office expires in 2012, but he is eligible for reappointment. Mr. William O. Grabe’s term of office expires in 2011, but he is eligible for reappointment. Mr. Pradip Shah’s term of office expires in 2009, but he is eligible for reappointment. Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran’s term of office expires in 2010, but he is eligible for reappointment. Mr. Arun Maira’s term of office expires in 2009, but he is eligible for reappointment. Mr. Louis T. van den Boog will ceased to be an Executive Director with effect from February 20, 2009 but he continues to be Non-Executive Director on the Board of the Company, liable to retire by rotation. Mr. van den Boog’s term of office expires in 2011, but he is eligible for reappointment. For information regarding our board, see “Item 6.B.— Compensation -  “Service Agreements” above and “Item 10.B. Additional Information—Board of Directors.”

Board Committees

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee comprises Mr. Arun Duggal (Chairman), Mr. Pradip Shah and Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran. The primary objective of the Audit Committee is to monitor and provide effective supervision of our financial reporting process with a view towards ensuring accurate, timely and proper disclosures and the transparency, integrity and quality of financial reporting. Our Audit Committee oversees the work carried out in the financial reporting process by our management, including the internal auditors and reviews the processes and safeguards employed by each. In addition our Audit Committee has the responsibility of oversight and supervision over our system of internal control over financial reporting, audit process, and process for monitoring the compliance with related laws and regulations. The Audit Committee recommends to our Board of Directors the appointment, reappointment and if required the replacement or removal of our independent auditors and fixation of audit and non-audit fees.

Compensation and Remuneration Committee

The Compensation and Remuneration Committee comprises Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran (Chairman), Dr. Michael Cusumano (Member), Mr. Arun Maira (Member) and Mr. Narendra K. Patni (Permanent invitee). The Committee has overall responsibility for approving and evaluating compensation plans, policies and programs of the CEO and senior management of the Company. The Committee shall make recommendations to the Board on Stock Option plans for all employees. The Committee shall also facilitate the recommendation of compensation for Board

66

members.

Shareholders’/ Investors’ Grievances Committee

The Shareholders’/ Investors’ Grievances Committee comprises Mr. Arun Maira (Chairman), Mr. Louis T. van den Boog and Mr. William O. Grabe (Mr. Abhay Havaldar being the Alternate Director to him ). The Shareholders’/ Investors’ Grievances Committee, inter alia, looks into redressal of shareholders’ and investors’ complaints, issue of duplicate/split/consolidated share certificates, if any.

Nominating & Governance Committee

The Nominating & Governance Committee comprises Mr. Narendra K Patni (Chairman), Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran, Dr. Michael Cusumano and Mr. Arun Maira.  Mr. Patni was appointed as the Chairman of the Nominating & Governance Committee with effect from February 11, 2009. The Committee was constituted, inter alia, to develop and recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company and to facilitate the evaluation of the Board and its committees

6.D. Employees

For a description of our employees, see “Item 4.B. Information on the Company—Business Overview - Human Resources.”

6.E. Share ownership

For the total number of equity shares, ADSs and options to purchase equity shares and ADSs for each director and executive officer as of June 12, 2009, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” and “Item 6.B. Directors, Senior Management and Employees - Compensation—Options”.

Employee Stock Option Plan

On June 30, 2003, our shareholders approved an employee stock option plan, which was later ratified after our initial public offering in India by our shareholders at the annual general meeting on June 29, 2004. Under the plan, we may issue up to 11,142,085 equity shares of Rs. 2 each to our eligible employees and directors and those of our subsidiaries. The plan is administered by the Compensation and Remuneration Committee of our Board of Directors As of May 31, 2009, options to purchase 7,763,777 equity shares were outstanding.

Details regarding various grants to employees and directors are mentioned in the below table.

Description of Grant	No. of options granted (including ADR)		No. of options Vested	Shares allotted pursuant to exercise up to June 12,,2009
Grant as on September 1, 2003 to employees	2,743,400		2,743,400	1,674,849
Grant as on July 1, 2004 to certain of our directors	100,000		100,000	10,000
Grant as on October 1, 2004 to employees	2,750,632		2,750,632	221,999
Grant as on April 1, 2005 to employees and directors	190,000		1,90,000	500
Grant as on October 1, 2005 to employees	670,710		503,033	2,942
Grant as on January 2, 2006 to employees	288,000		216,000	—
Grant as on April 1, 2006 to employees and directors	345,000		258,750	—
Grant as on May 5, 2006 to employee	350,000	(1)	350,000	—
Grant as on Ju1y 1, 2006 to employees and directors	170,000		127,500	5,000
Grant as on October 3, 2006 to employees	840,750		420,375	—
Grant as on April 2, 2007 to employees	356,000	(2)	178,000	—
Grant as on April 24, 2007 to directors	30,000		15,000	—
Grant as on November 26, 2007 to employees	25,000	(3)	6,250	—
Grant as on January 3, 2008 to employees	686,400		171,600	—
Grant as on January 3, 2008 to employees	181,550	(3)	45,388	—
Grant as on November 25, 2008 to employees & Executive Director	946,000	(4)	—	—
Grant as on January 8, 2009 to employees	20,000	(3)	—	—
Grant as on March 10, 2009 to employees	1,850,000	(5)	—	—

67

(1)	Includes 200,000 performance linked options granted to Mr. Mrinal Sattawala. 70,000 performance linked options were vested as of December 31, 2007.
(2)	Includes 129,000 ADR Linked Options.
(3)	ADR Linked Options.
(4)	Includes 596,000 RSUs and 350,000 Equity linked Options.
(5)	Includes 1,500,000 Equity linked Options and 350,000 RSUs.

The shareholders of the Company at the annual general meeting held on June 21, 2006 had approved an amendment to the Patni ESOP 2003 to enable the Company to issue up to 2,000,000 ADR linked options to the employees of the Company as well as its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the amended plan, i.e., “Patni ESOP 2003- Revised 2006” came into force with effect from June 21, 2006.

All options have been granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the equity shares on the date of grant of the options. All of the options we have granted vest in four equal annual installments beginning one year from the date of grant. The options have a term of five years from the date of vesting during which they can be exercised.

As the abovementioned options were issued on market prices, due to the recent fall in the market prices in general and the information technology companies shares in particular, our Board of Directors on April 29, 2008 approved the proposal to modify the option terms of Patni ESOP 2003- Revised 2006 plan by reducing the number of options granted as well as the exercise price to Rs. 2/- per share. This proposal required the approval of the shareholders through a special resolution in the Annual General Meeting of the Company. Shareholders approved the modification at the Annual General Meeting held on June 26, 2008 enabling the management to modify the terms of Patni ESOP 2003- Revised 2006 plan. The modification was deferred initially to comply with the Indian stock exchange regulations which prohibited such modifications during the time when a share buy-back offer was in effect. The plan to modify the terms was eventually scrapped due to prevailing market conditions..

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

7.A. Major shareholders

The following table provides information relating to the beneficial ownership of our equity shares (directly or in the form of ADSs) as of June 12, 2009 by: ·

each of our directors and executive officers;

·     all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

·     each person or group of affiliated persons who is known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our equity shares.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, equity shares subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable, or will become exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding, while the shares are not deemed outstanding for purposed of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting or investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned are based on 128,106,757 equity shares outstanding as of June 12, 2009.

68

Directors and Executive Officers	Number of Equity Shares	% of outstanding equity shares
Mr. Narendra K. Patni(1)	20,697,998	16.16
Mr. Gajendra K. Patni(2)	20,328,102	15.87
Mr. Ashok K. Patni(3)	20,948,102	16.09
Mr. Louis T. van den Boog(5)	48,002	0.04
Mr. Mrinal R. Sattawala(6)	58,350	0.04
Mr Surjeet Singh (7)	37,870	0.04
Mr. Satish M. Joshi	17,800	0.01
Mr. Vijay Khare	18,825	0.01
Mr. Ajay Chamania	17,300	0.01
Mr. Sunil Chitale	6,400	0.00
Mr. Ajit Yadav	900	0.00
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group	62,179,649	48.54
5% Shareholders
General Atlantic Mauritius Limited(4)	22,913,949	17.89
Total	85,093,598	66.43

(1)	Includes equity shares held by Mr. Narendra K. Patni and his relatives and entities controlled by them including iSolutions Inc., a Massachusetts corporation wholly-owned by Mrs. Poonam Patni, Mr. Narendra K. Patni’s wife, and Mr. Anirudh Patni, Mr. Narendra K. Patni’s son.
(2)	Includes equity shares held by Mr. Gajendra K. Patni and his family members and entities controlled by them.
(3)	Includes equity shares held by Mr. Ashok K. Patni and his family members and entities controlled by them.
(4)	Includes 20,161,868 ADSs representing 20,161,868 equity shares held by The Bank of New York as depositary. General Atlantic Mauritius Limited, or General Atlantic, owns 2,752,081 our equity shares directly (after the ADS offering) and 20,161,868 ADSs, each one of which represents one equity share. General Atlantic (Mauritius) Limited, or GenPar, controls the management of General Atlantic by virtue of ownership of a majority of its voting shares. General Atlantic LLC owns all the shares of GenPar.
(5)	Mr. van den Boog’s shareholding was acquired through previous co-investment rights in which Mr. van den Boog invested in various General Atlantic LLC investment vehicles, including one that is an investor in General Atlantic Mauritius Limited, as a result of which he has an approximate 0.2% ownership interest in General Atlantic Mauritius Limited.
(6)	Includes 58,300 underlying shares represented by 29,150 ADRs held by Mr. Mrinal Sattawala.
(7)	Includes 10,000 underlying shares represented by 5,000 ADRs held by Mr. Surjeet Singh.

Except, as otherwise stated above and to the best of our knowledge, we are not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government or by any other corporation or by any other natural or legal persons. We are not aware of any arrangement, the consummation of which may at a subsequent date, result in a change in our control.

As on June 12, 2009, approximately 99.93% of our equity shares were held in the names of 42,098 record holders with registered addresses in India. As of June 12, 2009, there were 8 U.S. holders of record with registered addresses in the U.S. who accounted for approx 0.04% of our equity shares.

7.B. Related party transactions

Patni Family Companies

We enter into various transactions from time to time in the ordinary course of our business with several companies in which certain of our directors, Mr. Narendra K. Patni, Mr. Gajendra K. Patni and Mr. Ashok K. Patni, are directors and in which they and members of their families have substantial shareholdings. Such transactions were consummated on terms we believe are equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s-length transactions.  Mr. Narendra K. Patni does not have any management responsibilities in any of these companies. These companies are:

· PCS Technology Limited, or PCSTL, which manufactures computer hardware products and also offers hardware maintenance services.

· PCS Cullinet Private Limited, which owns and manages listed and unlisted shares and units and real estate.

· PCS Finance Private Limited, which owns and manages listed and unlisted shares and units and real estate.

69

· Ashoka Computer Systems Private Limited, which owns and manages listed and unlisted shares and units and real estate.

· PCS International Limited are manufacturers, dealers, brokers, distributors, traders and agents in all commodities.

· Ravi and Ashok enterprises which holds investments and also are engaged in assembling computers, integrating computer systems, providing total software solutions and act as a service provider.

These transactions have comprised the following:

· operating lease payments for residential and commercial property from these companies and the relatives of our founders, amounting to $ 127,748, $ 93,725 and $82,036 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008; and

· security deposits paid by us for operating leases, with amounts outstanding totaling $ 107,203, $ 120,478 and $ 35,857 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008.

We do not believe that any of these transactions, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on our business as a whole.

In addition, our Audit Committee will, on an ongoing basis, review the terms of all operating leases entered into between us and any member of the Patni Family or with any company or entity owned or controlled by any member of the Patni Family, and will inform management whether or not all such operating leases and related arrangements, including payment of security deposits, are for bona fide business purposes and at prevailing market rates; and management will take all steps to ensure that such operating leases are for bona fide business purposes and at prevailing market rates.

Consultancy Agreement

We have entered into a consultancy agreement with Patni Americas, Inc. (formerly known as Patni Computer Systems, Inc.), our U.S. subsidiary, for, among other things, the secondment of Mr. Narendra K. Patni. See “Item 6. B. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Service Agreements.”

Deposit Agreements

We have entered into a deposit agreement with The Bank of New York, or the depositary, and the owners of and beneficial owners of ADSs dated July 15, 2002, pursuant to which we have deposited 20,161,868 equity shares with the depositary. The depositary has executed and delivered to General Atlantic 20,161,868 ADSs representing such equity shares. The holders of ADSs can, at any time, convert their ADSs into equity shares. Under the deposit agreement, we have agreed to pay the fees, reasonable expenses and out-of-pocket charges of the depositary in accordance with agreements entered into in writing between us and the depositary from time to time. ADSs issued under this deposit agreement may, when General Atlantic wishes to sell ADSs, be exchanged, subject to applicable laws, for ADSs under the deposit agreement, which ADSs may be sold subject to applicable securities laws.

We have also entered into a deposit agreement with The Bank of New York, or the depositary, and the owners and holders of ADRs dated December 7, 2005 for deposit of equity shares of the Company from time to time with the depositary or with the Custodian as agent of the depositary for the purposes set forth in this Deposit Agreement, for the creation of ADSs representing the equity shares so deposited and for the execution and delivery of ADRs evidencing the ADSs.  Each ADS represents two (2) equity shares.

Registration Rights Agreement

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with General Atlantic, certain General Electric entities, Mr. Ashok K. Patni, Mr. Gajendra K. Patni and certain of their relatives, Mr. Narendra K. Patni and iSolutions Inc. dated July 15, 2002. This agreement grants rights with respect to registration of our equity shares under the Securities Act, certain provisions of which are summarized below. Subject to limitations provided in the registration rights agreement and in lock-up agreements that certain of these shareholders have signed, these shareholders have demand registration rights and may also require us to file an unlimited number of registration statements on Form F-3 (or the equivalent) under the Securities Act when such form is available for our use.

If we propose to register our securities under the Securities Act, these shareholders will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares in the registration provided that the underwriters of that offering will have the right to limit the number of their shares included in the registration. We are required to pay all expenses arising from or incident to our performance of, or compliance with, the registration rights agreement, other than any underwriters’ discounts and commissions. In addition, we are required to bear the fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to these shareholders in connection with any registration in an amount not exceeding $50,000 for the first such registration and $15,000 for any subsequent registration.

70

Loans

We grant personal loans and advances to employees who are not executive officers to meet initial conveyance and living expenses while on travel. These loans and advances are repayable in equal installments over periods ranging from one to 60 months. Interest on these loans and advances is charged at 0% to 9%. Loans and advances outstanding as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $ 2.7 million, $ 3.4 million and $ 1.6 million. There are no outstanding loans to any of our directors or executive officers.

7.C. Interests of experts and counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

8.A. Consolidated Statements And Other Financial Information

The following financial statements and auditors’ report for fiscal 2008 appear under Item 18 in this Annual Report:

·Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

·Consolidated Balance sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2008

·Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

·Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

·Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

·Notes to the Consolidated financial statements

Amount of Export Sales

For the year ended December 31, 2008, we generated $ 712.58 million, or 99.12% of our total revenues of $ 718.9 million, from the export of services out of India.

Legal Proceedings

Certain income tax related legal proceedings are pending against us. We are also involved in lawsuits and claims which arise in ordinary course of business. Please see the description of various tax proceedings in the U.S. and India under the section entitled “Taxes” under Item 5. of this Annual Report. Other than as disclosed herein, there are no such matters pending that we expect to be material in relation to our business.

Dividends

We do not have a stated dividend policy and determine the amount of dividends to be recommended for approval by the shareholders on a year-by-year basis by reference to our earnings, cash flow, financial condition and other factors prevailing at the time. We have paid dividends in the past. Although we have no current intention to discontinue dividend payments, we cannot assure you that any future dividends will be declared or paid or that the amount thereof will not be decreased.

Owners of ADSs will be entitled to receive dividend payable in respect of the equity shares represented by such ADSs. Cash dividends in respect of the equity shares represented by the ADSs will be paid to the depositary in rupees and, will generally be converted by the depositary into U.S. dollars and distributed, net of depositary fees and expenses, to the holders of such ADSs.

Our Board of Directors at its meeting held on February 11, 2009 recommended a dividend of 150% of par value, i.e. Rs. 3 per share (approximately $ 0.06) for fiscal 2008, subject to approval of our shareholders in the Annual General Meeting to be held on June 25, 2009.

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

9.A. Offer and listing details

Our equity shares have been listed and traded on the Bombay Stock Exchange Limited, or BSE, and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited, or NSE, since February 25, 2004. The prices for equity shares as quoted

71

in the official list of each of the Indian Stock Exchanges are expressed in rupees. Our ADSs evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, are traded in the United States on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. Our ADSs commenced trading on the NYSE on December 8, 2005. Each ADS represents two equity shares. The number of our outstanding equity shares (including the underlying shares for ADSs) as of June 12, 2009 was 128,106,757. As of June 12,2009, there were 20,161,868 privately placed ADSs (representing 20,161,868 equity shares) and 7,998,414 ADSs outstanding (representing 15,996,828 equity shares).

The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low quoted prices of our shares on the BSE, NSE and the NYSE: (source www.bseindia.com, www.nse-india.com, www.nyse.com ,www.federalreserve.gov)

	BSE		NSE			NYSE
	High $	Low $	High $	Low $		High $	Low $
Year ended
2008	8.55	2.28	8.52	2.28		16.94	4.58
2007	13.96	7.62	14.59	7.55		28.30	14.59
2006	11.13	5.92	11.12	5.90		25.10	11.81
2005	11.59	7.05	11.50	6.98		—	—
2004	9.68	4.27	9.63	4.38		—	—
2009
First Quarter	2.87	1.89	2.85	1.89	]	6.10	4.25
2008
First Quarter	8.55	4.65	8.52	4.27		16.94	9.84
Second Quarter	6.97	5.14	6.96	5.41		16.94	9.84
Third Quarter	5.87	3.95	6.15	3.87		11.71	7.10
Fourth Quarter	4.18	2.28	4.18	2.28		8.09	4.58
2007
First Quarter	11.62	8.41	11.63	8.39		24.89	19.72
Second Quarter	13.96	9.07	14.59	8.87		28.30	22.33
Third Quarter	13.52	8.72	13.62	8.75		26.47	18.40
Fourth Quarter	12.85	7.62	12.83	7.55		25.94	14.59
Month ended
December 2008	2.98	2.55	3.04	2.57		6.45	5.27
January 2009	2.93	2.21	2.91	2.23		6.10	4.56
February 2009	2.57	1.99	2.58	1.98		6.00	4.43
March 2009	2.58	1.84	2.58	1.84		5.69	4.25
April 2009	3.42	2.52	3.43	2.50		8.17	5.20
May 2009	4.76	3.13	4.78	3.26		10.40	7.13
June 2009 (through June 12, 2009)	5.81	4.22	5.76	4.21		11.94	9.50

9.B. Plan of distribution

Not applicable.

9.C. Markets

Trading Practices and Procedures on the Indian Stock Exchanges

Stock Exchange Regulation

The stock exchanges in India are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Board of India, or the SEBI, and the Capital Markets Division, Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance, Capital Markets Division, the Government of India under the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, as amended, or the SCRA, and the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957, as amended, or the SCRR. The SCRA and the SCRR, together with the rules, bye-laws and regulations of the respective stock exchanges, regulate the recognition of stock exchanges, the qualifications for membership thereof and the manner in which contracts are entered into and enforced between members of such stock exchanges.

The main objective of the SEBI, pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, as amended, or the SEBI Act, is to promote the development of and regulate the Indian securities markets and protect the interests of investors.  The SEBI Act granted the SEBI the powers to regulate the business of the Indian securities markets, including stock exchanges and other financial intermediaries, promote and monitor self-regulatory organizations, prohibit fraudulent and unfair trade practices and insider trading, and regulate substantial acquisitions of shares and takeovers of companies. The SEBI has also issued guidelines concerning minimum disclosure requirements by public companies, rules and regulations concerning investor protection, buybacks of securities, employee stock option schemes, stockbrokers, merchant bankers, underwriters, mutual funds, foreign institutional investors, credit rating agencies and other capital market participants.

72

The SCRA has been amended to include derivatives of securities and units or any other instruments issued by any collective investment scheme to the investors in such schemes, in the definition of “securities”. Trading in index-linked futures, index-linked options, options on individual securities and futures on individual securities takes place on the Indian Stock Exchanges. SEBI has also set up a committee for the review of Indian securities laws, which has proposed a draft Securities Bill. The draft Securities Bill, if enacted in its present form may result in a substantial revision in the laws relating to securities in India.

The Companies (Amendment) Act of 2000 amended the Indian Companies Act and incorporated significant provisions relating to securities, options in securities and equity shares with differential rights. Further, the Indian Companies Act, as amended, has empowered the SEBI to administer provisions in so far as they relate to the issue and transfer of securities, non payment of dividends in the case of listed public companies and public companies proposing to get their securities listed and to conduct inspection of a company’s records in respect of matters relating to the issue and transfer of securities. The power to prosecute the defaulting companies in compliance connection with the said matter has also been vested with the SEBI. The Indian Companies Act has been amended to introduce significant changes such as allowing book building for public offerings of securities, buy back of securities, compulsory dematerialization of shares in an initial public offering of securities for a sum of Rs. 100 million or more, issue of sweat equity shares, provisions relating to corporate governance, making accounting standards issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India mandatory and relaxing restrictions on inter-corporate investment and loans.

Public Issue of Securities and Listing

Under the Indian Companies Act, a public offering of securities in India must be made by means of a prospectus, which must contain information specified in the Indian Companies Act and the SEBI (Disclosure and Investor Protection) Guidelines, 2000, as amended, or the SEBI Guidelines, and be filed with the Registrar of Companies having jurisdiction over the place where a company’s registered office is situated. A company’s directors and promoters are subject to civil and criminal liability for misstatements in a prospectus. The Indian Companies Act also sets forth procedures for the acceptance of subscriptions and the allotment of securities among subscribers and establishes maximum commission rates for the sale of securities.

SEBI has issued detailed guidelines concerning disclosures by public companies making a public offering of securities and investor protection. Previously, the Controller of Capital Issues of the Government of India regulated the prices at which companies could issue securities. The SEBI Guidelines now permit companies to freely price their issues of securities in an initial pubic offering.

The listing of securities on recognized Indian stock exchanges is regulated by the Indian Companies Act, the SCRA, the SCRR, the SEBI Act and the listing agreements of the respective stock exchanges. Under the standard terms of stock exchange listing agreements, the governing body of each stock exchange is empowered to suspend trading of or dealing in a listed security for breach of an issuer’s obligations under such agreement, however the exchange must give prior notice to the issuer of the intension to delist the securities under the SEBI (Delisting of Securities) Guidelines, 2003. The provisions of SEBI (Delisting of Securities) Guidelines, 2003, which govern voluntary and compulsory delisting of shares of Indian companies from the stock exchanges. The SEBI has the power to amend listing agreements and bye-laws of stock exchanges in India.

Listed Indian companies are required to ensure that the minimum level of public shareholding, on a continuous basis, is 25% of the total issued shares of a particular class, for every such class that is listed. However, companies which (i) have offered less than 25% (but at least 10%) of the total number of issued shares of a particular class to the public under Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR, or (ii) have at least 20 million shares of a particular class listed and a market capitalization of Rs. 10,000 million, are permitted to maintain their minimum public shareholding at 10%. Where the public shareholding in a company is less than 25% or 10%, as the case may be, the company is only permitted to dilute its public shareholding pursuant to certain extraordinary events with the prior approval of the concerned stock exchanges. “Public shareholding” excludes shares held by promoters and the promoter group as well as shares held by custodians against which depository receipts have been issued overseas.

The standard listing agreements require an acquirer of a listed company’s shares to comply with the disclosure and tender offer requirements under the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997, as amended, or the Takeover Code. For a brief discussion on the disclosure and tender offer requirements under the Takeover Code, see “Item 10. Additional Information-Takeover Code” below.

In addition, a listed company is subject to continuing disclosure requirements pursuant to the terms of its listing agreement with the relevant stock exchange, including the requirement to publish unaudited financial statements on a quarterly basis and to inform stock exchanges immediately of any price sensitive information.

The shareholders of a listed company and the company itself are also subject to certain disclosure requirements pursuant to the terms of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 1992, as amended. Pursuant to such requirements, any person holding more than 5% equity shares or voting rights in any listed company must disclose to the company the number of equity shares or voting rights held by such person, on becoming such a holder, within two working days of (a) the receipt of intimation of allotment of equity shares or (b) the acquisition or sale of equity shares or voting rights. Additionally, any change in such shareholding or voting rights in excess of 2% (even if such change results in the shareholding or voting rights falling below 5%) is required to be disclosed to the company within two working days of (a) the receipt of intimation of

73

allotment of equity shares or (b) the acquisition or sale of equity shares or voting rights, as the case may be. The company is also required to disclose such information received from its shareholders within two days of the receipt of such information to the stock exchanges on which the company’s equity shares are listed.

Indian Stock Exchanges

The major stock exchanges in India are the BSE and the NSE, which together account for a majority of trading volumes of securities in India. The BSE and the NSE together dominate the stock exchanges in India in terms of the number of listed companies, market capitalization and trading volumes of securities.

Beginning April 1, 2003, the stock exchanges in India operate on a trading day plus two, or T+2, rolling settlement system. At the end of the T+2 period, obligations are settled with buyers of securities paying for and receiving securities, while sellers transfer and receive payment for securities. For example, trades executed on a Monday would typically be settled on a Wednesday. In order to contain the risk arising out of the transactions entered into by the members of various stock exchanges either on their own account or on behalf of their clients, the stock exchanges have designed risk management procedures, which include compulsory prescribed margins on the individual broker members, based on their outstanding exposure in the market, as well as stock-specific margins from the members.

To restrict abnormal price volatility, SEBI has instructed stock exchanges to apply the following price bands calculated at the previous day’s closing price (there are no restrictions on price movements of index stocks):

Market Wide Circuit Breakers: Market wide circuit breakers are applied to the market for movement by 10%, 15% and 20% for two prescribed market indices, whichever is breached earlier: the BSE Sensex for the BSE, or the BSE Sensex, and the Nifty for the NSE, or the NSE Nifty. If any of these circuit breaker thresholds are reached, trading in all equity and equity derivatives markets nationwide is halted.

Price Bands:Price bands are circuit filters of up to 20% movements either up or down, and are applied to most securities traded in the markets, excluding securities included in the BSE Sensex and the NSE Nifty and derivatives products.

The National Stock Exchange of India Limited

The NSE was established by financial institutions and banks to provide nationwide on-line satellite linked screen-based trading facilities with market makers and electronic clearing and settlement for securities, including Government of India securities, debentures, public sector notes and units. Deliveries for trades executed “on-market” are exchanged through the National Securities Clearing Corporation Limited. The NSE commenced operations in the wholesale debt market and capital markets in 1994 and in derivatives in 2000. As of May 31, 2009, there were , 1,425 listed companies trading on the capital markets (equities) segment of the NSE. As of May 31, 2009, the market capitalization of the NSE was approximately Rs. 45,646 billion.

The Bombay Stock Exchange Limited

The BSE, established in 1875, is the oldest stock exchange in India and has evolved over the years into its present status as the premier stock exchange of India. The BSE switched over to an on-line trading network in May 1995 and has expanded this network to over 450 cities in India. Derivatives trading commenced on the BSE in 2000. Retail trading in government securities commenced in January 2003. As of April 30,, 2009, the BSE had 1,008 members, comprising 175 individual members, 810  Indian companies and 23 Foreign Institutional Investors, or FIIs. Pursuant to the BSE (Corporatization and Demutualization) Scheme 2005 of SEBI, on August 19, 2005 the BSE was incorporated as a company under the Indian Companies Act. Only a member of the BSE has the right to trade in the stocks listed on the BSE. As of April 30, 2009 there were 4, 930 listed companies trading on the BSE with an estimated total market capitalization of Rs.35, 869.79 billion.

Trading on both the NSE and the BSE occurs Monday through Friday between 9:55 a.m. and 3:30 p.m.

Derivatives (Future and Options)

Trading in derivatives is governed by the SCRA and the SEBI Act. The SCRA was amended in February 2000 and derivative contracts were included within the term “securities”, as defined by the SCRA. Trading in derivatives in India takes place either on separate and independent derivatives exchanges or a separate segment of an existing stock exchange. The derivative exchange or a derivative segment of a stock exchange functions as a self regulatory organization under the supervision of the SEBI. Derivatives products have been introduced in a phased manner in India, starting with futures contracts in June 2000 and index options, stock options and stock futures in June 2000, July 2001 and November 2001, respectively.

Depositories

The Depositories Act, 1996, as amended, or the Depositories Act, provides the legal framework for the establishment of depositories to record ownership details and effectuate transfers in book-entry form. SEBI framed the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Depositories and Participants) Regulations, 1996, as amended, or the

74

Depositories and Participants Regulations, which, among other things, provide for the formulation of such depositories and the regulation of participants, as well as the inter se rights and obligations of the depositories, participants, beneficial owners and issuers.

The National Securities Depository Limited and Central Depository Services (India) Limited are the two depositories that provide electronic depositories facilities for trading in equity and debt securities in India. SEBI mandates a company making a public or rights issue or an offer for sale to enter into an agreement with a depositary for dematerialization of securities already issued or proposed to be issued to the public or existing shareholders. SEBI has also provided that the issue and allotment of shares in initial public offerings, rights offerings or offers for sale shall only be in electronic form.

Securities Transaction Tax

The rates applicable on taxable securities transactions are specified below:

Taxable Securities Transaction	Rate		Payable by
Purchase of an equity share in a company or a unit of an equity oriented fund, where: (i) the transaction of such purchase is entered into on a recognized stock exchange; and (ii) the contract for the purchase of such share or unit is settled by the actual delivery or transfer of such share or unit	0.125	%	Purchaser
Sale of an equity share in a company or a unit of an equity oriented fund, where: (i) the transaction of such sale is entered into on a recognized stock exchange; and (ii) the contract for the sale of such share or unit is settled by the actual delivery or transfer of such share or unit	0.125	%	Seller
Sale of an equity share in a company or a unit of an equity oriented fund, where; (i) the transaction of such sale is entered into on a recognized stock exchange; and (ii) the contract for the sale of such share or unit is settled otherwise than by the actual delivery or transfer of such share or unit	0.025	%	Seller
Sale of derivatives where the transaction of such sale is entered into on a recognized stock exchange	0.017	%	Seller
Sale of a unit of an equity oriented fund to the Mutual Fund	0.25	%	Seller

The responsibility for collection of the securities transaction tax lies with the stock exchange where the purchase of securities takes place. The rates were applicable with effect from June 1, 2006.

From April 1, 2008,Securities Transaction Tax has been prescribed for following transactions:

Taxable Securities Transaction	Rate		Payable by
Sale of an option in Securities (payable on Option premium)	0.017	%	Seller
Sale of option in securities , where option is exercised on settlement price	0.125	%	Purchaser
Sale of futures in securities	0.017	%	Seller

9.D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

9.E. Dilution

Not applicable.

9.F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10.A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

75

10.B. Memorandum and articles of association

None

General

The following description of our equity shares and the material provisions of our Articles of Association, or Articles, is only a summary and is qualified in its entirety by our Articles and Memorandum and by the provisions of the Indian Companies Act which governs our affairs, and other applicable provisions of Indian law.

Our authorized share capital consists of 250,000,000 equity shares with a par value of Rs. 2 each. As of June 12, 2009, 128,106,757 equity shares were issued and outstanding and fully paid. On August 30, 2003 we effected a one for two stock split in the form of a stock dividend. The equity shares are our only class of share capital. We currently have no convertible debentures or warrants outstanding. Substantially all of our equity shares are in non-physical form.

We use the following terms in our Articles:

·NKP Group means Mr. Narendra K. Patni, certain of his family members, iSolutions Inc. and certain of their named entities and their respective permitted transferees and the depository bank;

·GKP Group means Mr. Gajendra K. Patni, certain of his family members and their respective permitted transferees and the depository bank;

·AKP Group means Mr. Ashok K. Patni, certain of his family members and their respective permitted transferees and the depository bank;

·General Atlantic means General Atlantic Mauritius Limited, its successors and permitted assigns and General Atlantic Group means General Atlantic and its permitted transferees and the depositary bank; and

·For the purposes of this document, Significant Shareholder means each of these groups.

Registration number and the objects of the Company

Our company registration number is 11-020127 (CIN L72200MH1978PLC020127). Under our Memorandum of Association, our main objects include, but are not limited to the following:

1.To manufacture, purchase, sell or otherwise transfer, lease, import, export, hire, license, use, dispose off, operate, fabricate, construct, distribute, assemble, design, charter, acquire, market, recondition, work upon or otherwise, generally deal in any electronic, electrical, mechanical and electromechanical product, machine, apparatus, appliance, custom products, merchandise, systems, software procedures, peripheral products, computers, tabulators, data processing machines and systems and components thereof, electronic calculators, electric and electromechanical accounting systems, terminal products and systems, machines for registering data preparation, recording, perforating, tabulating, sorting, printing, typewriting products which possess an internal intelligence for recognizing and co-relating any type of data or information to be processed recognition and memory systems, optical scanning machine transmission lines, transmission equipment, terminals, copying, reproducing and distributing machines, check signing, protecting and disbursing equipment machines for facsimile reproduction, facsimile transmission and word processions facilities and accessories and devices of all kinds, and for all purposes and any products and component parts thereof or materials or articles used in connection therewith, and any-all other machinery, appliance, apparatus, devices, materials, substances, business firms and supplies, articles or things of a character similar or analogous to the foregoing, or any of them or connected therewith.

2.To establish, maintain and conduct training schools, courses and programmes in connection with the use, purchase, sale, import, export, license, distribution, design, manufacture or rental of the aforesaid types of machines, apparatus, appliances, systems and merchandise and of the articles required in the use thereof or used in connection therewith.

3.To carry on the business of developing, improving, designing, marketing, selling and licensing software and program-products of any and all description.

4.To carry on the business of electricians, electrical, electronic engineers and manufacturers of and dealers in electrical, mechanical, chemical, optical and electronic machines, appliances and apparatus of every description.

5.To carry on the business of consultants in computers, computer-oriented systems all branches of computer science, civil, electrical, electronic, mechanical, chemical, optical, metallurgical and all other branches of engineering.

6.To carry on the business of consultancy services related to the preparation and maintenance of accounting, statistical, scientific or mathematical, information and reports, data conversion, data processing, programming, collecting, storing, processing and transmitting information and data of every kind and description, systems analysis and machine services for solving or aiding commercial, industrial, scientific and research problems and for all other related business.

76

7.To carry on the business of advisers and consultants and collaborators on all matters and problems relating to the administration, organization, finance management, personnel, commencement or expansion of industry and business (including construction of plants and buildings production, purchases, sales marketing, advertisement, publicity, personnel export and import) and of institutions, concerns, bodies, associations (incorporated and unincorporated), departments and services of the government, public or local authorities, trusts, scientific research and development centers.

8.To supply and provide, maintain and operate, design any engineering consultancy services applicable over the whole range of industry, trade, commerce and agriculture.

Board of Directors

Election

The Articles of Association provide that our Board of Directors shall be comprised of not less than three directors and not more than ten directors. Eight directors on the Board shall be appointed as follows:

·three permanent directors nominated by each of the AKP Group, the GKP Group and the NKP Group so long as the relevant Group holds 5% or more of the equity shares;

·one rotating director nominated by General Atlantic, so long as General Atlantic holds 5% or more of the equity shares; and

·four non-permanent independent directors who will be appointed in accordance with our Articles for a term of three years and eligible for re-election by the shareholders at the annual general meeting.

Each director nominated by a Significant Shareholder shall hold office and may only be removed by that Significant Shareholder. Except in the event of the removal of a director for a breach of duty, fraud, bankruptcy or unless contrary to law, all the Significant Shareholders have agreed in the Articles that the independent directors shall not be removed except at a general meeting by the votes of shareholders (present and voting) holding not less than 51% of the equity shares, which includes the votes of at least three Significant Shareholders in a general meeting and except by a majority of the directors, which includes at least three nominee directors appointed by the Significant Shareholders.

General Atlantic is also entitled to nominate one of the members to each committee of the Board of Directors, including the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and such other committees, so long as General Atlantic holds 5% or more of the equity shares.

Notice and Quorum

Under the Articles, subject to Section 287 of the Indian Companies Act, the quorum for a meeting of the Board of Directors shall be the presence of at least four directors which must include at least one nominee director (or his or her alternate) of each of the AKP Group, the GKP Group, the NKP Group, and General Atlantic (unless the absent nominee director consents in writing to a quorum requirement being satisfied despite his or her absence). Provided that where at any time the number of interested directors exceeds or is equal to two-thirds of the total strength, the number of remaining directors, that is to say, the number of directors who are not interested, present at the meeting being not less than two, shall be the quorum during such time.

If a quorum is not present on the date the board meeting is convened, it shall automatically stand adjourned to a date 7 days after the original board meeting. The adjourned board meeting may be held on such other date and such other place as may be unanimously agreed by a nominee director of each of the AKP Group, the GKP Group, the NKP Group and General Atlantic. In the event of a quorum once again not being available at such an adjourned board meeting, the directors present shall constitute the quorum.

The Articles require that at least 15 clear days notice be provided for any board meeting unless a shorter notice period is agreed by a majority of the directors.

Under our Articles, Mr. Narendra K. Patni shall be the permanent Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at all board and shareholder meetings. In the absence of Mr. Narendra K. Patni at any meeting of the board, a General Atlantic nominee shall preside as Chairman. The Chairman has a casting vote in case of a tie. If for any reason Mr. Narendra K. Patni is unable to continue as the Chairman, the board shall appoint the Chairman.

Interested Directors

Pursuant to Section 300 of the Indian Companies Act, interested directors are not allowed to take part in the discussion of, or vote on, any contract or arrangement entered into or to be entered into by or on behalf of the Company if the director is in any way, directly or indirectly, concerned with or interested in the contract or arrangement. In addition, a director is required to disclose, at a meeting of the board, the nature of his concern or interest under Section 299 of the Indian Companies Act.

Under Section 297 of the Indian Companies Act, the consent of the Board of Directors is required where a director of the company or his relative, a firm in which such a director or relative is a partner, any other partner in

77

such a firm, or a private company of which the director is a member or director, is entering into certain contracts with the company.

Qualifying Shares

Our directors are not required to hold any of our equity shares to be qualified to serve on the Board of Directors.

Borrowing Powers

Our directors shall not, except with the consent of the shareholders in a general meeting, borrow moneys, where the moneys to be borrowed together with the moneys already borrowed by the company (apart from temporary loans obtained from the company’s bankers in the ordinary course of business) will exceed the aggregate of our paid up capital and the aggregate of all free reserves.

Director Compensation

The Board of Directors is entitled to set its remuneration subject to maximum limits prescribed by Indian law and our Articles. If the number of interested directors exceeds the quorum requirement for board meetings, then the resolution to be passed would be subject to the approval of the shareholders at a general meeting. Normally any resolution of the board regarding an increase in director’s fees is subject to shareholder approval in a general meeting.

Rotation and Retirement

There is no age limit for retirement of our directors. Our Articles require two-thirds of our directors to retire by rotation, but they are eligible for re-election. One-third of the directors who are subject to retirement by rotation must retire at each annual general meeting but can be re -appointed at such annual general meeting. Mr. Narendra K. Patni, Mr. Gajendra K. Patni and Mr. Ashok K. Patni as the respective nominees of the NKP Group, GKP Group and AKP Group are permanent directors according to our Articles and in that capacity they are not required to retire by rotation like our other directors.

Dividends

Under the Indian Companies Act, the Board of Directors first recommends the payment of a dividend which is then declared by shareholders in a general meeting. However, the Board of Directors is not obliged to recommend a dividend. Under our Articles and the Indian Companies Act, our shareholders may, at the annual general meeting, declare a dividend in an amount less than that recommended by the Board of Directors, but they cannot increase the amount of the dividend recommend by the Board of Directors.

In India, dividends generally are declared as a percentage of the par value of the company’s equity shares. The dividend recommended by the directors, if any, and subject to the limitations described above, is required to be distributed and paid to shareholders in proportion to the paid up value of their shares as on the record date that such dividend is payable within 30 days of the approval by the shareholders at the annual general meeting. Pursuant to the Articles, the directors have discretion to declare and pay interim dividends without shareholder approval. Under the Indian Companies Act, dividends can only be paid in cash to the registered shareholder at a record date fixed on or prior to the annual general meeting or to his order or his banker’s order. No shareholder is entitled to a dividend while any lien in respect of unpaid calls on any of such shareholder’s shares is outstanding.

The Indian Companies Act provides that any dividends that remain unpaid or unclaimed after the 30-day period referred to above must be transferred to a special bank account. We transfer any dividends that remain unclaimed for seven years from the date of such transfer to an Investor Education and Protection Fund created by the Indian Government. The proceeds of such funds are utilized to promote investor’s awareness and protection of investors’ interests. Following such transfer, such unclaimed dividends cannot be claimed. Neither we nor such fund shall be liable in respect of amounts transferred to such fund.

Under the Indian Companies Act, dividends may be paid out of profits of a company in the year in which the dividend is declared or out of the undistributed profits of the previous fiscal years, in either case after providing for depreciation. Before declaring a dividend on its shares, a company is required under the Indian Companies Act to transfer to its reserves, a certain percentage of its profits for that year, ranging from 2.5% to 10% depending upon the dividend percentage to be declared in such year. The Companies (Declaration of Dividend out of Reserves) Rules, 1975 provide that, in the event of inadequacy or absence of profits in any year, a dividend may be declared for such year out of the company’s accumulated profits, subject to the following conditions:

·the rate of dividend to be declared may not exceed 10% of the company’s paid up capital or the average of the rate at which dividends were declared by the company in the prior five years, whichever is less;

·the total amount to be drawn from the accumulated profits earned in the previous years and transferred to the reserves may not exceed an amount equivalent to one-tenth of the sum of its paid up share capital and free reserves, and the amount so drawn is to be used first to set off the losses incurred in the fiscal year before any dividends in respect of preference or equity shares are declared; and

78

��

·the balance of the reserves after withdrawal shall not fall below 15% of its paid up capital.

Bonus Shares

In addition to permitting dividends to be paid out of current or retained earnings as described above, the Indian Companies Act and our Articles permit us to distribute an amount transferred from the general reserve or surplus in our profit and loss account to shareholders in the form of bonus shares, which are similar to a stock dividend. The Indian Companies Act also permits the issue of bonus shares from a securities premium account. Bonus shares are distributed to shareholders in the proportion recommended by the Board of Directors. Shareholders of record on a fixed record date are entitled to receive such bonus shares. Any issue of bonus shares is subject to guidelines issued by the SEBI.

The SEBI Guidelines prescribe that no company shall, pending conversion of convertible securities, issue any shares by way of bonus unless a similar benefit is extended to the holders of such convertible securities, through reservation of shares in proportion to the convertible part of such convertible securities. The bonus issue shall be made out of free reserves built out of the genuine profits or share premium collected in cash only. The bonus issue cannot be made unless partly paid-up shares, if any, are made fully paid-up. Further, for the issue of such bonus shares a company should not have defaulted in the payment of interest or principal in respect of fixed deposits and interest on existing debentures or principal on redemption of such debentures. Further, a company should have sufficient reason to believe that it has no outstanding dues in respect of the payment of statutory dues of the employees such as contribution to a provident fund, gratuity and bonus. The issue of bonus shares must be implemented within two months from the date of approval by the Board of Directors where the decision to issue bonus shares was taken subject to shareholders’ approval. Where approval of the shareholders for capitalization of profits or reserves for making bonus issues is not required as per the Articles of Association, the bonus issue must be implemented within 15 days from the date of approval by the Board of Directors.

Consolidation and Subdivision of Shares

The Indian Companies Act and our Articles permit us to split or combine the par value of our shares, provided such split or combination is not made in fractions. Shareholders of record on a fixed record date are entitled to receive a split or combination.

Pre-emptive Rights and Issue of Additional Shares

The Indian Companies Act and our Articles give shareholders the pre-emptive right to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their respective existing shareholdings unless otherwise determined by a special resolution passed by a general meeting of the shareholders. This special resolution must be approved by a number of votes which is not less than three times the number of votes against the special resolution. The offer must include: (a) the right, exercisable by the shareholders of record, to renounce all the shares offered or any of them in favor of any person; and (b) the number of shares offered and the period of the offer, which may not be less than 15 days from the date of offer. If the offer is not accepted within this period, it is deemed to have been declined. The Board of Directors is authorized to distribute any new shares not purchased by the pre-emptive rights holders in the manner that it deems most beneficial to the company.

Annual General Meeting of Shareholders

We must convene an annual general meeting of shareholders within 15 months of the previous annual general meeting or six months after the end of each fiscal year, whichever is earlier, and may convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders when necessary or at the request of a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of our paid up capital carrying voting rights. Written notice setting out the agenda of meeting must be given at least 21 clear days prior to the date of a general meeting to the shareholders of record. A general meeting may be called after providing a shorter notice if consent is received from all shareholders entitled to vote, in the case of an annual general meeting, and from shareholders holding not less than 95% of the paid-up capital of the company in case of any other general meeting. Shareholders who are registered as such on the date of the general meeting are entitled to attend and vote at the meeting.

The annual general meeting of shareholders must be held at our registered office or at another place within the city in which our registered office is situated. Meetings other than annual general meetings may be held at any other place if so determined by the Board of Directors.

Quorum

Our Articles provide that a quorum of a general meeting is at least five members present in person who shall include at least one of the duly authorized representatives of General Atlantic, the NKP Group, the GKP Group and the AKP Group. If a quorum is not present on the date the general meeting is convened, it shall be adjourned to a date 15 days after the original meeting and the shareholders who are present at the adjourned meeting shall constitute the quorum.

79

Voting Rights

At any general meeting, voting is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded by a shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy holding at least 10% of the total shares entitled to vote on the resolution or by those holding shares with an aggregate paid up capital of at least Rs. 50,000. Upon a show of hands, every shareholder entitled to vote and present in person has one vote and, on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy has voting rights in proportion to the paid up capital held by such shareholders.

Any shareholder may appoint a proxy. The instrument appointing a proxy must be delivered to us at least 48 hours prior to the meeting. A proxy may not vote except on a poll. A corporate shareholder may appoint an authorized representative who can vote on behalf of the shareholder, both upon a show of hands and upon a poll.

Ordinary resolutions may be passed by a simple majority of those present and voting at any general meeting for which the required period of notice has been given. However, specified resolutions such as amendments to the Articles and the Memorandum, commencement of a new line of business, the waiver of the pre-emptive rights for the issue of any new shares and a reduction of share capital, require that votes cast in favor of the resolution, whether by show of hands or poll, are not less than three times the number of votes, if any, cast against the resolution by members so entitled and voting.

Further, the Indian Companies Act requires certain resolutions such as those listed below to be voted on only by a postal ballot:

·amendments of the memorandum of association to alter the objects of the company;

·and change in the registered office of the company under Section 146 of the Indian Companies Act;

·alteration of the articles of association in relation to deletion or insertion of provisions defining private company;

·the issue of shares with differential rights with respect to voting, dividend or otherwise;

·the sale of the whole or substantially the whole of an undertaking of the company;

·providing loans, extending guarantees or providing a security in excess of the limits prescribed under Section 372A of the Indian Companies Act;

·varying the rights of the holders of any class of shares or debentures or other securities;

·power to compromise or make arrangement with creditors and members

·the election of a director by minority shareholders; and

·the buy-back of shares.

While the Indian Companies Act permits a company to issue shares with differential rights as to dividend, voting or otherwise, it may do so subject to certain conditions specified under the Companies (Issue of Share Capital with Differential Voting Rights) Rules, 2001, some of which are:

·the company should have distributable profits (in terms of Section 205 of the Indian Companies Act) for a period of three financial years immediately preceding the year in which it was decided to issue such shares;

·the shares with differential voting rights shall not be in excess of 25% of the total issued share capital; and

·the voting rights of existing shares cannot be altered.

Our Articles permit the issue of shares with differential voting rights.

Our Articles require that certain shareholders ensure that they do not vote for any resolution to vary or modify the terms of appointment of Mr. Ashok K. Patni and Mr. Gajendra K. Patni. The shareholders referred to in this provision are limited to General Atlantic, the AKP Group, the GKP Group and the NKP Group and any of their permitted transferees, permitted assigns or affiliates (as such terms are defined in the Articles).

Register of Shareholders; Record Dates

We are required to maintain a register of shareholders at our registered office. The register and index of beneficial owners maintained by a depository under the Depositories Act, 1996 is deemed to be an index of members and register and index of debenture holders. We recognize as shareholders only those persons who appear on our register of shareholders and do not recognize any person holding any share or part of it upon any trust, express, implied or constructive, except as permitted by law. In the case of shares held in physical form, we register transfer of shares on the register of shareholders upon receiving the share transfer form duly complete in all respects accompanied by a share certificate or if there is no certificate, the letter of allotment in respect of shares to be transferred together with duly stamped transfer forms. In respect of electronic transfers, the depositary transfers shares by entering the name of the purchaser in its books as the beneficial owner of the shares. We then enter the name of the depositary in our records as the registered owner of the shares. The beneficial owner is entitled to all the rights and benefits as well as the liabilities with respect to the shares that are held by the depositary.

80

For the purposes of determining the shareholders, the register may be closed for periods not exceeding 45 days in any one year or 30 days at any one time. Under the listing agreements of the Indian Stock Exchanges, we may, upon at least 15 days’ advance notice to such stock exchanges, set a record date and/or close the register of shareholders.

Transfer of Shares

Shares held through depositories are transferred in the form of book entries or in electronic form in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Depositories and Participants) Regulations, 1996. These regulations provide the regime for the functioning of the depositories and the participants and set forth the manner in which the records are to be kept and maintained and the safeguards to be followed in this system. Transfers of beneficial ownerships of shares held through a depositary are exempt from stamp duty. We have entered into an agreement for such depositary services with National Securities Depository Limited and the Central Depository Services (India) Limited.

The shares of an Indian public company are freely transferable, subject to the provisions of the Indian Companies Act pursuant to which if a transfer of shares contravenes the SEBI Act, or regulations made thereunder, or the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985 or any other similar law, the Company Law Board (which is expected to be replaced by the National Company Law Tribunal) may, on an application made by the company, a depositary, a participant, an investor or SEBI, direct a rectification of the register of records. If a company without sufficient cause refuses to register a transfer of shares within two months from the date on which the instrument of transfer is delivered to the company, the transferee may appeal to the Company Law Board seeking to register the transfer of shares.

Pursuant to listing agreements with the Indian Stock Exchanges, in the event a company has not effected the transfer of shares within one month or where the company has failed to communicate to the transferee any valid objection to the transfer within the stipulated time period of one month, the company is required to compensate the aggrieved party for the opportunity losses caused during the period of delay.

Our Articles provide for certain restrictions on the transfer of shares, including granting power to the Board of Directors to refuse to register or acknowledge transfer of shares or other securities issued by the Company. However, to the extent that the provisions of the Articles are in conflict with any of the provisions of the Indian Companies Act, the Indian Companies Act shall prevail.

Disclosure of Ownership Interest

Section 187C of the Indian Companies Act requires beneficial owners of shares of Indian companies who are not holders of record to declare to the company details of the holder of record and the holder of record to declare details of the beneficial owner. Any charge, promissory note or other collateral agreement created, executed or entered into with respect to any equity share by its registered owner or any hypothecation by the registered owner of any equity share shall not be enforceable by the beneficial owner or any person claiming through the beneficial owner if such declaration is not made. Failure by a person to comply with Section 187C will not affect the company’s obligation to register a transfer of shares or to pay any dividends to the registered holder of any shares in respect of which the declaration has not been made. While it is unclear under Indian law whether Section 187C applies to holders of ADSs, investors who exchange ADSs for underlying equity shares will be subject to the requirements of Section 187C. Additionally, holders of ADSs may be required to comply with the notification and disclosure obligations pursuant to the provisions of the deposit agreement entered into by such holders, the company and the depositary.

Any investor who fails to comply with the requirement to make a declaration under Section 187C may be liable for a fine up to Rs. 1,000 for each day such failure continues. Additionally, if we fail to comply with the provisions of Section 187C, then we may be liable for a fine of up to Rs. 100 for each day the default continues.

Audit and Annual Report

A public limited company’s audited financial statements, the directors’ report and the auditors’ report must be approved at the annual general meeting. These documents also include certain other financial information, a report on corporate governance and a section on management’s discussion and analysis. These documents need to be made available for inspection at the company’s registered office during normal working hours for 21 days prior to the annual general meeting.

Under the Indian Companies Act, a company must file the above documents with the Registrar of Companies within 30 days after the date of the annual general meeting. Under the listing agreement, copies of the statutory and director’s annual reports, balance sheets and profit and loss accounts and other special reports are required to be sent to the stock exchanges as soon as they are issued. A company is also required to file with the stock exchanges a compliance report on a quarterly basis, within 15 days from the end of the quarter incorporating, inter alia, the shareholding pattern. The listing agreement also requires companies to furnish to the stock exchange unaudited quarterly and semi-annual financial results of operations and publish such information in at least one English language newspaper.

81

Liquidation Rights

Subject to the rights of creditors, employees and the holders of any shares entitled by their terms to preferential repayment over the equity shares, if any, in the event of our winding-up, the holders of the equity shares are entitled to be repaid the amount of paid up capital or credited as paid up on those equity shares. All surplus assets after payments to the employees, statutory creditors, secured and unsecured creditors and holders of any preference shares shall be paid to holders of equity shares in proportion to the amount paid up on such shares at the commencement of the winding-up.

Buy-back

Pursuant to Section 77A of the Indian Companies Act and the SEBI (Buy Back of Securities) Regulations, 1998, as amended, a listed company may buy its equity shares out of its free reserves or securities premium account or the proceeds of any fresh issue of equity shares or other specified securities if so authorized by the articles of association. No buy-back of any kind of shares or other specified securities can be made out of the proceeds of an earlier issue of the same kind of securities. If such buy-back constitutes more than 10% of the total paid-up equity capital and free reserves of the company, it shall require the approval of at least 75% of the shareholders present and voting at a general meeting of shareholders of such company. A board resolution will constitute sufficient corporate authorization for a buy-back within the above limit. A company may buy-back up to 25% of its paid-up equity capital and free reserves provided that the buy-back of equity shares in any financial year shall not exceed 25% of the paid-up equity capital of a company in that financial year.

A company is not permitted to make any further issue (including a rights issue) of the same kind of shares or other specified securities within a period of six months of such buy-back, except by way of a bonus issue or in discharge of its existing obligations such as conversion of warrants, stock option schemes, sweat equity or conversion of preference shares or debentures into equity.

The buy-back may be (a) from the existing security holders on a proportionate basis through a tender offer; (b) from the open market through (i) a book-building process or (ii) the stock exchange; (c) from odd-lot holders or (d) by purchasing the securities issued to the employees pursuant to a stock option plan or similar scheme. Buy-backs through negotiated deals, whether on a stock exchange or through spot transactions or through any other private arrangements, are not permitted.

Any ADS holder may participate in a company’s purchase of its own shares by withdrawing its ADSs from the depositary facility, acquiring equity shares upon the withdrawal and selling such shares back to the company. We cannot guarantee that equity shares offered by an ADS investor in any buy-back of shares by us will be accepted by us. The regulatory approvals required for ADS holders to participate in a buy-back are not entirely clear, and ADS investors are advised to consult their legal advisors prior to participating in any buy-back of shares by us, including advice related to any related regulatory approvals and tax issues.

Alteration of Shareholder Rights

Under the Indian Companies Act, and subject to the provisions of the articles of association of a company and the relevant rules as issued by the Department of Company Affairs, the rights of any class of shareholders can be altered or varied (i) with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class; or (ii) by the special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class. In the absence of any such provision in the articles, such alteration or variation is permitted as long as it is not prohibited by the agreement governing the issue of the shares of that class. Under the Indian Companies Act, the articles may be amended by a special resolution of the shareholders.

Our Articles can be amended if shareholders holding not less than 75% of the equity shares (who are entitled to vote) cast votes in favor of each such amendment of the Articles and which shall include the favorable votes of each of the AKP Group, the GKP Group, the NKP Group and General Atlantic, so long as each of the respective groups hold at least 10% of the equity shares and vote on each amendment(s).

Limitation on the Rights to Own Securities

The limitation on the rights to own securities of Indian companies, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold securities, are discussed below in “Item 10.D. Additional Information—Exchange Controls”.

Takeover Code

The SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997, as amended, or the Takeover Code, prescribes certain thresholds of securities ownership or trigger points that give rise to certain obligations thereunder. The Takeover Code requires disclosure of the aggregate shareholding or voting rights in a listed company by any acquirer who acquires shares or voting rights which (taken together with shares or voting rights, if any, already held by such acquirer) entitle him to more than 5%, 10%, 14%, 54% or 74% of the shares or voting rights in that company.

82

The SEBI has recently amended the Takeover Code to make it mandatory for the promoters and promoter group of listed companies to disclose the creation and enforcement of a pledge on the equity shares held by such persons.

The Takeover Code also requires (unless specifically exempted) the making of an open offer to acquire an additional 20% of the voting capital of a company in the following circumstances:

(a)any acquirer, who together with persons acting in concert with such acquirer, acquires or agrees to acquire 15% or more of the equity shares or voting rights in the company;

(b)any acquirer who, together with persons acting in concert with such acquirer, has acquired 15% or more, but less than 55%, of the equity shares or voting rights in the shares of the company and who acquires additional shares or voting rights entitling such acquirer to exercise more than 5% of the voting rights in any financial year ending March 31;

(c)any acquirer who, together with persons acting in concert with such acquirer, has acquired 55% or more, but less than 75%, of the shares or voting rights in the shares of the company (or, where the company concerned had obtained the initial listing of its shares by making an offer of at least 10% of the issue size to the public pursuant to Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR, less than 90% of the shares or voting rights in the company) and who acquires any additional shares entitling him to exercise voting rights; provided that an acquirer together with persons acting in concert may acquire additional shares or voting rights entitling him to up to 5% voting rights in a company without making a public announcement if (i) the acquisition is made through open market purchase on the stock exchanges and (ii) the post acquisition shareholding of the acquirer and persons acting in concert does not exceed 75%.

(d)any acquirer who, together with persons acting in concert with such acquirer, holds 55% or more, but less than 75%, of the shares or voting rights of the company (or, where the company concerned had obtained the initial listing of its shares by making an offer of at least 10% of the issue size to the public pursuant to Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR, less than 90% of the shares or voting rights in the company), intends to consolidate its holdings while ensuring that the public shareholding in the target company does not fall below the minimum level permitted by the listing agreement with the stock exchanges; or

(e)any acquirer who acquires control over the company (directly or indirectly), irrespective of whether there has been any acquisition of shares or voting rights in the company.

However, in the event a public offer is made pursuant to paragraph (d) above, the minimum size of the public offer to acquire the voting capital of the target company is required to be the lesser of (i) 20% of the voting capital of the company; or (ii) such other lesser percentage of the voting capital of the company as would, assuming full subscription of the offer, enable the acquirer, together with persons acting in concert with him, to increase his holding to the maximum level possible, which is consistent with the target company meeting the requirements of minimum public shareholding as set forth in the listing agreement.

Further, if the acquisition of voting capital of a target company made by an acquirer pursuant to a public offer results in the public shareholding in the target company being reduced below the minimum level required in the listing agreements with the stock exchanges for the purpose of continuous listing, the acquirer is required to take necessary steps to facilitate compliance of the target company with the relevant provisions of the listing agreement within the time period mentioned in the listing agreements.

The Takeover Code sets out the contents of the required public announcements as well as the minimum offer price. The minimum offer price depends on whether the shares of the company are “frequently” or “infrequently” traded (as defined in the Takeover Code). In case the shares of the company are frequently traded, the offer price shall be the higher of:

·the negotiated price under the agreement for the acquisition of shares in the company;

·the highest price paid by the acquirer or persons acting in concert with him for any acquisitions, including through an allotment in a public, preferential or rights issue, during the 26-week period prior to the date of public announcement; and

·the average of the weekly high and low of the closing prices of the shares of the company quoted on the stock exchange where the shares of the company are most frequently traded during the 26-week period prior to the date of public announcement, or the average of the daily high and low of the prices of the shares as quoted on the stock exchange where the shares of the company are most frequently traded during the two weeks preceding the date of public announcement, whichever is higher.

83

Specific obligations of the acquirer and the Board of Directors of the target company in the offer process have also been specified. Acquirers making a public offer also must deposit in an escrow account a percentage of the total consideration payable under the public offer, which will be forfeited in the event that the acquirer does not fulfill its obligations.

The Takeover Code, subject to certain conditions specified in the Takeover Code, exempts certain specified acquisitions from the requirement of making a public offer, including, among others, the acquisition of shares (1) by allotment in a public issue or a rights issue; (2) by underwriters pursuant to an underwriting agreement; (3) by registered stockbrokers in the ordinary course of business on behalf of clients; (4) in unlisted companies; (5) pursuant to a scheme of reconstruction or amalgamation; (6) pursuant to a scheme under Section 18 of the Sick Industries Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985; (7) resulting from, inter se transfers between companies belonging to the same group of companies as defined in the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, 1969, as amended or between relatives or between “qualifying promoters” of a publicly listed company or between qualifying Indian promoters and foreign collaborators who are shareholders; (8) by way of transmission through inheritance or succession; (9) resulting from transfers by Indian venture capital funds or foreign venture capital investors registered with SEBI, to promoters of a venture capital undertaking or venture capital undertaking pursuant to an agreement between such venture capital funds or foreign venture capital investors with such promoters or venture capital undertaking; (10) by the Government controlled companies, unless such acquisition is made pursuant to a disinvestment process undertaken by the Government or a state government; (11) change in control by takeover/restoration of the management of the borrower company by the secured creditor in terms of the Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002; (12) acquisition of shares by a person in exchange of equity shares received under a public offer made under the Takeover Code; and (13) in terms of guidelines and regulations relating to delisting of securities as specified by SEBI. The Takeover Code does not apply to acquisitions in the ordinary course of business by public financial institutions either on their own account or as a pledgee. An application may also be filed with the takeover panel seeking exception from the open offer requirements of the Takeover Code. Pursuant to a recent amendment, a listed company can apply to the SEBI to waive requirements under the Takeover Code in relation to an acquisition of a listed company in circumstances where the board of the listed company has been taken over by the Government of India and there is a plan for a transparent and competitive process for the operations of the listed company.

In addition, the provisions of the Takeover Code relating to making of a public offer do not apply to the acquisition of American Depository Receipts or Global Depository Receipts so long as they are not converted into equity shares carrying voting rights.

Provisions on Changes in Capital

Our authorized capital can be altered by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders in a general meeting. The additional issue of equity shares is subject to the pre-emptive rights of the shareholders. In addition, a company may increase its share capital, consolidate its share capital into shares of larger face value than its existing shares or sub-divided its shares by reducing their par value, subject to an ordinary resolution of the shareholders in a general meeting.

Discriminatory Provisions in the Articles

Other than as stated herein, there are no provisions in our Articles discriminating against any existing or prospective shareholder as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.

10.C. Material Contracts

Other than described elsewhere in the document herein, we have not entered into any material contracts in the two years preceding the date of this Annual Report, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

10.D. Exchange Controls

The subscription, purchase and sale of shares of an Indian company are governed by various Indian laws restricting the issuance of shares by the company to non-residents or subsequent transfer of shares by or to non-residents. These restrictions have been relaxed in recent years. Set forth below is a summary of various forms of investment, and the restrictions applicable to each, including the requirements under Indian law applicable to the issue of ADSs.

Foreign Direct Investment

Issues by the Company

Over a period of time, the Government of India has relaxed the restrictions on foreign investment. Subject to certain conditions, under current regulations, foreign direct investment in most industry sectors does not require prior approval of the Foreign Investment Promotion Board or the Reserve Bank of India, if the percentage of equity

84

holding by all foreign investors does not exceed specified industry-specific thresholds. These conditions include certain minimum pricing requirements and ownership restrictions based on the nature of the foreign investor. Purchases by foreign investors of ADSs are treated as direct foreign investment in the equity issued by Indian companies for such offerings. Foreign investment of up to 100% of our share capital is currently permitted in the IT industry.

Subsequent Transfers

Restrictions for subsequent transfers of shares of Indian companies between residents and non-residents were relaxed significantly as of October 2004. The RBI has granted general permission to persons resident outside India to transfer shares and convertible debentures held by them to an Indian resident, subject to compliance with certain terms and conditions and reporting requirements. As a result, for a transfer between a resident and a non-resident of securities of an Indian company in the IT sector, such as ours, no prior approval of either the RBI or the Government of India is required, as long as certain conditions are met. These conditions include compliance, as applicable, with pricing guidelines, the Takeover Code, and the ownership restrictions based on the nature of the foreign investor. If a sale or purchase is conducted on a stock exchange at prevailing market prices, the pricing guidelines will be deemed satisfied. For off-market, negotiated transactions, the guidelines require a transaction price based on the prevailing market price.

Transfers between two non-residents by way of sale or gifts are not subject to RBI approvals or pricing restrictions.

Portfolio Investment by Non-Resident Indians

Investments by persons of Indian nationality or origin residing outside of India, or Non Resident Indians (NRIs), or registered Foreign Institutional Investors, or FIIs, made through a stock exchange are known as portfolio investments, or Portfolio Investments.

NRIs are permitted to make Portfolio Investments on favorable tax and other terms under India’s Portfolio Investment Scheme. Under the scheme, an NRI can purchase up to 5% of the paid up share capital of an Indian company, subject to the condition that the aggregate paid up share capital purchased by all NRIs through Portfolio Investments does not exceed 10% of the paid up capital of the company. This limit may be increased up to 24% by passing a special resolution of its members. We have not obtained shareholder approval for our equity shares to be owned by the NRIs beyond the aforesaid 10% limit. In addition to Portfolio Investments in Indian companies, NRIs may also make foreign direct investments in Indian companies pursuant to the foreign direct investment route discussed above.

Overseas corporate bodies, or OCBs, i.e., entities in which at least 60% is owned by NRIs, were previously permitted to invest on favorable terms under the Portfolio Investment Scheme. With effect from September 16, 2003, OCBs that have availed benefits are no longer recognized by the RBI as an eligible class of investors in India.  Accordingly, such OCBs will not be eligible to subscribe for ADSs.

Investment by Foreign Institutional Investors

Currently, FIIs such as pension funds, investment trusts, insurance or reinsurance companies, international or multilateral organizations and asset management companies, are eligible to make Portfolio Investments on favorable terms in all the securities traded on the primary and secondary markets in India. Investment by FIIs in certain sectors is prohibited.

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Institutional Investors) Regulations, 1995 provide that no single FII may hold more than 10% of a company’s total issued capital in its own name, and where an FII is investing on behalf of a sub-account, the investment on behalf of such sub-account is not permitted to exceed 10% of the total issued capital of the Company.

The total holding in an Indian company of all FIIs together with their sub-accounts is subject to a cap of 24% of the total issued capital of the company, which may be increased up to the percentage of sectoral cap on FDI in respect of the said company pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the company and the approval of the shareholders of the company by a special resolution. For arriving at the ceiling on holdings of FIIs, investments made by FIIs through ADRs are not included. We have not obtained shareholder approval for our equity shares to be owned by FIIs beyond the aforesaid 24% limit.

There is uncertainty under Indian law about the tax regime applicable to FIIs that hold and trade ADSs. FIIs are urged to consult with their Indian legal and tax advisers about the relationship between the FII guidelines and the ADSs and any equity shares withdrawn upon surrender of the ADSs.

ADSs

Issue of ADSs

Subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions, including compliance with the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (Through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993, or the 1993

85

Regulations, as amended from time to time, Indian companies issuing ADSs are not required to obtain the prior approval of the Ministry of Finance or the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), except in certain cases. An Indian company issuing ADSs must comply with certain reporting requirements specified by the RBI.

The Government of India has amended the 1993 Regulations to provide a pricing floor for Global Depositary Receipt (which includes ADSs) and Foreign Currency Convertible Bond issues. Under the revised regulations, the offer price of the GDSs/ADSs cannot be less than the average of the weekly high and low of the closing prices of the shares as quoted on the BSE or the NSE during the two weeks immediately preceding the date of the meeting of the board of directors (or a duly authorized committee of the board) that decides to open the proposed issue.

Fungibility of ADSs

As per the directions issued by the RBI on the two-way fungibility of ADSs, a person resident outside India is permitted to purchase, through a registered stock broker in India, shares of an Indian company for the purposes of converting the same into ADSs, subject, inter alia, to the following conditions:

·the shares of the Indian company are purchased on a recognized stock exchange in India;

·the shares of the Indian company are purchased on a recognized stock exchange with the permission of the domestic custodian for the ADSs issued by the Indian company and such shares are deposited with the custodian after purchase;

·the Indian company has authorized the custodian to accept shares from non-resident investors for reissuance of ADSs;

·the number of shares of the Indian company so purchased does not exceed the ADSs converted into underlying shares and shall be subject to sectoral caps, as applicable; and

·compliance with the provisions of the 1993 Regulations.

Sponsored ADS Facilities

By notification dated November 23, 2002, the RBI has permitted existing shareholders of Indian companies to sell their shares through the issue of ADSs against the block of existing shares of an Indian company, subject to the following conditions:

·the facility to sell the shares will be available pari passu to all categories of shareholders;

·the sponsoring company whose shareholders propose to divest existing shares in the overseas market through the issue of ADSs will give an option to all its shareholders indicating the number of shares to be divested and the mechanism of determining the price under the applicable ADS norms. If the shares offered for divestment are more than the pre-specified number to be divested, shares would be accepted from the existing shareholders in proportion to their existing shareholdings;

·the proposal for divestment of the shares will have to be approved by a special resolution of the shareholders of the Indian company in a general meeting;

·the proceeds of the ADS issue raised abroad shall be repatriated to India within a period of one month from the closing of the issue. However, the proceeds of the ADS offering can also be retained abroad to meet the future foreign exchange requirements of the company; and

·the issue-related expenses in relation to the public issue of ADSs under this scheme will be subject to a ceiling for public issues and private placements of GDSs/ ADSs. Issue-related expenses will include underwriting commissions and charges, legal expenses and reimbursable expenses. Issue-related expenses shall be passed on to shareholders participating in the sponsored issue on a pro-rata basis. Issue-related expenses beyond the ceiling will require the approval of the RBI.

The issuer is also required to furnish a report to the RBI specifying the details of the offering, including the amount raised through the offering, the number of ADSs issued, the underlying shares offered, the percentage of foreign equity in the issuer represented by the ADSs, details of issue parameters and details of repatriation within 30 days of such issue.

86

Transfer of ADSs and Surrender of ADSs

A person resident outside India may transfer the ADSs held in Indian companies to another person resident outside India without prior approval of Government of India or the RBI. Other than mutual funds that may purchase ADSs subject to terms and conditions specified by the RBI, a person resident in India is not permitted to hold ADSs of an Indian company, except in connection with the exercise of stock options. An ADS holder is permitted to surrender the ADSs held by him in an Indian company and to receive the underlying equity shares under the terms of the deposit agreement.

10.E. Taxation

Indian Taxation

General

The following summary is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of the individual tax consequences to non-resident holders or employees under Indian law for the acquisition, ownership and sale of ADSs and equity shares. This summary is based on the law and practice of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961, or Income-Tax Act, including the special tax regime contained in Sections 115AC and 115ACA of the Income-tax Act read with the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depositary Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993, as amended on, January 19, 2000, or the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme. The Income-tax Act is amended every year by the Finance Act of the relevant year. Some or all of the tax consequences of Sections 115AC and 115ACA may be amended or changed by future amendments to the Income-tax Act.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO INDIAN AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING OR DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs.

Levy of Income Tax

In India, tax is charged on the basis of the residential status of a person (under terms of the provisions of the Indian Income Tax Act) on his/her total income in the previous year, at the rates as specified in the Finance Act as applicable in the relevant assessment year. A period of 12 months commencing on the first day of April every year is referred to as an Assessment Year. Generally, the Previous Year means the financial year immediately preceding the Assessment Year. Tax is paid in the Assessment Year on income earned in the Previous Year. In general, in the case of a person who is “resident” in India in a previous year, his/her global income is subject to tax in India. In the case of a person who is “non-resident” in India, only the income that is received or deemed to be received in India or the income that accrues or arises or is deemed to accrue or arise to such person in India is subject to tax in India. In the case of a person who is “not ordinarily resident” in India, the income chargeable to tax is the same as persons who are resident and ordinarily resident except that the income which accrues or arises outside India is not included in his total income unless it is derived from a business controlled from India.

Residence

For purposes of the Income-tax Act, an individual is considered to be a resident of India during any fiscal year if he or she is in India in that year for:

182 days or more in a fiscal year

OR

60 days or more in that fiscal year if the person has been present in India for 365 days or more in the preceding four years.

However, where the person concerned is a person of Indian origin, or a person who has left India for employment outside India, the person will be considered a resident of India only when present in India for a period of 182 days in the previous year, even though the person has been present in India for 365 days or more in the preceding four years.

An Individual would be considered “not ordinarily resident” if he / she is resident in India in a particular Previous Year but has been a non-resident in India for a period of 9 out of 10 years before that year, OR has been present in India for 729 days or less in the 7 years previous to that year.

A company is a resident of India if it is incorporated in India or the control and the management of its affairs is situated wholly in India. Individuals and companies that are not residents of India would be treated as non-residents for purposes of the Income-tax Act.

Taxation of Distributions

Currently dividend income is exempt from tax for all shareholders (whether resident in India or not). However, the company declaring/distributing dividends is required to pay, in addition to corporate tax, a tax on dividends distributed, called dividend distribution tax at the rate of 16.995% including a surcharge of 10% on the total amounts

87

distributed as dividend and an education and a Higher education cess at the rate of 2% and 1%, respectively of such tax and surcharge.

Any distributions of additional ADSs or equity shares to resident or non-resident holders will not be subject to Indian tax.

Taxation of Capital Gains

The following is a brief summary of capital gains taxation of non-resident holders and resident employees relating to the sale of ADSs and equity shares received upon conversion of ADSs. The relevant provisions are contained mainly in sections 45, 47(vii)(a), 115AC and 115ACA, of the Income-tax Act, in conjunction with the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme.

Under the Income-tax Act, capital gains can be of two types, “long term capital gain” or “short term capital gain”. Normally, gains arising on the sale of capital assets held for more than 36 months are considered long term capital gains and gains arising on the sale of capital assets held for 36 months or less, are considered short term capital gains. However, gains arising from the sale of a capital asset, being shares held in a company for more than 12 months (measured from the date of advice by a depositary to a Custodian of the delivery of the shares in exchange for ADS) are considered long term capital gains. Gains arising from the sale of shares held for a period of twelve months or less are considered as short term capital gains.

Capital gains are taxed as follows:

·Gains from a sale of ADSs outside India, by a non-resident to another non-resident are not taxable in India.

·Conversion of the ADS into the underlying shares is not taxable in India.

Pursuant to Section 115AC of the Income-tax Act read with the provisions of the 1993 Regulations, long term capital gains realized on sale of ADSs (not covered above) will be subject to tax at the rate of 10% excluding the applicable general surcharge and education surcharge. Where the beneficial holder of the ADS is an individual the tax shall be increased by a 10 % general surcharge (if the total income is in excess of Rs. 1,000,000 during the previous year) and education cess of 2% and Higher education cess 1% on tax and general surcharge. Where the beneficial holder is a non-resident company, the above amount of tax shall be increased by a 2.5% general surcharge and 2% and 1% education cess and Higher education cess respectively. This tax is levied in India by withholding the tax at the above rates.

Any income arising from the transfer of equity shares held as long term capital asset that is subject to securities transaction tax, which is effective from October 1, 2004, shall be exempt from long term capital gains tax. Any income arising from the transfer of equity shares held as a short term capital asset, that is subject to securities transaction tax (effective from October 1, 2004), shall be taxed at a rate of 15 % (effective 1st April 1, 2008) plus a general surcharge of 10% for individuals having total income in excess of Rs. 1,000,000 during the previous year or 2.5% in case of foreign companies, and an additional 2% and 1% education cess and Higher education cess respectively on tax and surcharge amount.

The aforesaid tax rates with respect to capital gains may be reduced as per the provisions of the double tax avoidance agreements that India has signed with the home jurisdictions of the non-resident holders.

Taxation of Business Income

The income from the transfer of shares held in an Indian company may be characterized as trading income, on the basis of various factors, including the purpose of the holding by the investor, period of holding, the manner and method of investment and transfer, etc. Where shares are held under an employee stock option scheme, it is unlikely that the income from transfer of these shares will be characterized as trading income.

Where the income is classified as trading or business income, and is found liable to tax in India, non-resident companies will be taxed in India on the net income at the rate of 40% increased by 2.5% surcharge and 2% and 1% education and Higher education cess respectively. Further, MAT will apply in such cases. Non-residents other than companies or residents will be taxed at 30% increased by 10% surcharge and 2% and 1% education and Higher education cess respectively, on trading or business income.

Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT)

Pursuant to the changes introduced by the Finance Bill, 2007, the corporate shareholders may be subject to a Minimum Alternate Tax (“MAT”). As per the Income-tax Act, if the tax payable by any company (including a foreign company) is less than 10 % of its book profits, it will be required to pay MAT which will be deemed to be 11.33% of such book profits, in case of a foreign company.

Further, the provisions of MAT will also be applicable to corporates from the tax year beginning April 1, 2007 claiming deduction under section 10A and 10B of the Indian Income Tax Act. (which mainly includes IT companies) and based on the provisions, corporates will be liable to pay MAT at the rate of 11.33% (including a surcharge of 10% and an education cess and a Higher education cess at the rate of 2% and 1%, respectively of such tax and surcharge) or tax computed as per normal provisions, whichever is higher.

88

Securities Transaction Tax

The Finance Act, 2004 has introduced certain new provisions with regard to taxes on the sale and purchase of securities, including equity shares. On and after October 1, 2004, in respect of a sale and purchase of equity shares entered into on a recognized stock exchange, (i) both the buyer and seller are required to pay each a Securities Transaction Tax, or STT at the rate of 0.125% of the transaction value of the securities, if a transaction is a delivery based transaction i.e. the transaction involves actual delivery or transfer of shares; (ii) the seller of the shares is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.025% of the transaction value of the securities, if the transaction is a non-delivery based transaction, i.e. a transaction settled without taking delivery of the shares. The Finance Bill, 2008 proposes to impose STT, effective from April 1 2008, with respect to a sale and purchase of a derivative in a recognized stock exchange as follows: (i) in case of sale of an option in securities, the seller is required to pay an STT at the rate of 0.017% of the option premium; (ii)in case of a sale of an option in securities, where the option is exercised, the buyer is required to pay a STT at the rate of 0.125% of the settlement price; and (iii) in case of sale of futures in securities, the seller is required to pay STT at 0.017%.The STT can be set-off against business income tax, in accordance with the provisions of the Income-tax Act, provided the gains on the transactions are taxed as business income and not as capital gains.

Mode of Computation of Capital Gain

Capital gains tax is computed by applying the appropriate tax rate on the difference between the sale price and the purchase price of the capital asset. For the purpose of determining the amount of capital gains arising from the sale of shares, converted on surrender of the ADS, the cost of acquisition of such shares shall be prevailing price of shares at the Indian Stock Exchanges, on the date on which the depositary advises the Custodian of the release of such shares on such surrender of the ADS and not the acquisition cost of the ADS being exchanged. According to the 1993 Regulations, a non-resident holder’s holding period for the purpose of determining the applicable Indian capital gains tax rate relating to equity shares received in exchange for ADSs commences on the date of the notice of the redemption by the Depositary to the custodian. However, the 1993 Regulations does not address this issue in the case of resident employees, and it is therefore unclear as to when the holding period for the purposes of determining capital gains tax commences for such a resident employee.

The 1993 Regulations provides that if the equity shares are sold on a recognized stock exchange in India against payment in Indian rupees, they will no longer be eligible for preferential tax treatment. It is unclear as to whether section 115AC and the 1993 Regulations are applicable to a non-resident who acquires equity shares outside India from a non-resident holder of equity shares after receipt of the equity shares upon conversion of the ADSs. It is unclear as to whether capital gains derived from the sale of subscription rights or other rights by a non-resident holder not entitled to an exemption under a tax treaty will be subject to Indian capital gains tax. If such subscription rights or other rights are deemed by the Indian tax authorities to be situated within India, the gains realized on the sale of such subscription rights or other rights will be subject to Indian taxation. The capital gains realized on the sale of such subscription rights or other rights, which will generally be in the nature of short term capital gains, will be subject to tax at variable rates with a maximum rate of 40% excluding the applicable general surcharge of 2.5% and education of 2% and Higher education cess of 1% in case of a foreign company, and 30%, excluding the applicable general surcharge and education and Higher education cess, in case of resident and non-resident employees at the applicable slab rate (10%, 20% or 30%, as the case may be) and increased by a general surcharge of 10% for individuals having total income in excess of Rs. 1,000,000 plus 2% and 1% education and Higher education cess respectively on tax and general surcharge. In case of persons other than individuals and companies, the rate of tax would be 30% increased by a 10% surcharge, and a 2% and 1% education and Higher education cess respectively.

Withholding tax on capital gains

Any taxable gain realized by a non-resident on the sale of ADSs or equity shares is to be withheld at the source by the buyer. However, as per the provisions of section 196D(2) of the Income-tax Act, no withholding tax is required to be deducted from any income by way of capital gains arising to Foreign Institutional Investors as defined in section 115AD of the Income-tax Act on the transfer of securities defined therein, where the investment is made under the FII regime.

Buy-back of securities

Indian companies are not subject to any tax on the buy-back of their shares from its shareholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 77A of the Indian Companies Act, 1956. However, the shareholders will be taxed on any resulting gains. We would be required to deduct tax at source according to the capital gains tax liability of a non-resident shareholder.

Stamp Duty and Transfer Tax

Upon issuance of the equity shares underlying our ADSs, we will be required to pay a stamp duty of 0.1% per share of the issue price of the underlying equity shares. A transfer of ADSs is not subject to Indian stamp duty. However, in the event that a holder of ADS wishes to enforce its rights under the ADS, and bring the instrument into India for this purpose, the holder of ADS may be required to pay stamp duty on the ADS at the applicable rate.

89

Shares must be traded in dematerialized form and the transfer of shares in dematerialized form is currently not subject to stamp duty.

Wealth Tax

The holding of the ADSs and the holding of underlying equity shares by resident and non-resident holders is not subject to Indian wealth tax. Non-resident holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding this issue.

Gift Tax and Estate Duty

Currently, there are no gift taxes or estate duties applicable to the gifting or inheritance of ADSs or equity shares. However, these taxes and duties could be restored in the future. Non-resident holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding this issue.

Service tax

Brokerage or commission paid to stock brokers in connection with the sale or purchase of shares is subject to a service tax of 12%, plus education cess of 2% and Higher education cess of 1% on tax. The stock broker is responsible for collecting the service tax from the shareholder and paying it to the government account.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a discussion of certain material U.S. Federal income tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of equity shares and ADSs. This discussion does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire the equity shares or ADSs including any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences of the ownership of the equity shares or ADSs.

EACH HOLDER OF ADSs SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES AND ADSs IN HIS OR HER PARTICULAR SITUATION.

This discussion applies to only to those investors that hold equity shares or ADSs as capital assets for U.S. tax purposes (generally, for investment). This section does not apply to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including but not limited to:

·a dealer in securities or currencies;

·a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings;

·a bank, insurance company or other financial institution;

·a tax-exempt organization;

·a holder liable for alternative minimum tax;

·a holder that actually or constructively owns 10% or more by voting power or value of our stock;

·a holder that holds equity shares or ADSs as part of a straddle, hedging or conversion transaction; or

·a U.S. holder whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar.

This section is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, published rulings and other administrative guidance of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and court decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof. These laws are subject to change or different interpretation by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or a court, possibly on a retroactive basis.

You are a “U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of equity shares or ADSs and you are:

·a citizen or resident individual of the United States;

·a U.S. domestic corporation, or other entity treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

·an estate whose income is subject to U.S. Federal income tax regardless of its source; or

·a trust if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

In addition, this discussion is limited to U.S. holders who are not resident in India for purposes of the DTAT between the United States and India.

If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of the equity shares or ADSs, the U.S. tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder of the equity shares or ADSs that is

90

a partnership and partners in such a partnership should consult their own tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the equity shares or ADSs.

A “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of equity shares or ADSs that is not a U.S. person for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

For U.S. Federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs will be treated as the owners of equity shares represented by such ADSs.

We believe that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year. However, we cannot assure you that we will not be considered a PFIC in the current or future years. The determination whether or not we are a PFIC is a factual determination that is based on the types of income we earn and the value of our assets and cannot be made until the close of the applicable tax year. If we were currently or were to become a PFIC, U.S. holders of equity shares or ADSs would be subject to special rules and a variety of potentially adverse tax consequences under the Code.

Taxation of Dividends

U.S. Holders.Subject to the PFIC rules referred to below, under the U.S. Federal income tax laws, if you are a U.S. holder, you must include in your gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by us out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. Federal income tax purposes). You must include the amount of any Indian tax withheld from the dividend payment in this gross amount even though you do not in fact receive it. The dividend is ordinary income that you must include in income when you receive the dividend, actually or constructively. Dividends received by an individual taxpayer during taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%, where certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied, if such dividends constitute qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income includes dividends paid by a Qualified Foreign Corporation, and we believe that we are, and will continue to be, a Qualified Foreign Corporation. Holders of ADSs and equity shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in light of their own particular circumstances. Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. Dollar value of the Indian rupee payments made, determined at the spot Indian rupee/U.S. Dollar exchange rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. Dollars. If the foreign currency received as a dividend is not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. Dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If we distribute non-cash property as a dividend, you generally will include in income an amount equal to the fair market value of the property, in U.S. Dollars, on the date that it is distributed. Subject to certain limitations, a U.S. holder may be entitled to a credit or deduction against its U.S. Federal income taxes for the amount of any Indian taxes that are withheld from dividend distributions made to such U.S. holders. The decision to claim either a credit or deduction must be made annually, and will apply to all foreign taxes paid by the U.S. holder to any foreign country or U.S. possession with respect to the applicable tax year.

A portion of dividends received may be income from United States sources, and the remainder will be income from non-United States sources, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes under special U.S. Federal income tax rules, subject to various classifications and other limitations. The rules relating to computing foreign tax credits are complex. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine the foreign tax credit implications of owning equity shares or ADSs.

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the equity shares and ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

Non-U.S. Holders.Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders generally will not be subject to U.S. income tax unless the dividends are “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment (or in the case of an individual, a fixed place of business) that you maintain in the United States if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to U.S. taxation on a net income basis. In such cases you generally will be taxed in the same manner as a U.S. holder, and will not be subject to U.S. Federal withholding tax. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” dividends may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Taxation of Capital Gains

U.S. Holders.Subject to the PFIC rules referred to below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your equity shares or ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. Dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined

91

in U.S. Dollars, in your equity shares or ADSs. Prior to January 1, 2011, capital gains of a non-corporate U.S. holder are generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes, unless it is attributable to an office or other fixed place of business outside the United States and certain other conditions are met. Your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations.

Non-U.S. Holders.If you are a non-U.S. holder, you will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of your equity shares or ADSs unless:

·the gain is “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment (or in the case of an individual, a fixed place of business) that you maintain in the United States if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to U.S. taxation on a net income basis; or

·you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions exist.

In the first case, the non-U.S. holder will be taxed in the same manner as a U.S. holder. In the second case, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the amount by which such the non-U.S. holder’s U.S.-source capital gains exceed such non-U.S. holder’s U.S.-source capital losses.

If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” gains that you recognize may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

PFIC Rules

We believe that our equity shares and ADSs will not be treated as stock of a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current tax year. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is a factual determination that cannot be made until the close of the applicable tax year and that is based on the types of income we earn and the value of our assets (including goodwill), both of which are subject to change. In calculating goodwill for this purpose, we will value our total assets based on the total market value, determined with reference to the then market price of the equity shares and ADSs, and will make determinations regarding the amount of this value allocable to goodwill. Because the determination of goodwill will be based on the market price of the equity shares and ADSs, it is subject to change. It is possible that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service may challenge our valuation of our assets (including goodwill), which may result in our being classified as a PFIC. Thus, it is possible that we may be or become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year and we cannot assure you that we will not be considered a PFIC in any such tax year.

In general, if you are a U.S. holder, we will be a PFIC with respect to you if for any taxable year in which you held the equity shares or ADSs:

·at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

·at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business), the excess of gains over losses from certain types of transactions in commodities, annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation, as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

If we are treated as a PFIC, and you are a U.S. holder that did not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, you will be subject to special rules with respect to:

·any gain you realize on the sale or other disposition of your equity shares or ADSs; and

·any excess distribution that we make to you (generally, any distributions to you during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in respect of the equity shares or ADSs during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period for the equity shares or ADSs).

Under these rules:

·the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the equity shares and ADSs;

·the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or excess distribution will be taxed as ordinary income;

·the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year; and

92

·the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.

Special rules apply for calculating the amount of the foreign tax credit with respect to excess distributions by a PFIC.

If you own shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, you may make a mark-to-market election. If you make this election in a timely fashion, you will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above. Instead, in general, you will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of your equity shares and ADSs at the end of the taxable year over your adjusted basis in your equity shares and ADSs. You will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of your equity shares and ADSs over the fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). Your basis in the equity shares and ADSs will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts.

We do not intend to furnish you with the information that you would need in order to make a “qualified electing fund” election to include your share of its income on a current basis.

If you own equity shares or ADSs during any year that we are a PFIC, you must file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 that describes the distribution received on the equity shares or ADSs and the gain realized on the disposition of the equity shares or ADSs. The reduced tax rate for dividend income, discussed in “Taxation of Dividends,” is not applicable to dividends paid by a PFIC.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting requirements will apply to dividends in respect of equity shares or ADSs or the proceeds received on the sale, exchange or redemption of equity shares or ADSs paid within the United States (and, in certain cases, outside the United States) to U.S. holders other than certain exempt recipients, such as corporations, and backup withholding tax at the rate of 28% may apply to such amounts if the U.S. holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number (or otherwise establishes, in the manner provided by law, an exemption from backup withholding) or to report dividends required to be shown on the U.S. holder’s U.S. Federal income tax returns.

Backup withholding is not an additional income tax, and the amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. holder will be allowed as credit against the U.S. holder’s U.S. Federal income tax liability provided that the appropriate returns are filed.

A Non-U.S. holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status to the payer, under penalties of perjury, on IRS Form W-8BEN.

10.F. Dividends and paying agents

Not applicable

10.G. Statement by experts

Not applicable

10.H. Documents on display

This report and other information filed or to be filed by us can be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at:

Judiciary Plaza
100 F Street, N.E.
Public Reference Room
Washington, D.C. 20459

The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system.

Our periodic reports and other information may also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange located at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

Additionally, documents referred to in this Form 20-F may be inspected at our corporate office which is located at Akruti Softech Park, MIDC Cross Road No. 21, Andheri (E), Mumbai-400 093, India.

10.I. Subsidiary information

Not applicable

93

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

General

Market risk is the loss of future earnings, or reduction in fair value or future cash flows that may result from a change in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributable to all market sensitive financial instruments including foreign currency receivables and payables.

Our exposure to market risk is a function of our revenue and expense generating activities in foreign currency, the activity of investment in securities and liquid mutual fund units and the results of our hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of our earnings and equity to loss.

Risk Management Procedures

We manage market risk through treasury operations. Our market risk objectives and policies are approved by our senior management and Board of Directors. The activities of treasury operations include management of cash resources and investment in securities and liquid mutual fund units, implementing hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures, borrowing strategies, and ensuring compliance with market risk limits and policies.

Components of Market Risk

Exchange Rate Risk.Our exposure to market risk arises principally from exchange rate risk. We transact a major portion of our business in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar. The exchange rate between the rupee and the dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. The results of our operations can be adversely affected as the rupee fluctuates against the dollar. Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, receivables, payables and other foreign currency assets and liabilities.

We have sought to reduce the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on our operating results by entering into foreign exchange forward and options contracts. As of December 31, 2008, we had outstanding forward contracts in the amount of $ 285.4 million, JPY 400.0 million ($ 4.4 million), AUD 1.0 million ($ 0.7 million) and GBP 1.5 million ($2.2 million), outstanding written options of GBP 0.9 million ($ 1.3 million), Euro 1.6 million ($ 2.2 million) and JPY 150 million ($ 1.7 million ), outstanding currency purchased options in the amount of $ 27.0 million, outstanding currency purchased options, net sell in the amount of $ 61.3 million and outstanding currency written options in the amount of $ 21.0 million. As of December 31, 2007, we had outstanding forward contracts in the amount of $ 165.2 million, JPY 481.6 million ($ 4.3 million) and Euro 4 million ($ 5.6 million), outstanding written options of Euro 5 million ($ 7 million), outstanding currency purchased options in the amount of $ 81.5 million and outstanding currency written options in the amount of $ 2.5 million. These contracts typically mature within 1-53 months, must be settled on the day of maturity and may be cancelled subject to the payment of any gains or losses in the difference between the contract exchange rate and the market exchange rate on the date of cancellation. We use these instruments only for hedging purposes. We may not purchase contracts adequate to insulate ourselves from all foreign exchange currency risks. The policies of the Reserve Bank of India may change from time to time which may limit our ability to hedge our foreign currency exposures adequately. In addition, any such contracts may not perform adequately as a hedging mechanism. We may, in the future, adopt more active hedging policies.

Interest Rate Risk.Our surplus cash resources are typically invested in liquid mutual fund units, units in other debt mutual funds in India, and sweep funds. These investments are exposed to interest rate risk whereby any increase in interest rates may decrease the fair value of the investments. We attempt to reduce this risk by investing in funds with shorter durations and by adequately diversifying our investments.

Fair Value.The fair value of our market rate risk sensitive instruments, other than forward contracts and option contracts, closely approximates their carrying value.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Modification in the rights of security holders

On April 25, 2006, our Board, subject to the approval of our shareholders, recommended the amendment of our ESOP 2003 plan to provide an option to the Company to grant ADR-linked stock options to enable certain

94

employees outside India to acquire ADSs upon exercise of options. The shareholders of the Company at the annual general meeting held on June 21, 2006 approved the said amendment to the Patni ESOP 2003 plan to enable the Company to issue up to 2,000,000 ADR linked stock options to the employees of the Company as well as its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the amended plan, i.e., “Patni ESOP 2003- Revised 2006” has come into force with effect from June 21, 2006.

During 2007 there has been no modifications to the rights of the security holders.

Further, at the 30th Annual General Meeting held on June 26, 2008, the shareholders of the Company had approved modification/repricing of the terms of Options to enable the Company to issue Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”). Accordingly, the amended plan, i.e., “Patni ESOP 2003 (Revised 2008) came into force with effect from June 26, 2008.

Use of proceeds

In our initial offering of our ADSs, completed on December 8, 2005, we issued 6,156,250 ADSs, representing 12,312,500 equity shares of Rs. 2 each, to an underwriting syndicate (including the underwriters’ over-allotment option of 1,031,250 ADSs representing 2,062,500 equity shares) at an initial offering price of $ 20.34 per ADS pursuant to a registration statement filed on Form F-1 (File No.333-129771) with the SEC. The managing underwriters were Goldman Sachs (Asia) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and ABN AMRO Rothschild LLC. We received approximately $ 117 million in net proceeds from the offering (after adjusting for direct expenses relating to the offering of ADSs of approximately $ 8.2 million, out of which $ 7.6 million was paid as underwriting and management consulting fees and $ 0.6 million was paid for other expenses).

As of December 31, 2008, US $ 86.3 million had been utilized for capital expenditure for office facilities and the balance $ 30.7 million remained as cash and cash equivalents pending utilization.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure controls and procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2008, to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in filings and submissions under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that material information related to us and our consolidated subsidiaries is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions about required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

Internal controls over financial reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

The internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and includes those policies and procedures that:

· Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

· Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

· Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

95

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,2008. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework”. This assessment included an evaluation of the design and operation of internal controls over financial reporting. Based on this assessment, the management concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, the Company has maintained effective internal controls over financial reporting.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.

96

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Patni Computer Systems Limited:

We have audited Patni Computer Systems Limited’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Patni Computer Systems Limited’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Patni Computer Systems Limited maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income/(loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated April 10, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG

Mumbai, India

April 10, 2009

97

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

During the period covered by this Annual Report, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our Audit Committee members are Mr. Arun Duggal (Chairman), Mr. Pradip Shah and Mr. Ramesh Venkateswaran, each of whom is an independent director pursuant to the applicable rules of the Securities Exchange Commission and the NYSE. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees” for the experience and qualifications of the members of the Audit Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Arun Duggal is an Audit Committee Financial Expert as defined in item 401(h) of Regulation S-K.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a code of business ethics applicable to our executive officers, directors and all other employees. We will make available a copy of the code of ethics to any person, without charge, if a written request is made to our Company Secretary at our corporate office at Akruti Softech Park, MIDC Cross Road No.21 Andheri (E), Mumbai 400 093, India. The code is also available on our corporate website, www.patni.com.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table sets forth the fees for professional audit services rendered by KPMG for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for 2007 and 2008, and fees billed for other services rendered by KPMG.

Fiscal Year Ended December 31,	Audit Fees	Tax Fees	All Other Fees	Total Fees
			(Amounts in US $)
2007	795,747	132,462	169,719	1,097,928
2008	679,880	153,227	184,781	1,017,888

Audit fees

Audit fees represents fees for professional services in connection with the audit of Company’s annual consolidated financial statements and reviews of interim financial statement in accordance with U.S. GAAP, report concerning internal control over financial reporting, as well as audits of standalone and consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP.

Tax fees

Services provided primarily consist of tax compliance, assistance with tax examinations and corporate tax advisory services.

All other fees

Services provided primarily consist of payroll related tax issues, transfer pricing study and quality review in respect of IT applications of the company.

We obtain prior approval of our audit committee in connection with the nature of services that are provided and the fees to be paid for the services.

98

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

We have not sought any exemption from the listing standards for audit committees applicable to us as a foreign private issuer.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES

During fiscal 2007, there were no purchases made by or on behalf of us or any affiliated purchaser of shares of any class of our securities that are registered pursuant to Section 12 of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act, 1934, as amended.

In February 2008, our Board of Directors approved a proposal to repurchase fully paid equity shares to the extent of 10% of the paid up capital and free reserves, at a maximum price of Rs. 325 per equity share, for an aggregate amount of up to Rs. 2,370 million. The buy back proposal had been approved in accordance with the provisions of Sections 77A, 77AA, 77B and other applicable provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 and the provisions of Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 1998 (“the Buy Back Regulations”), for which necessary public announcements were made on April 2, 2008.

We commenced the repurchase of shares on July 10, 2008. Our Board of Directors declared closure of the buy back offer on October 23, 2008. Subsequent to the share repurchase, such shares are required to be extinguished as per the requirements of Section 77A of the Indian Companies Act, 1956.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased a total of 10,957,082 equity shares through the Bombay Stock Exchange and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited for an aggregate consideration of Rs. 2,370 million ($ 53.1 million), which was being 100% of the amount authorized for such buy back. Subsequently, we extinguished such the equity shares bought back by us.

Period	Total number of Shares purchased	Amount (Rs. in million)
July 10, 2008 to July 31, 2008	2,206,570	508.61
August 1, 2008 to August 31, 2008	3,279,250	752.13
September 1, 2008 to September 30, 2008	3,475,725	750.48
October 1, 2008 to October 23, 2008	1,995,537	358.80
Total	10,957,082	2,370

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not Applicable

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERANCE

Governance Standards for Listed Companies

Many of the corporate governance standards set out in the NYSE Listed Company Manual do not apply to us as a “foreign private issuer.” Under the NYSE corporate governance standards, we need only (i) establish an independent audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 303A.06 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual described in the following table; (ii) provide prompt certification by our chief executive officer of any material non-compliance with any corporate governance rules of the NYSE; (iii) provide annual written affirmations to the NYSE with respect to our corporate governance practices (and provide interim written affirmations each time a change occurs to the board or any of our committees); and (iv) provide a brief description of significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those followed by U.S. companies listed on the NYSE as required by

99

Rule 303A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.Indian corporate governance requirements for listed companies are contained in Clause 49 of the listing agreement that companies enter into with Indian stock exchanges. The following table sets out a brief, general summary of the significant differences between the corporate governance standards applicable to us under our listing agreements with the Indian Stock Exchanges and the requirements of standards relating to U.S. domestic companies listed on the NYSE.

100

Standard NYSE Practices	Our Practice
Director Independence
A majority of the board must consist of independent directors. Independence is defined by various criteria including the absence of a material relationship between the director and the listed company. For example, directors who are employees, are immediate family of an executive officer of the company or receive over $100,000 per year in direct compensation from the listed company are not independent. Directors who are employees of or otherwise affiliated through immediate family with the listed company’s independent auditor are also not independent. Determinations of independence are made by the board.	Five of our ten directors are “independent directors” as defined by the NYSE.  As an Indian Company we adhere to Clause 49 of the Indian Listing Agreements, which states that if the Chairman of the Board is an executive director then not less than 50 per cent of the Board of Directors should comprise of independent directors
The non-management directors must meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without management	We comply with this standard as our non-management directors meet periodically without management at scheduled executive sessions.
Audit Committee
·     The audit committee must (i) be comprised entirely of independent directors; (ii) be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of any registered public accounting firm engaged (including resolution of disagreements between management and the auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the listed issuer, and each such registered public accounting firm must report directly to the audit committee; (iii) establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints with respect to accounting and auditing issues; (iv) establish procedures for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the listed issuer of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters (v) be authorized to engage independent counsel and other advisers it deems necessary in performing its duties; and (vi) be given sufficient funding by the Board of Directors to compensate the independent auditors and other advisors as well as for the payment of ordinary administrative expenses incurred by the committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties. The audit committee must consist of at least three members, and each member must be independent within the meaning established by the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. ·     The audit committee members must be financially literate or become financially literate within a reasonable period of their appointment to the audit committee. ·     Each listed company must have disclosed whether their Board of Directors has identified an audit committee financial expert (as defined under applicable rules of the SEC), and if not the reasons why the board has not done so	We comply with this standard. Our Audit Committee is comprised of three members all being “independent directors” within the meaning established by the NYSE.  All the Committee members are financially literate and the Audit Committee has identified Mr. Arun Duggal, who is the Chairman of the Audit Committee, as a financial expert (as defined under applicable rules of the SEC) The Committee has a written charter that addresses the Committee’s purpose and responsibilities. The charter and Clause 49 of the Indian Listing Agreements address the duties, role and responsibilities of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee also meets separately, quarterly, with management, with internal auditors and with independent auditors and reviews with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response, if any. The Audit Committee reports regularly to the Board of Directors.

101

Standard NYSE Practices	Our Practice
·     The audit committee must have a written charter that addresses the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. ·     At a minimum, the committee’s purpose must be to assist the board in the oversight of the integrity of the company’s financial statements, the company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent auditor’s qualifications and independence and the performance of the company’s internal audit function and independent auditors. ·     The duties and responsibilities of the audit committee include conducting a review of the independent auditing firm’s annual report describing the firm’s internal quality control procedures, any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality control review or peer review of the firm and any steps taken to address such issues. The audit committee is also to assess the auditor’s independence by reviewing all relationships between the company and its auditor. It must establish the company’s hiring guidelines for employees and former employees of the independent auditor. The committee must also discuss the company’s annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent auditors, the company’s earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies, and policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. The committee must also meet separately, periodically, with management, with internal auditors (or other personnel responsible for the internal audit function) and with independent auditors and review with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response. The committee must report regularly to the board
Each listed company must have an internal audit function.	We comply with this standard as we have an internal audit function.

102

Standard NYSE Practices	Our Practice
Compensation Committee
·     Listed companies must have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent board members as defined by the NYSE listing standards. ·     The committee must have a written charter that addresses its purpose and responsibilities. ·     These responsibilities include (i) reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to CEO compensation; (ii) evaluating CEO performance and compensation in light of such goals and objectives for the CEO; (iii) based on such evaluation, reviewing and approving CEO compensation levels; (iv) recommending to the board non-CEO compensation, incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans; and (v) producing a report on executive compensation as required by the Securities and Exchange Commission to be included in the company’s annual proxy statement or annual report. The committee must also conduct an annual performance self-evaluation.	We comply with this standard as our Compensation and Remuneration committee is composed entirely of “Independent directors” as defined by the NYSE listed standards. This Committee has a written charter which addresses its purpose and responsibilities.

Nominating/ Corporate Governance Committee
·     Listed companies must have a nominating/ corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent board members. ·     The committee must have a written charter that addresses its purpose and responsibilities, which include (i) identifying individuals qualified to become board members; (ii) selecting, or recommending that the board select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders; (iii) developing and recommending to the board a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the company; (iv) overseeing the evaluation of the board and management; and (v) conducting an annual performance evaluation of the committee.	As Foreign Private Issuer, we follow home country practice in lieu of NYSE Corporate Governance Standards as permitted. Under Clause 49 of the Indian Corporate Governance norms “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee” is non-mandatory requirement. However, as matter good governance practice, we have “Nominating and Governance Committee” which comprises of majority of Independent Directors and the Committee has a written charter which addresses its purpose and responsibilities.
Equity-Compensation Plans
Shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity-compensation plans and material revisions thereto, with certain limited exceptions.	We comply with this standard. Our Employee Stock Option Plan was approved by our Shareholders.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
Listed companies must adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines.	We have adopted corporate governance guidelines as prescribed in Clause 49 of the Indian Listing Agreements
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
All listed companies must adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers.	We comply with this standard. The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for its directors, officers and employees. This code is posted on the website of the Company.

103

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See Item 18.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statement and auditors report for fiscal 2008 are incorporated herein by reference and are included in this Item 18 of this report on Form 20-F:

·Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

·Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2008.

·Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

·Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008.

·Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008.

·Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

104

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

*1.1	Articles of Association of Patni Computer Systems Limited, as amended
*1.2	Memorandum of Association of Patni Computer Systems Limited, as amended
*1.3	Certificate of Incorporation of Patni Computer Systems Limited, as amended
*2.1	Form of Deposit Agreement
*2.2	Patni’s specimen certificate for equity shares
*2.3	Form of American Depositary Receipt
*2.4	Patni ESOP 2003-Revised 2006 #
*4.2	Registration Rights Agreement
*4.3	Purchase Agreement between Patni Computer Systems Limited and Cymbal Corporation dated November 3, 2004
*4.4	Lease Deed entered into between the Company and State Industrial Promotion Corporation of Tamil Nadu Limited (SIPCOT), dated September 30, 2004
*4.5	Service Agreement between Patni Computer Systems Inc. and Mr. Narendra K. Patni dated December 1, 2000, as amended
*4.6	Consultancy Agreement between Patni Computer Systems Limited and Patni Americas Inc. (formally Patni Computer Systems Inc) dated October 27, 2000
*4.7	Terms of employment for Mr. Gajendra K. Patni and Mr. Ashok K. Patni
*4.8	Information Technology Services Agreement between General Electric International Inc. and Patni Computer Systems Inc. dated November 12, 2003
** 4.9	Amendment to Information Technology Services Agreement between General Electric International Inc. and Patni Computer Systems Inc. dated August 03, 2006
8.1	List of subsidiaries of the Registrant, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Organizational Structure”
12.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act
12.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act
13.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act
13.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act

*Previously filed on November 17, 2005 with the SEC on Form F-1 (File Number 333-129771)

#Incorporated by reference from Form S - 8 (file number 33-137306)

**Previously filed on March, 5, 2008 with the SEC on Form 20F/A (File Number 001-32692 08666713)

105

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

	For Patni Computer Systems Limited
	By:	/s/ JEYA KUMAR
		Jeya Kumar
		Chief Executive Officer
	For Patni Computer Systems Limited
	By:	/s/ SURJEET SINGH
		Surjeet Singh
		Chief Financial Officer
Mumbai, India
Date: June 16 , 2009

106

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries
Consolidated financial statements
Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2008	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31,  2006, 2007 and 2008	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31,  2006, 2007 and 2008	F-5 to F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008	F-7 to F-8
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements	F-9 to F-52

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Patni Computer Systems Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries (the ‘Company’) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income/(loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 2.28 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share- Based Payment.

As discussed in Note 2.41 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which establishes a common definition for fair value, framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Patni Computer Systems Limited’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on  criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated April 10, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

s/ KPMG

Mumbai, India

April 10, 2009

F-2

Consolidated balance sheet

	As of
	December 31, 2007		December 31, 2008
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	32,625,979	$	60,138,457
Investments	297,726,183		245,529,769
Accounts receivable, net	136,371,683		111,813,743
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	32,417,391		30,663,367
Advance income taxes	1,688,513		8,922,311
Deferred income taxes	6,879,161		9,796,021
Prepaid Expenses	2,132,687		2,586,241
Other current assets	30,600,530		6,934,944
Total current assets	$	540,442,127	$	476,384,853
Advance income taxes	5,782,273		3,093,606
Deferred income taxes	12,479,374		19,825,211
Investments	3,425,527		2,769,231
Other assets	24,475,694		19,956,864
Property, plant and equipment, net	171,026,782		150,930,327
Intangible assets, net	31,881,136		27,073,168
Goodwill	66,713,170		65,309,045
Total assets	$	856,226,083	$	765,342,305
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities
Capital lease obligation	277,704		175,741
Trade accounts payable	10,517,823		8,938,743
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	3,555,245		6,000,383
Income taxes payable	20,237,930		22,402,386
Accrued expenses	55,079,924		56,167,097
Other current liabilities	34,287,255		59,689,464
Total current liabilities	$	123,955,881	$	153,373,814
Capital lease obligations excluding current installments	325,853		184,214
Other liabilities	25,362,959		24,486,301
Income taxes payable	23,811,111		13,482,925
Deferred income taxes	1,806,178		2,858,796
Total liabilities	$	175,261,982	$	194,386,050
Commitments and Contingencies
Shareholders’ Equity
Common shares Rs. 2 par value; Authorized 250,000,000 shares (Issued and outstanding; 139,009,409 shares and 128,105,007 shares as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 respectively).	6,158,044		5,672,130
Additional paid-in capital	313,350,315		264,878,177
Retained earnings	285,238,586		375,215,818
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)	76,217,156		(74,809,870		)
Total shareholders’ equity	$	680,964,101	$	570,956,255
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	856,226,083	$	765,342,305

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Consolidated statements of income

	Year ended December 31,
	2006			2007			2008
Net revenues	$	578,850,882		$	662,911,669		$	718,884,103
Cost of revenues	373,965,978			450,085,130			491,266,302
Gross profit	204,884,904			212,826,539			227,617,801
Selling, general and administrative expenses	106,471,937			116,260,200			131,056,061
Provision for doubtful debts and advances	1,191,017			1,181,753			1,625,595
Foreign exchange (gain)/loss, net	2,747,926			(23,350,920		)	18,358,897
Operating Income	94,474,024			118,735,506			76,577,248
Other income/(expense)
Interest and dividend income	10,087,916			12,540,158			13,001,582
Interest expense	(2,839,930		)	(3,592,436		)	(1,744,367		)
Interest expense reversed (Refer note 11.2)	—			—			6,497,329
Gain on sale of investments, net	1,679,097			6,370,002			9,731,648
Other (expense)/income, net	3,541,426			1,706,227			2,561,206
Income before income taxes	106,942,533			135,759,457			106,624,646
Income taxes	47,691,763			21,783,963			5,203,401
Net Income	$	59,250,770		$	113,975,494		$	101,421,245
Earnings per share
Basic	$	0.43		$	0.82		$	0.75
Diluted	$	0.43		$	0.82		$	0.75
Weighted average number of common shares used in computing earnings per share
Basic	137,957,477			138,660,785			135,590,677
Diluted	138,904,860			139,569,933			135,760,422

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Consolidated statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income/(loss) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

(in $ except share data)

	Common shares		Additional	Retained		Comprehensive		Accumulated Other Comprehensive		Shareholders
	Shares	Par value	Paid-In-Capital	Earnings		Income/(loss)		Income/(loss)		Equity
Balance as of January 1, 2006	137,798,399	$6,101,600	$299,220,619	$132,511,943				$1,194,908		$439,029,070
Issuance of equity shares on exercise of options	483,454	21,360	1,802,953							1,824,313
Tax benefit arising on exercise of stock options			23,338							23,338
Compensation cost related to employee stock option plan			3,984,071							3,984,071
Cash dividend on common shares				(8,565,154	)					(8,565,154	)
Comprehensive income
Net income				59,250,770		59,250,770				59,250,770
Other comprehensive income:
Translation adjustment						9,256,054				9,256,054
Unrealised gain on investments, net of tax of $1,076,106						2,102,200				2,102,200
Unrealised gain on cash flow hedging derivatives, net of tax of $ Nil						2,531,633				2,531,633
Comprehensive income						73,140,657		13,889,887
Adjustment to initially apply FASB Statement No. 158, net of tax of $323,655								(843,079	)	(843,079	)
Balance as of December 31, 2006	138,281,853	6,122,960	305,030,981	183,197,559				$14,241,716		$508,593,216
Issuance of equity shares on exercise of options	727,556	35,084	3,203,887							3,238,971
Tax benefit arising on exercise of stock options			442,165							442,165
Compensation cost related to employee stock option plan			4,673,281							4,673,281
Cash dividend on common shares				(11,934,467	)					(11,934,467	)
Comprehensive income
Net income				113,975,494		113,975,494				113,975,494
Other comprehensive income:
Translation adjustment						58,571,590				58,571,590
Unrealised gain on investments, net of tax of ($424,845)						4,870,285				4,870,285
Unrealised holding gains (losses) arising during the year						10,750,148				10,750,148
Less: Reclassification adjustment included in net income						(11,792,707	)			(11,792,707	)
Actuarial losses related to pension and other post retirement benefits, net of tax of $47,185						(423,876	)			(423,876	)
Comprehensive income						176,374,810		61,975,440		—
Balance as of December 31, 2007	139,009,409	$6,158,044	$313,350,315	$285,238,586				$76,217,156		$680,964,101

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Consolidated statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income/(loss) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 (Continued)

(in $ except share data)

	Common shares					Additional Paid-			Retained			Comprehensive		Accumulated Other Comprehensive			Shareholders
	Shares		Par value			In-Capital			Earnings			Income/(loss)		Income/(loss)			Equity
Balance as of December 31, 2007	139,009,409		$	6,158,044		$	313,350,315		$	285,238,586				$	76,217,156		$	680,964,101
Issuance of equity shares on exercise of options	52,680		2,634			188,325											190,959
Purchase of Common stock	(10,957,082	)	(488,548		)	(52,573,794		)									(53,062,342		)
Tax benefit arising on exercise of stock options						16,121											16,121
Compensation cost related to employee stock option plan						3,897,210											3,897,210
Cash dividend on common shares									(11,444,013		)						(11,444,013		)
Comprehensive income
Net income									101,421,245			101,421,245					101,421,245
Other comprehensive income:
Translation adjustment												(119,927,020	)				(119,927,020		)
Unrealised gain on investments, tax effected ($257,690)												(1,828,525	)				(1,828,525		)
Unrealised losses on derivative instruments:
Unrealised holding gains (losses) arising during the year, net of tax credit ($2,201,998)												(42,542,853	)				(42,542,853		)
Less: Reclassification adjustment included in net income												12,068,379					12,068,379
Actuarial gain related to pension and other post retirement benefits, net of tax of $195,797												1,202,993					1,202,993
Comprehensive income/(loss)												(49,605,781	)	(151,027,026		)	—
Balance as of December 31, 2008	128,105,007		$	5,672,130		$	264,878,177		$	375,215,818				$	(74,809,870	)	$	570,956,255

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Consolidated statements of cash flows

	Year ended December 31,
	2006			2007			2008
Operating activities
Net income	$	59,250,770		$	113,975,494		$	101,421,245
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets	19,573,548			25,053,060			27,711,972
Deferred taxes	4,344,470			(10,130,035		)	(9,215,965		)
Provision/(recovery) for doubtful debts and advances	1,191,017			1,181,753			1,625,595
(Gain)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment, net	(21,977		)	(265,426		)	(371,526		)
(Gain) / loss on sale of investments	(1,679,097		)	(6,370,002		)	(9,731,648		)
Compensation cost related to employee stock option plan	3,984,071			4,673,281			3,897,210
Changes in assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable	(40,234,185		)	(13,492,304		)	9,987,054
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	3,955,003			(8,300,239		)	(3,289,128		)
Other current assets	(735,650		)	(21,663,190		)	21,015,540
Other assets	(579,720		)	1,252,142			(1,675,575		)
Trade accounts payable others	4,025,950			(1,804,558		)	(958,041		)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	859,218			59,255			3,081,643
Taxes payable	4,979,698			11,218,123			(8,427,949		)
Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation	(23,338		)	(442,165		)	(16,121		)
Tax benefit on exercise of stock options	—			47,841			14,739
Accrued expenses	16,246,514			8,104,178			9,463,589
Other current liabilities	(17,063,525		)	4,222,173			14,263,756
Other liabilities	1,018,325			3,952,833			(9,453,334		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	59,091,092		$	111,272,214		$	149,343,056
Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment	(48,620,365		)	(61,891,010		)	(43,362,388		)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment	83,097			557,761			3,841,641
Purchase of investments	(781,204,843		)	(1,149,342,754		)	(973,062,275		)
Proceeds from sale of investments	686,658,104			1,134,569,183			977,051,287
Payments for acquisition, net of cash acquired	(12,184,832		)	(33,795,203		)	—
Payments for acquisition of technology related intangibles	(497,879		)	(20,368,599		)	—
Tax benefit on incentive stock option of Patni Telecom	340,366			235,057			—
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(155,426,352	)	$	(130,035,565	)	$	(35,531,735	)

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Consolidated statements of cash flows (Continued)

	Year ended
	2006			2007			2008
Financing activities:
Payment of capital lease obligations	(390,886		)	(429,987		)	(293,418		)
Dividend on common shares	(8,562,666		)	(11,933,401		)	(11,440,837		)
Proceeds from common shares issued, net of expenses	1,824,313			3,238,971			190,958
Purchase of Common Stock	—			—			(53,062,342		)
Excess tax benefit arising on exercise of stock options	23,338			442,165			16,121
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities	$	(7,105,901	)	$	(8,682,252	)	$	(64,589,518	)
Effect of exchange rates changes on cash and cash equivalents	1,131,571			13,561,572			(21,709,325		)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	(103,441,161		)	(27,445,603		)	49,221,803
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year	148,819,600			46,510,010			32,625,979
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year	$	46,510,010		$	32,625,979		$	60,138,457
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	4,905,069		$	26,764		$	50,302
Income taxes paid	$	39,945,075		$	29,532,237		$	16, 993,377
Non cash investing and financing activities:
Additions to property, plant and equipment, represented by capital lease obligations	$	361,133		$	264,138		$	149,745
Property, plant and equipment acquired on credit	$	4,814,076		$	558,012		$	(3,158,568	)

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-8

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

1Organization and nature of business

1.1Patni Computer Systems Limited (“Patni”) is a company incorporated in India under the Indian Companies Act, 1956. In February 2004, Patni completed an initial public offering of its equity shares in India and in December 2005, the Company completed an initial public offering of American Depositary Shares in the United States of America (USA).

1.2Patni Computers Systems (UK) Limited (“Patni UK”), a company incorporated in the United Kingdom (UK), Patni Computer Systems GmbH (“Patni GmbH”), a company incorporated in Germany, Patni Americas, Inc. (“Patni USA”) formerly known as Patni Computer Systems, Inc., a company incorporated in Massachusetts, USA and Patni Computer Sytems Brasil, Ltda a company incorporated in Brazil are 100% owned subsidiaries of Patni. On November 3, 2004, Patni USA, acquired 100% equity in Patni Telecom (formerly known as Cymbal Corporation), a company incorporated in California, USA, together with its subsidiaries in India, UK & Thailand, for consideration in cash. In July, 2007, Patni USA, acquired 100% equity in Patni Life Sciences Inc. (formerly known as Taratec Development Corporation), a company incorporated in New Jersey, USA, for consideration in cash. Further, Patni also has foreign branch offices in the USA, Japan, Sweden, Australia, Korea, Netherlands, Finland, UAE, South Africa, Canada and Turkey. In March 2008 the Company through it’s wholly owned subsidiary Patni UK incorporated a subsidiary in Czech Republic named Patni Computer Systems (Czech) s.r.o. In December 2008 the company has set up a subsidiary in Mexico named PCS Computer Systems Mexico, SA.

Cymbal Information Services (Thailand) Ltd., subsidiary of Patni Telecom has been dissolved and the liquidation has been completed in May, 2006.

1.3Patni together with its subsidiaries (collectively, “Patni Group” or “the Company”) is engaged in IT consulting, software development and Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”).  The Company provides multiple service offerings to its clients across various industries comprising financial services, insurance services, manufacturing, communications, media and entertainment and technology services (comprising independent software vendors and product engineering) and other industries such as energy and utilities, retail, logistics and transportation. The various service offerings comprise application development, application maintenance and support, packaged software implementation, infrastructure management services, product engineering services, quality assurance services and BPO services.

1.4These financial statements are prepared on a consolidated basis for all the years presented.

2Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of preparation of financial statements

2.1The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).

Principles of consolidation

2.2The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Patni and all of its subsidiaries, which are more than 50% owned and controlled. All inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

F-9

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Accounting estimates

2.3The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires that management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Management believes that the estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable.  The actual results could differ from these estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates are made as management become aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates. Changes in estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue and cost recognition

2.4The Company derives its revenues primarily from software services and to a lesser extent from BPO services. Revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of a contractual arrangement with customers, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. Software services are provided either on a fixed price, fixed time frame or on a time and material basis. The Company’s fixed price contracts include application maintenance and support services, on which revenue is recognized ratably over the term of maintenance. Revenue with respect to other fixed price contracts is recognized on a percentage of completion basis.  Revenue with respect to time-and-material contracts is recognized as related services are performed.

Guidance has been drawn from paragraph 95 of Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” to account for revenue from fixed price arrangements for software development and related services in conformity with SOP-81-1 (“Accounting for Performance of Construction - Type and  Certain Production - Type Contracts”). The input (cost expended) method has been used because management considers this to be the best available measure of progress on these contracts as there is a direct relationship between input and productivity. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompleted contracts are recorded in the period in which such losses become probable based on the current contract estimates.

2.5The asset, “Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts”, represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed.  These amounts are billed after the milestones specified in the agreement are achieved and the customer acceptance for the same is received.  The liability, “Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts”, represents billings in excess of revenues recognized.

2.6Direct and incremental contract origination and set up costs incurred in connection with support/maintenance service arrangements are charged to expense as incurred.  These costs are deferred only in situations where there is a contractual arrangement establishing a customer relationship for a specified period.  The costs to be deferred are limited to the extent of future contractual revenues.  Further, revenue attributable to set up activities is deferred and recognised systematically over the periods that the related fees are earned, as services performed during such period do not result in the culmination of a separate earnings process.

F-10

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Costs that are incurred for a specific anticipated contract and that will result in no future benefits unless the contract is obtained, are not included in contract costs before the receipt of the contract. However, such costs are deferred, subject to the evaluation of their probable recoverability.

2.7Warranty costs on sale of services are accrued based on managements’ estimates and historical data at the time related revenues are recorded.

2.8The Company grants volume discounts to certain customers, which are computed based on a pre-determined percentage of the total revenues from those customers during a specified period, as per the terms of the contract. These discounts are earned only after the customer has provided a specified cumulative level of revenues in the specified period. The Company reports revenues net of discounts offered to customers.

The Company estimates the total number of customers that will ultimately earn these discounts, based on which a portion of the revenue on the related transactions is allocated to the services that will be delivered in the future.

Reimbursement of out of pocket expenses received from customers have been included as part of revenues in accordance with EITF 01-14 “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for ‘Out of Pocket’ Expenses Incurred”.

2.9Revenues from BPO Services are derived from both time-based and transaction-priced contracts. Revenue is recognized as the related services are performed, in accordance with the specific terms of the contracts with the customer.

2.10The Company reports taxes assessed by governmental authorities directly imposed on revenue producing transactions on a net basis. This disclosure is provided as per EITF 06-03 on “How taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities should be presented in the Income Statement”.

Advertising cost

2.11Advertising costs incurred during the year have been expensed. The total amount of advertising costs expensed was $1.6 million, $0.9 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December, 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008.

Cash and cash equivalents

2.12The Company considers investments in highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash, deposits with banks and money market accounts.

Investments

2.13Management determines the appropriate classification of investment securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation at each balance sheet date.  At December 31, 2007 and 2008, investment securities were classified as available-for-sale or held to maturity. The investment securities classified as available-for-sale consists of units of mutual funds and other securities. Other securities consists primarily of debt instruments, that carry market interest rates and are stated at cost. Held to maturity securities consist of investment in Government bonds made by the Company pursuant to tax exemption scheme under the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961. These bonds mature in five years from the time of deposit.

F-11

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

2.14Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair market value with unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the statement of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income. The fair values represent either the quoted market prices for the investments at balance sheet date where available or Net Asset Value (“NAV”) as stated by the issuers of these mutual fund units in the published statements.  NAVs represents the price at which the issuer will issue further units in the mutual fund and the price at which the issuer will redeem such units from the investors. Accordingly, such NAV are analogous to fair market value with respect to these investments as transactions of these mutual funds are carried out at such prices between investors and the issuers of these units of mutual funds.

Realized gains and losses, and decline in value judged to be other than temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in the consolidated statements of income.  The cost of securities sold or disposed is determined on average cost basis.

Business combinations, goodwill and intangible assets

2.15Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations” requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations.  SFAS No. 141 specifies criteria that intangible assets acquired in a business combination must be recognized and reported separately from goodwill.  In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” all assets and liabilities of the acquired businesses including goodwill are assigned to reporting units.

2.16Goodwill represents the cost of the acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible net assets purchased. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment atleast on an annual basis at year end, relying on a number of factors including operating results, business plans and future cash flows. Recoverability of goodwill is evaluated using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves a comparison of the fair value and carrying value of the goodwill of that reporting unit. If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Goodwill of a reporting unit will be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount.

2.17Intangible assets acquired either through a business combination or individually are amortized over their respective individual estimated useful lives in proportion to the economic benefits consumed in each period. Intangible assets comprise customer and technology related intangible assets and are being amortized over a period of 5-10 years. The estimated useful life of an identifiable intangible asset is based on a number of factors including the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors (such as the stability of the industry, and known technological advances) and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the asset.

2.18Intangible assets are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be

F-12

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Property, plant and equipment

2.19Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Gains and losses on disposals are included in the consolidated statements of income at amounts equal to the difference between the net book value of the disposed assets and the net proceeds received upon disposal.  Expenditures for replacements and improvements are capitalized, whereas the cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to income when incurred.

2.20Property, plant and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset using the straight-line method, once the asset is put to its intended use. The cost of software obtained for internal use is capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. The estimated useful lives of assets are as follows:

Buildings	40 years
Leasehold premises and improvements	Over the lease period or the useful lives of the assets, whichever is shorter
Computer — Hardware and software and other service equipments	3 years
Furniture and fixtures	3-8 years
Other equipment	3-8 years
Vehicles	4-5 years

Impairment of long-lived assets and long-lived assets to be disposed

2.21Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever an event or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.  Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.  If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of assets.  Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

Functional and Foreign currency translation

2.22The functional currency of Patni and its branches in the USA, Japan, Sweden, Finland, UAE, South Africa, Canada, Australia, Korea and Netherland is the Indian Rupee. The functional currencies of Patni’s subsidiaries are the applicable local currencies.

2.23The accompanying consolidated financial statements are reported in US Dollars.  The translation is performed for balance sheet accounts using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and for statements of income accounts using the exchange rate prevailing on the date of those transactions In respect of subsidiaries, the respective functional currencies are first translated into Indian Rupees and then into US Dollars.  The gains or losses resulting from such translation are reported in other comprehensive income in the statement of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income.

F-13

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Foreign currency transactions

2.24Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing at the date of the transaction.  Resulting gains or losses from settlement of such foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statements of income. Unsettled monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date.

A transaction gain or loss arising from a change in exchange rates between the date of a transaction and the year end exchange rates is included in the consolidated statements of income.

Income taxes

2.25Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carry forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.  The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the assets will not be realised. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in Other (expense)/income.

Concentration of credit risk

2.26Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risks consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, investments and accounts receivables.  Cash and cash equivalents are invested with corporations, financial institutions and banks with investment grade credit ratings.  To reduce credit risk, investments are made in a diversified portfolio of mutual funds, government bonds, which are periodically reviewed.  To reduce its credit risk on accounts receivables, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of customers.

Retirement benefits to employees

2.27Contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to income in the period in which they accrue.  Current services costs for defined benefit plans are accrued in the period to which they relate, based on actuarial valuation performed by an independent actuary in accordance with SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”, SFAS No. 132R “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits”, both as amended by SFAS No. 158 “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans”. The Company adopted SFAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006 which requires the net funded position of the plans to be recognized as an asset or liability in the employers’ balance sheet.

In measuring the defined benefit obligations, the Company uses discount rate based on yields of high quality fixed income instruments (i.e. yields on high quality corporate bonds) prevailing as at the balance sheet date for the corresponding tenure of the obligations.

Stock-based compensation

2.28The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123R) effective January 1, 2006. This statement requires compensation expense relating to share-based payments to be recognized in net income using a fair value measurement method. Under the fair value method, the estimated fair

F-14

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Stock-based compensation (continued)

value of awards is charged to income on a accelerated basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The Company elected the modified prospective method as prescribed in SFAS No. 123R and therefore, prior period was not restated.

Under the modified prospective method, this statement was applied to new awards granted after the time of adoption, as well as to the unvested portion of previously granted equity-based awards for which the requisite service had not been rendered as of January 1, 2006. The Company granted stock options under the ‘Patni ESOP 2003 Revised 2006’ plan (‘the plan’). See Note 17 for further discussion.

2.29Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company was required to record benefits associated with the tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost as an operating cash flow. However SFAS 123R requires that such benefits be recorded as a financing cash inflow. In the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for year ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, tax benefit of $23,338, $ 442,165 and $16,121, respectively has been classified as financing cash flows.

2.30Effective April 1, 2007, an amendment has been made to Indian Income Tax Act 1961 subjecting specified securities allotted or transferred by an employer to its employees to Fringe Benefit Tax (FBT). The liability to pay FBT by the employer arises at the time of allotment of the securities, consequent to exercise of option by the employees and is calculated on the difference between the fair value of the underlying share on the date of vesting and the exercise price paid by the employee based on the corporate tax rate. The FBT arising from such allotment of specified option is collectible from employees, which is considered as akin to a reset in the terms of the ESOP Plan as it would reduce the ultimate benefit to the employee, by way of increase in exercise price and hence is recognized as additional paid-in-capital.

Dividends

2.31Dividends on common shares are recorded as a liability on the date of declaration by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

Derivatives and hedge Accounting

2.32The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts/option contracts (derivatives) to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates on inter company and end customer accounts receivable and forecasted sales transactions denominated in foreign currencies. The strategy also includes entering into short-term forward foreign exchange contracts which are replaced with successive new contracts up to the period in which the forecasted transactions are expected to occur (roll-over hedging).Upon completion of the formal documentation and testing for effectiveness, the Company designates forward and option contracts, which meet the hedging criteria, as cash flow hedges. Changes in fair values of designated cash flow hedges are deferred and recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until the hedged transactions occur and are then recognised in the consolidated statements of income. However, for derivatives acquired pursuant to roll-over hedging strategy, the forward premium/discount points are excluded from assessing hedge effectiveness. Changes in fair value for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments and ineffective portion of the hedging instruments are recognized in consolidated statements of income in the current period.

2.33In respect of derivatives designated as hedges, the Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of

F-15

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Derivatives and hedge Accounting (Continued)

the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether each derivative is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, or if a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, the Company will, prospectively, discontinue hedge accounting with respect to that derivative.

The derivatives, which do not qualify for hedge accounting, are accordingly, recognised at fair value with gains or losses included in foreign exchange (gain)/loss in the consolidated statements of income.

Earnings per share

2.34In accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share”, basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and redeemable common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and redeemable common shares and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the year using the treasury stock method for options except where the result would be anti-dilutive.

Commitments and Contingencies

2.35Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigations, fines and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated.

Reclassifications

2.36Certain reclassifications have been made in the financial statements of prior years to conform to classifications used in the current year.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

2.37In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 141R, Business Combinations (Statement 141R) and FASB Statement No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment to ARB No. 51 (Statement 160). Statements 141R and 160 require most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill acquired in a business combination to be recorded at “full fair value” and require noncontrolling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) to be reported as a component of equity, which changes the accounting for transactions with noncontrolling interest holders. Both Statements are effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and earlier adoption is prohibited. Statement 141R will be applied to business combinations occurring after the effective date. Statement 160 will be applied prospectively to all noncontrolling interests, including any that arose before the effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting Statement 141R and Statement 160 on its results of operations and financial position.

2.38In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 142-3 , Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets . FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and early adoption is prohibited. We are currently evaluating the impact of the same pending adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 on our consolidated financial statements.

F-16

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Standards (Continued)

2.39The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 161 Disclosure about Derivative Instruments and Hedging activities - An amendment to SFAS No 133 (“SFAS 161”) in March 2008. Statement 161 requires increased quantitative, qualitative and credit-risk disclosures. Quantitative disclosures should include information (in a tabular format) about the fair value of the derivative instruments, including gains and losses, and should contain more detailed information about the location of the derivative instrument in the entity’s financial statements. Credit-risk disclosures should include information about the existence and nature of credit-risk related contingent features included in derivative instruments. Credit risk related contingent features can be defined as those that require entities upon the occurance of a credit event to settle derivative instruments or to post collateral. The Company will be required to adopt this new standard prospectively, for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after November 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS 161 and have not yet determined the impact that is expected to result from the adoption of the standard.

2.40In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, Employer’s Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets (“FSP FAS 132(R)-1”).  The FSP requires enhanced disclosures about plan assets currently required by SFAS No. 132 (revised 2003), Employer’s Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.  FSP FAS 132(R)-1 requires more detailed disclosures about employers’ plan assets, including employers’ investment strategies, major categories of plan assets, concentrations of risk within plan assets, and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets. FSP FAS 132(R)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact of this FSP on our financial statement disclosures

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

2.41In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to US GAAP requiring use of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial assets and financial liabilities for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Issued in February 2008, FSP 157-1 “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13” removed leasing transactions accounted for under Statement 13 and related guidance from the scope of SFAS No. 157. FSP 157-2 “Partial Deferral of the Effective Date of Statement 157” (“FSP 157-2”),

deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008.

The implementation of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and financial liabilities, effective January 1, 2008, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

SFAS No. 157, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). SFAS No. 157 classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted market prices in active market.

Level 2: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities or

F-17

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

2Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards (Continued)

Unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs used for measuring the assets or liability.

In accordance with SFAS 157 the following table sets out the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets (Investments and Derivative instruments) measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:

	Level 1	Level 2		Level 3
Assets :
Liquid mutual funds	—	$	152,904,732	—
Fixed maturity plan	—	$	90,550,521	—
Other investments	2,024,878	—		49,638
Liabilities :
Foreign currency exchange derivatives	—	$	38,417,603	—

Investment categorized as Level 3 at January 1, 2008 consisted principally of investment in unquoted equity securities at cost of $ 750,000. An impairment loss of $706,277 has been recognised during the year. There have been no sales during the year in this category.

2.42In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 159 (“SFAS 159”), “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. Under SFAS 159, companies may elect to measure certain financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected be reported in earnings. SFAS 159 was effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. The Company has not elected to use fair value measurements under SFAS No.159 with respect to any eligible instruments.

F-18

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

3Acquisitions

3.1Acquisition of business and assets of Logan-Orviss International Associates BV (‘LOI’)

On July 2, 2007, the Company acquired the business and assets of LOI, a European telecommunications consulting services Company. The Company believes that through this acquisition it will strengthen its presence in communication and media practice through consultancy services on IT initiatives. The purchase price of $8,613,938 (including direct acquisition related expenses of $863,938) was paid in cash.

This transaction has been accounted using the purchase method as required by SFAS No. 141 “Business Combinations”. The purchase price has been allocated to the acquired assets as per management’s estimates and independent valuation of fair values as summarized below:

Intangible assets
- Customer contracts and non contractual customer relationships	1,370,000
- Intellectual property rights	790,000	2,160,000
Goodwill		6,453,938
Total purchase price		$	8,613,938

Goodwill generated from the above acquisition was allocated to “Communications, Media and Entertainment” segment.

Further, as a part of the business acquisition, the Company initiated an incentive plan linked to revenues for certain specific employees. Management estimates that incentive payments under this plan will not exceed $13,080,000 but be paid through June 2010. Since, the incentive payments are linked to continuing employment, the payments under the plan are recognized as compensation for post acquisition services. Accordingly, $22,664 and $222,690 have been recorded as Cost of revenues and Selling, General and Administrative expenses respectively for the year ended December 31, 2007. During the current year based on the assessment of revenue targets achieved for the year ended June 30, 2008, $117,108 has been recorded as Selling, general and administrative expenses for these employees.  Further, based on the assessment of revenue targets to be achieved for the year ended June 30, 2009, an additional amount of $62,510 has been recorded as Selling, general and administrative expenses for these employees for the year ended December 31, 2008.

3.2Acquisition of Taratec Development Corporation (Taratec)

On July 23, 2007, Patni USA acquired 100% equity interest in Taratec Development Corporation(subsequently named as Patni Life Sciences), which is a leading consulting company in the life sciences industry providing integrated business, information technology, and regulatory compliance products and services.

The primary purpose for the acquisition was to enhance Patni’s market specific services and provide additional capability to support the growing and diverse requirements of the Life Sciences market, from pharmacovigilance to demand-driven supply chains. The purchase price of $15,680,226 (including direct acquisition related expenses of $435,008), was paid in cash on July 23, 2007.

The terms of the purchase also provide for payment of contingent consideration to all the selling shareholders, payable over three years, and calculated based on the achievement of specified revenue and margin targets. The contingent consideration is payable in cash and cannot exceed $13,200,000.

F-19

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

3Acquisitions (Continued)

3.2Acquisition of Taratec Development Corporation (Taratec) (Continued)

The Company has followed the consensus reached in EITF 95-8, “Accounting for Contingent Consideration Paid to the Shareholders of an Acquired Enterprise in a Purchase Business Combination” and accordingly, will record the contingent payments, other than payments to certain employees under the incentive plan described below, as goodwill in the periods in which the contingency is resolved.

Further, as a part of the acquisition, the Company initiated an incentive plan linked to revenues and margins, for certain specific employees of Taratec and Patni. The incentive payments under this plan will not exceed $3,500,000 through June 2010. Since, the incentive payments are linked to continuing employment; the payments under the plan are recognized as compensation for post acquisition services. Accordingly, $156,974 and $17,867 have been recorded as Cost of revenues and Selling, General and Administrative expenses, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2007. Based on the assessment of revenue targets achieved for the year ended June 30, 2008 and to be achieved for the year ended June 30, 2009 management has concluded that no amount is required to be accrued as compensation cost for these employees for the year ended December 31, 2008.

This transaction has been accounted using the purchase method of accounting as required by SFAS No. 141 “Business Combinations”. The purchase price, net of cash acquired of $2,843,782, has been allocated to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities as per management’s estimates and independent valuation as summarized below:

Net current assets		$	2,528,948
Deferred tax asset		920,600
Property, plant and equipment		84,538
Deferred tax liability		(696,000		)
Intangible assets
- Customer contracts and non contractual customer relationships	1,550,000
- Intellectual property rights	190,000	1,740,000
Goodwill		8,258,358
Total purchase price		$	12,836,444

Goodwill generated from the above acquisition was allocated to “Manufacturing services” segment.

F-20

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

4            Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Company account wise are as follows:

As of December 31,	2007		2008
Money In Transit	$	326,249	$	982,398
Bank Accounts	31,928,493		58,033,967
Term Deposits	208,160		1,026,777
Cash in Hand	163,077		95,315
Total	$	32,625,979	$	60,138,457

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 include restricted cash balance of $ 8,672 and $ 9,755 respectively. Restrictions are primarily on account of unclaimed dividends.

The following table sets out the break-up of cash and cash equivalents held in banks:

As of December 31,	2007		2008
Money in Transit	$	326,249	$	982,398
Bank Accounts
Bank of Tokyo, Japan	1,791,386		1,270,163
Bank of Boston, USA	203,975		6,225,554
ANZ Bank, Australia	665,518		1,052,805
ABN Amro Bank N.V, India	2,270		1,780,079
Citibank N.A., India	119,364		1,317,536
Handelsbanken, Finland	—		2,038,103
Bank of America, USA	8,647,770		25,579,070
Natwest Bank, UK	971,874		1,282,157
Citibank EEFC accounts, India	3,821,592		3,423,021
ICICI EEFC Bank account, India	1,250,393		261,597
Standard Chartered Bank -EEFC accounts, India	5,964,539		1,231,418
Standard Bank of S Africa, South Africa	804,677		1,840,823
Commerce Bank, USA	1,349,800		1,637,792
Others *	6,335,335		9,093,849
Total	31,928,493		58,033,967
Term Deposits
Merrill Lynch, USA	208,160		1,136
Yes Bank, India	—		1,025,641
Total	208,160		1,026,777
Cash in Hand	163,077		95,315
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	32,625,979	$	60,138,457

* Others includes bank balances in various accounts with banks spread across various locations in which the Company held balances of less than $1 million individually.

F-21

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

5Investments

5.1Investment securities consist of the following:

	As of December 31, 2007
	Cost of Purchase		Gross unrealized holding gains		Gross unrealised holding losses			Fair value
Available for sale:
Mutual Fund Units:
- Liquid	$	136,918,416	$	1,446,308	$	(10,226	)	$	138,354,498
- Fixed Maturity	135,584,588		7,475,568		—			143,060,156
Other Investments	16,311,529		—		—			16,311,529
Amount reported as investments — current	288,814,533		$	8,921,876	$	(10,226	)	$	297,726,183
Held to maturity:
Bonds	$	3,425,527
Amount reported as investments- non current	3,425,527

	As of December 31, 2008
	Cost of Purchase		Gross unrealized holding gains		Gross unrealised holding losses			Fair value
Available for sale:
Mutual Fund Units:
- Liquid	$	151,126,457	$	1,788,582	$	(10,307	)	$	152,904,732
- Fixed Maturity	85,569,637		4,980,890		(6		)	90,550,521
Other Investments	2,008,240		66,276		—			2,074,516
Amount reported as investments- current	$	238,704,334	$	6,835,748	$	(10,313	)	$	245,529,769
Held to maturity:
Bonds	$	2,769,231
Amount reported as investments- non current	$	2,769,231

5.2Dividends from securities available for sale and gross realized gains and losses on sale of securities available for sale are as follows:

For the years ended	December 31, 2006		December 31, 2007	December 31, 2008
Dividends from securities available for sale	$	5,941,888	9,946,965	11,510,937
Gross realised gains on sale of securities available for sale	1,963,728		6,399,319	10,477,436
Gross realised losses on sale of securities available for sale	284,631		31,861	745,788

F-22

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

5Investments (Continued)

5.3Maturity of investment securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity are as follows as of December 31, 2008:

	Cost of Purchase		Fair Value
Available for Sale:
Mutual Fund Units (Fixed Maturity)
- Within one year	85,569,637		90,550,521
- Due after one year through five years	—		—
	$	85,569,637	$	90,550,521
Held to Maturity :
Bond - Due after one year through five years	2,769,231
	$	2,769,231

5.4Investment securities are held in the following mutual fund and other investment schemes:

As of December, 31	2007		2008
Available for Sale Securities
ICICI Prudential Mutual Fund	$	20,770,271	$	42,692,251
Reliance Mutual Fund	22,474,708		34,918,630
Birla Sunlife Mutual Fund	43,635,932		32,007,002
Tata Mutual Fund	32,967,629		30,461,581
Kotak Mutual Fund	31,330,938		25,128,363
IDFC Mutual Fund	14,454,867		18,441,673
JM Financial Mutual Fund	19,365,426		13,991,066
DSP BlackRock Mutual Fund	6,862,877		12,123,623
Deutsche Mutual Fund	10,815,141		7,952,685
Lotus India Mutual Fund	363,887		7,237,046
Franklin Templeton Mutual Fund	15,665,028		6,158,668
Fortis Mutual Fund	18,286,760		5,739,249
HSBC Mutual Fund	11,803,353		3,956,269
HDFC Mutual Fund	3,004,292		2,647,146
Canara Bank CD	—		2,024,876
Global Treasury Fund	10,486,529		5,918
ING Vysya Mutual Fund	7,634,611		—
Principal Mutual Fund	11,767,823		—
UTI Mutual Fund	10,211,111		—
Others	5,825,000		43,723
Total	297,726,183		245,529,769
Held to Maturity
NABARD Capital Gains Bonds	3,425,527		2,769,231
Total	3,425,527		2,769,231

F-23

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

6Accounts receivable

6.1Accounts receivable consist of the following:

As of December 31,	2007			2008
Receivables	$	138,699,173		$	114,736,385
Less: Allowances for doubtful accounts	(2,327,490		)	(2,922,642		)
	$	136,371,683		$	111,813,743

6.2The activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 is as follows

As of December 31,	2006			2007			2008
Allowance for doubtful accounts as of the beginning of the year	$	2,495,219		$	3,105,764		$	2,327,490
Additional provision (net of recoveries) made during the year	1,147,109			1,050,245			1,561,630
Accounts receivable written off against the allowance during the year	(536,564		)	(1,828,519		)	(966,478		)
Allowance for doubtful accounts as of the end of the year	$	3,105,764		$	2,327,490		$	2,922,642

7Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings and billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

As of December 31,	2007			2008
Cost incurred on uncompleted contracts	$	37,932,876		$	62,885,237
Estimated earnings	33,967,584			38,889,183
	71,900,460			101,774,420
Less: Billings to date	(43,038,314		)	(77,111,436		)
	$	28,862,146		$	24,662,984
Included in the accompanying balance sheet under the following captions:
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	32,417,391			30,663,367
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	(3,555,245		)	(6,000,383		)
	$	28,862,146		$	24,662,984

F-24

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

8Other assets

Other assets consist of the following:

As of December 31,	2007			2008
Advances to vendors	$	1,969,206		$	1,317,240
Refundable security deposit	7,907,629			6,457,639
Deferred of cost in respect of revenue arrangements	3,303,564			1,689,331
Due from employees	3,356,975			1,646,155
Derivative contracts	13,292,568			75,424
Leasehold Land	17,225,046			13,833,378
Deposit with tax authorities	6,829,927			—
Others	1,191,310			1,872,641
	$	55,076,225		$	26,891,808
Less : Other current assets
Advances to vendors	(1,969,206		)	(1,317,240		)
Refundable security deposit	(2,403,420		)	(353,433		)
Deferred of cost in respect of revenue arrangements	(3,303,564		)	(1,689,331		)
Due from employees	(3,181,259		)	(1,626,875		)
Derivative contracts	(11,721,845		)	(75,424		)
Deposit with tax authorities	(6,829,927		)	—
Others	(1,191,310		)	(1,872,641		)
	(30,600,531		)	(6,934,944		)
Other assets	$	24,475,694		$	19,956,864

9             Property, plant and equipment

9.1Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

As of December 31,	2007			2008
Land	$	4,339		$	3,508
Building	56,168,539			56,885,137
Leasehold improvements	7,833,303			6,960,380
Computer – Hardware and other service equipment	55,676,933			49,981,070
Computer – Software	29,953,484			28,665,685
Furniture and fixtures	20,818,460			19,153,158
Other equipment	41,844,783			38,046,505
Vehicles	2,133,390			1,579,933
Asset held for sale	3,421,179			—
Capital work-in-progress	36,962,152			39,515,267
Capital advances	18,271,144			11,759,987
	273,087,706			252,550,630
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(102,060,924		)	(101,620,303		)
	$	171,026,782		$	150,930,327

F-25

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

9Property, plant and equipment (continued)

9.2Depreciation and amortization on property, plant and equipment and amortization of computer software included in depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment is as follows:

For the years ended	December 31, 2006		December 31, 2007	December 31, 2008
Depreciation and amoritization	$	18,605,047	22,965,130	23,254,443
Amortization of computer software	4,437,291		4,796,933	4,432,496

Unamortized computer software cost as at December 31, 2007 and 2008 amounted to $6,065,303, and $ 5,071,501 respectively.

10Goodwill and intangible assets

10.1Intangible assets as at December 31, 2007 and 2008 consist of the following:

As of December 31,	2007			2008
Customer related intangibles	$	14,037,795		$	14,037,795
Technology related intangibles	497,879			497,879
Intellectual property rights	21,448,600			21,448,600
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(28,356		)	(378,795		)
	35,955,918			35,605,479
Less: Accumulated amortization	(4,074,782		)	(8,532,311		)
	$	31,881,136		$	27,073,168

During the year ended December 31, 2007, Patni through its wholly owned subsidiary, Patni USA, acquired from one of its major customers, the worldwide rights for software Proprietary Intellectual Property Rights (“IPR”) that enables communication service providers to offer customer management, retail point-of-sale and billing services for a variety of products and services. Cost of acquisition of the IPR amounting to $20,368,600 has been capitalized as an intangible asset and is being amortized over a period of ten years. The Company intends to use this intellectual property for the purposes of software licensing, provision of reusable IP-led IT services, managed services and provision of hosted or software-as-a-service solutions. A royalty of 5% is payable to seller on such sales.

10.2Amortization for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 amounted to $968,501, $2,087,930 and $4,457,529 respectively. The estimated amortization for the intangible assets, for the next five years will be as follows:

	2009	2010	2011	2012	2013
Amortization	4,207,984	3,861,295	3,380,405	3,241,855	3,150,936

F-26

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

10Goodwill and intangible assets (Continued)

10.3The movement in goodwill balance is given below:

	December 31, 2007			December 31, 2008
Balance at beginning of the year	$	39,831,664		$	66,713,170
Add: Additional goodwill arising on account of contingent consideration for Patni Telecom	12,402,039			—
Add: Goodwill on business acquisition	14,712,296			—
Less: Tax benefit on incentive stock option of Patni Telecom	(235,057		)	—
Add: Tax paid upon final settlement with tax authority pertaining to pre-acquisition period	—			350,310
Add: Exchange Difference	2,228			(1,754,435		)
Balance at end of the year	$	66,713,170		$	65,309,045

Goodwill as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 includes $ 6,453,938 and $ 4,701,731 respectively which is deductible for tax purposes as per local taxation laws in the United Kingdom.

10.4Goodwill as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 has been allocated to the following reportable segments:

Segment	December 31, 2007		December 31, 2008
Financial services	$	2,594,374	$	2,594,374
Communication, Media and Entertainment	55,860,438		54,456,313
Manufacturing Services	8,258,358		8,258,358
Total	$	66,713,170	$	65,309,045

11Change in estimate

11.1During 2006, the Company reached a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) relating to its tax returns of its U.S. operations (Patni USA and its US branch) for fiscal years 2001 and 2002. The settlement addressed transfer pricing, branch tax matters and payroll taxes. The Company was unable to substantiate to the IRS that returns pertaining to its U.S. branch for the years ended March 31, 2002 and 2003 were filed within 18 months from the respective due dates and hence were deemed as delinquent returns by the IRS. Accordingly, the IRS disallowed all of the deductions on the branch income tax returns and assessed additional income tax obligations of U.S. $15.2 million. Delinquent tax returns were treated as errors in computation of income taxes for the years in which such tax returns were due for filing under the IRS rules and the Company restated its 2003 and 2004 financial statements for such errors.

The Company reviewed the adequacy of the previously established tax exposure reserves with respect to prior years in July 2006 in light of certain positions taken by the IRS during the settlement for 2001 and 2002 and based on such positions, the Company revised its estimate for tax exposure relating to various income tax matters along with related adjustments to accrued interest. The IRS settlement for 2001 and 2002 also covered payroll tax matters for which a provision had previously been established. The settlement resulted in a liability that was less than the amount previously provided for, in part due to the liability being offset by an increase in income tax liability during settlement. As a result, the Company

F-27

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

11Change in estimate (continued)

reduced its accrual for payroll taxes exposure during 2006 with a consequential reversal of the related deferred tax asset.

These revisions to the established tax exposure reserves represented a revision to previous reserve estimates, and accordingly, such amounts have been recorded as part of the consolidated statement of income for the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 as a change in estimate as follows:

Reduction of accrual for payroll taxes (1)	$	(9,041,958	)
Increase in interest expense	2,600,608
Increase in other expense (2)	(3,743,032		)
Increase in income taxes current	26,928,920
Increase in income taxes deferred	3,421,312
	$	20,165,850

(1) Included under cost of revenues

(2) Included under other income/expense

The respective annual amounts with respect to the above amount are shown in the table provided below:

2001			2002			2003		2004		2005		Total
$	(1,248,987	)	$	(372,881	)	$	2,572,523	$	10,862,317	$	8,352,878	$	20,165,850

11.2During the year ended December 31, 2008, the US Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its assessment of tax returns for the years ended 2003 and 2004 of Patni Americas Inc. and for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 of the US branch of the Company. Based on the completion of assessment of these years, the Company reviewed the adequacy of the previously established tax exposure reserves with respect to these years and re-measured the established tax positions for the latter years based on the experience gained from the tax examination and accordingly, the following amounts have been included in the income statement for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 as a change in estimate:

Reduction of accrual for payroll taxes (1)	$	(2,769,567	)
Reduction in interest expenses (2)	(6,497,329		)
Increase in interest expense	560,507
Reduction in other expense (3)	(1,092,687		)
Reduction in income taxes - current	(12,496,744		)
Increase in income taxes - deferred	4,112,604
	$	(18,183,216	)

(1)Included under cost of revenues

(2)Included under Interest expense reversed

(3)Included under other income/expense

12Accrued expenses consist of the following:

As of December 31,	2007		2008
Employee costs	$	31,718,079	$	32,214,120
Subcontractor accruals	5,553,123		5,502,961
Professional fees payable	2,786,817		2,432,067
Others	15,021,905		16,017,949
	$	55,079,924	$	56,167,097

F-28

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

13Other liabilities

Other liabilities consist of the following:

As of December 31,	2007			2008
Deferred revenue	$	4,188,096		$	3,387,715
Provision for leave pay obligation	15,440,999			15,975,135
Provision for retirement benefits	9,922,971			9,930,835
Capital expenditure payable	6,715,195			1,596,090
Provision for payroll tax matters	6,481,233			1,520,559
Interest on corporate taxes and other related expenses	8,633,630			2,337,601
Advance from customers	1,237,237			1,335,869
Derivative liabilities	—			38,493,027
Others	7,030,853			9,598,934
	$	59,650,214		$	84,175,765
Less : Other Current liabilities
Deferred revenue	(4,188,096		)	(3,387,715		)
Provision for leave encashment	(15,440,999		)	(15,975,135		)
Provision for retirement benefits	(164,127		)	(178,808		)
Capital expenditure payable	(6,715,195		)	(1,596,090		)
Advance from customers	(1,237,237		)	(1,335,869		)
Derivative liabilities	—			(27,695,752		)
Others	(6,541,601		)	(9,520,095		)
	(34,287,255		)	(59,689,464		)
Other Liabilities	$	25,362,959		$	24,486,301

14Leases

14.1Patni acquires certain vehicles under capital lease for a non-cancelable period of 4 years. The gross amount recorded in property, plant and equipment for such capital leases and the related accumulated depreciation amounted to $1,375,858 and $757,413 as at December 31, 2007 and $ 896,255 and $539,392 as at December 31, 2008 respectively. The depreciation expense in respect of these assets aggregated $264,623, $347,542 and $ 326,267 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

14.2Patni USA has operating lease agreements, primarily for leasing office space, that expire over the next 1-6 years. These leases generally require Patni USA to pay certain executory costs such as taxes, maintenance and insurance. Patni UK has operating lease agreement, for leasing office space, that expire over the next 10 years.

14.3Patni has operating lease agreements, primarily for leasing office and residential premises. These agreements provide for cancellation by either party with a notice period ranging from 30 days to 120 days, after the initial lock-in period, if any. Some leases contain a clause for renewal of the lease agreements. Some leases provide for annual renewal of the lease payments.

F-29

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

14Leases (continued)

14.4Patni Telecom and its subsidiaries have operating leases for office space that expire over the next 1-3 years. These agreements provide for cancellation by either party with a notice period ranging from 30 days to 180 days, after the initial lock-in period, if any.

14.5Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) and future capital lease payments as of December 31, 2008 are as follows:

	Capital lease			Operating lease
2009	$	193,394		$	9,896,762
2010	118,666			6,627,546
2011	69,558			3,587,956
2012	9,816			1,736,155
beyond 2012	—			4,606,885
Total minimum lease payments	391,434			$	26,455,304
Less: Amount representing interest	(31,479		)
Present value of net minimum capital lease payments	359,955
Less: Current installments of obligations under capital leases	(175,741		)
Obligations under capital leases, excluding current installments	$	184,214

14.6Rental expense for all operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 was $12,510,436, $14,291,084 and $ 14,777,332 respectively.

15Derivatives financial instruments

15.1The Company frequently enters into foreign currency forward and option contracts to hedge inter company and end customer receivables, both anticipated and firm commitments. These contracts are entered to mitigate foreign currency risk caused by changes in exchange rates and are used to hedge these inter company and end customer receivables. At December 31, 2008, the Company’s foreign currency contracts mature within one to fifty three months.

Since there is a direct relationship between the forward contracts and the currency denomination of the underlying transaction, the forward contracts are highly effective in hedging the cash flows of the Company’s inter company and end customer receivables. These forward contracts also meet the criteria for cash flow hedge accounting treatment and, accordingly, part of revaluation gains or losses on these forward contracts are included in other comprehensive income (loss) and are recognized in the consolidated statement of income based on occurrence of the underlying transaction.

For forward contracts designated as a cash flow hedge, the hedge effectiveness is assessed based on changes in fair value attributable to changes in spot prices and accordingly, the changes in the fair value of the contract related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward or futures price would be excluded from assessment of hedge effectiveness and recognised in consolidated statements of income together with any ineffective portion of the hedge.

For range forward contracts and contracts maturing beyond 18 month period and designated against forecasted transactions, the hedge effectiveness is assessed based on overall changes in fair value, and the revaluation gains and losses are recognised in Other Comprehensive Income, being effective hedges. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, or if a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, the Company, prospectively, discontinues hedge accounting with respect to that derivative.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had $ 30,012,023 of net losses related to cash flow hedges included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. At December 31, 2008 $21,416,746 of these losses on derivative instruments accumulated in Other Comprehensive Income are expected to be reclassified to earnings during the

F-30

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

15Derivatives financial instruments (continued)

next 12 months. There were no cash flow hedges which were discontinued during the year because of non-occurrence of forecasted transaction.

15.2The following table presents the aggregate contracted principal amounts of the Company’s derivative contracts outstanding:

	Currency	December 31, 2007		December 31, 2008
Forward contracts, sell	USD	$	165,170,000	$	285,436,000
Forward contracts, sell	JPY	JPY	481,580,000	JPY	400,000,000
Forward contracts, sell	AUD		—	AUD	1,000,000
Forward contracts, sell	GBP		—	£	1,500,000
Forward contracts, sell	EURO	€	4,000,000		—
Foreign currency written options, sell	GBP		—	£	900,000
Foreign currency written options, sell	EURO	€	5,000,000	€	1,600,000
Foreign currency written options, sell	JPY		—		150,000,000
Foreign currency purchased options, sell	USD	$	81,500,000	$	27,000,000
Foreign currency written options, net sell	USD	$	2,500,000	$	21,000,000
Foreign currency purchased options, net sell	USD		—	$	61,250,000

16Shareholders’ equity

Common shares

16.1The Company has only one class of equity shares. For all matters submitted to vote in the shareholders’ meeting, every holder of equity shares (except holders of American Depository Shares - ADSs), as reflected in the records of the Company shall have one vote in respect of each share held. In the event of liquidation of the affairs of the Company, all preferential amounts, if any, shall be discharged by the Company. The remaining assets of the Company after such discharge shall be distributed to the holders of equity shares in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

16.2In December 2005, pursuant to an Initial Public Offering of American Depositary Shares, the Company issued 6,156,250 ADSs (12,312,500 common shares) for a net proceeds of $117,021,852 (after adjusting for direct expenses relating to ADSs of $8,196,274). The common shares represented by the ADSs are similar to other common shares except for voting rights. Under the depository agreement, the depository of ADSs shall vote as directed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

16.3In February 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a proposal to repurchase fully paid equity shares upto 10% of the paid up capital and free reserves, at a maximum price of Rs. 325 per equity share, for an aggregate amount upto Rs. 2,370,000,000. The buyback proposal had been approved in accordance with the provisions of Section 77A, 77AA, 77B and other applicable provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 and the provisions of Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 1998 (“Buy Back Regulations”), for which necessary public announcements were made on 2 April 2008.

The Company commenced the repurchase of shares on July 10, 2008. Subsequent to the share repurchase, such shares are required to be extinguished as per the requirements of Section 77A of the Companies Act, 1956.

F-31

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

16Shareholders’ equity (continued)

16.4During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company repurchased a total of 10,957,082 equity shares through the Bombay Stock Exchange and the National Stock Exchange for an aggregate consideration of Rs. 2,370,000,000 ($53,062,342) being 100% of the amount authorised for buy back. Subsequently, the Company extinguished such equity shares.

16.5Retained earnings includes profits aggregating Rs. 21,914,164 ($449,521) set aside as Capital Redemption Reserve as required by the Indian Companies Act, 1956 pursuant to the repurchase which can be utilised only for the purpose of issuing fully paid bonus shares of the Company.

16.6Retained earnings as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 include profits aggregating $5,221,083 and $7,949,095, respectively which are not distributable as dividends under Indian Companies Act, 1956 (Companies Act).

Retained earnings and dividends

16.7The ability of Patni to declare and pay dividend under the Companies Act, is determined by its distributable profits as shown by its statutory accounts prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP. When Patni wishes to declare dividends, it is required as per the Companies Act, to transfer upto 10% of its net income (after the deduction of any accumulated deficit) computed in accordance with Companies Act to a general reserve before a dividend can be declared. Also, Indian law on foreign exchange governs the remittance of dividends outside India.

16.8At December 31, 2007 the currency translation adjustment gain included in other comprehensive income amounted to $69,189,515. At December 31, 2008 the currency translation adjustment loss included in other comprehensive income amounted to $50,737,505.

17Employee stock compensation plans

17.1On June 30 2003, Patni established the ‘Patni ESOP 2003’ plan (‘the plan’). Under the plan, the Company is authorized to issue up to 11,142,085 equity shares to eligible employees.  Employees covered by the Plan are granted an option, which may be based on service or performance criteria, to purchase shares of the Company subject to the requirements of vesting. The options vest in a graded manner over four years with 25% of the options vesting at the end of each year and expire at the end of 5 years from the date of vesting. A compensation committee constituted by the Board of Directors of the Company administers the plan. The plan has been amended to enable the Company to issue up to 2,000,000 ADR linked options (wherein one ADR linked option is equal to two equity shares) to the employees of the Company as well as its subsidiaries and hence “Patni ESOP 2003- Revised 2006” came into force with effect from June 21, 2006.

The Company issued 200,000 Performance Linked options in May 2006 to certain Senior Management Personnel under the “Patni ESOP 2003-Revised 2006” Plan wherein vesting of options is dependent on achieving certain performance targets. Vesting is triggered on achievement of the targets, but no lesser than 12 months after grant of options. As at 31st December 2007, 70,000 out of such options vested. Compensation cost is recognised on a cumulative catch up basis based on the assessment of probability of performance criteria being achieved.

F-32

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

17Employee stock compensation plans (Continued)

On April 29, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the proposal to modify  the option terms of “Patni ESOP 2003- Revised 2006” plan by reducing the number of options granted as well as the exercise price to Rs. 2/- per share. This proposal required the approval of the shareholders through a special resolution in the Annual General Meeting of the Company. Shareholders approved the modification at the Annual General Meeting held on June 26, 2008 enabling the management to modify the terms of “Patni ESOP 2003- Revised 2006 plan”. The modification was deferred initially to comply with the Indian stock exchange regulations which prohibited such modifications during the time when a share buy-back offer was in effect. The plan to modify the terms was eventually scrapped due to prevailing market conditions.

17.2The weighted average grant date fair values of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $ 3.58 for equity linked options and $ 4.39 for ADR linked options. The weighted average grant date fair values of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2008 was $2.29 for equity linked options and $6.51 for ADR linked options.

17.3Stock options activity under the plan is as follows:

	Year ended December 31, 2007
	Exercise price	Shares arising out of options		Weighted average remaining contractual life (months)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year	$3.16	1,242,966		56
	$5.51-$7.35	2,420,927		65
	$8.37-$10.93	2,460,860		81
Granted during the year (including 154,000 ADR linked options)	$7.55 - 11.18	425,000		90
Forfeited during the year	$3.16	(65,075	)	—
	$5.51 - $7.35	(194,579	)	—
	$8.71-$11.18	(416,363	)	—
Exercised during the year	$3.16	(594,065	)	—
	$5.51-$7.35	(140,479	)	—
	$8.71 - 10.25	(3,442	)	—
Outstanding at the end of the year	$3.16	583,826		47
	$5.51-$7.35	2,085,869		53
	$7.55 - 11.18	2,466,055		71
Exercisable at the end of the year	$3.16	583,826		47
	$5.51-$7.35	1,474,250		46
	$8.37-$10.93	706,655		53
Vested and expected to vest	$3.16	563,871		52
	$5.51-$7.35	2,055,503		53
	$7.55 - 11.18	2,389,906		70

F-33

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

17Employee stock compensation plans (Continued)

	Year ended December 31, 2008
	Exercise price	Shares arising out of options		Weighted average remaining contractual life (months)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year	$3.16	583,826		47
	$5.51-$7.35	2,085,869		53
	$7.55-$11.18	2,466,055		71
Granted during the year (including 152,950 ADR linked options)	$0.04	596,000		90
	$2.25	350,000		90
	$7.55-$11.18	962,900		90
Forfeited during the year	$3.16	(16,051	)	—
	$5.51-$7.35	(115,593	)	—
	$7.55-$11.18	(569,929	)	—
Exercised during the year	$3.16	(42,250	)	—
Outstanding at the end of the year	$0.04	596,000		89
	$2.25	350,000		89
	$3.16	525,525		35
	$5.51-$7.35	1,970,276		41
	$7.55-$11.18	2,859,026		59
Exercisable at the end of the year	$3.16	525,525		35
	$5.51-$7.35	1,885,276		40
	$7.55-$10.93	1,261,219		37
Vested and expected to vest	$0.04	596,000		89
	$2.25	350,000		89
	$3.16	525,525		35
	$5.51-$7.35	1,970,276		41
	$7.55-$11.18	2,819,546		58

17.4The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions for the equity linked options.

Year ended	December 31, 2007		December 31, 2008
Dividend yield	0.78	%	0.68%-1.09	%
Weighted average dividend yield	0.78	%	0.93	%
Expected life	3.5-6.5 years		3.5-6.5 years
Risk free interest rates	8.00% - 8.22	%	7.10% - 7.37	%
Volatility	32.84% - 42.32	%	33.01% - 39.45	%
Weighted Average Volatility	36.68	%	37.35	%

F-34

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

17Employee stock compensation plans (Continued)

17.5The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions for ADR linked options.

Year ended	December 31, 2007		December 31, 2008
Dividend yield	0.65% - 0.79	%	0.68	%
Weighted average dividend yield	0.76	%	0.68	%
Expected life	3.5-6.5 years		3.5-6.5years
Risk free interest rates	4.25%-4.75	%	3.04%-3.51	%
Volatility	34.32% - 44.07	%	41.36%-44.76	%
Weighted average volatility	39	%	43	%

17.6The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised and fair value of options vested is as follows:

As of	December 31, 2006		December 31, 2007		December 31, 2008
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	2,420,290	$	4,160,153	$	119,815
Fair value of options vested	2,534,827		4,850,500		5,267,840

17.7The intrinsic value of options outstanding, exercisable, vested and expected to vest is as follows:

As of	December 31, 2007		December 31, 2008
Options outstanding	$	2,984,374	$	1,681,499
Options exercisable	2,885,587		—
Options vested and expected to vest	2,954,874		$	1,681,499

17.8The compensation expense recognized as cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative expense is as follows:

	December 31, 2006		December 31, 2007		December 31, 2008
Cost of Revenues	$	1,668,108	$	1,832,101	$	1,526,983
Selling, general and administrative expenses	2,315,963		2,841,180		2,370,227

17.9The method used to estimate the expected term of the instruments in the option valuation model is the ‘Simplified Method’ as per SAB 107.

17.10As on December 31, 2008 the total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized is $ 4,169,514 and the weighted average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 25 months.

17.11Effective April 1, 2007, an amendment has been made to Indian Income Tax Act 1961 subjecting specified securities allotted or transferred by an employer to its employees to a Fringe Benefit Tax (FBT). The liability to pay FBT by the employer arises at the time of allotment of the securities, consequent to exercise of the option by the employees and is calculated on the difference between the fair value of the underlying share on the date of vesting and the exercise price paid by the employee based on the corporate tax rate. The FBT arising from such allotment of securities is recovered by the Company from employees. Thus, it was considered appropriate to use the Binomial valuation model to compute the option value for options granted to employees in India as it produces an estimated fair value based on assumed changes in the prices of a financial instrument over

F-35

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

17Employee stock compensation plans (Continued)

successive periods of time. During the year ended December 31, 2007 the Company had granted 425,000 options (including 154,000 ADR linked options) of which 53,000 options were valued using the Binomial Model.

The fair value of options granted after April 1, 2007 is estimated on the date of grant using the Binomial model with the following assumptions for equity linked options.

Year ended	December 31, 2007
Dividend yield	0.7%-0.8	%
Expected life	3.5-6.5 years
Risk free interest rates	7.93% - 8.01	%
Volatility	38.2% - 38.3	%

18Income Tax

18.1Total income tax for the year ended December 2006, 2007 and 2008 were allocated as follows:

For the years ended December 31,	2006			2007			2008
Income from operations	$	47,691,763		$	21,783,963		$	5,203,401
Shareholders’ equity, for
- unrealized holding gain/(loss) on investment securities	1,076,106			(424,845		)	(257,690		)
- unrealized losses on derivative instruments	—			—			(2,201,998		)
- pension	(305,835		)	118,638			107,142
- gratuity	(17,820		)	(71,454		)	88,655
- tax benefit arising on exercise of stock options	317,028			(442,165		)	(16,121		)
Goodwill and intangible assets	(340,366		)	(235,057		)	350,310		��
Total	$	48,420,876		$	20,729,081		$	3,273,698

18.2Income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations consists of the following:

For the years ended December, 31,	2006			2007			2008
Current taxes
Domestic	$	1,655,461		$	9,186,360		$	10,376,924
Foreign	41,691,833			22,727,637			4,042,442
	43,347,294			31,913,997			14,419,366
Deferred taxes
Domestic	(336,467		)	(5,731,246		)	(9,562,995		)
Foreign	4,680,936			(4,398,789		)	347,030
	4,344,470			(10,130,035		)	(9,215,965		)
Total	$	47,691,763		$	21,783,963		$	5,203,401

F-36

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

18Income Tax (Continued)

Pre-tax income from domestic and foreign operations is set out below:

For the years ended December 31,	2006		2007		2008
Pre-tax income
Domestic	$	56,805,563	$	94,707,850	$	79,583,951
Foreign	50,136,970		41,051,607		27,040,695
Total	$	106,942,533	$	135,759,457	$	106,624,646

18.3The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant portion of deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below:

	2007			2008
Deferred tax assets:
Compensated absences, Accrued Incentives, Pension obligations, etc	$	12,027,255		$	13,007,057
Accounts receivable	673,881			577,542
Deferred revenue	431,829			183,890
Carry forward business and other losses	2,736,959			2,822,999
Payroll taxes and interest on payroll and corporate taxes	5,941,881			2,026,936
ESOP compensation costs	1,451,337			2,095,365
Others	—			107,091
Unrealized loss on derivatives	—			2,201,998
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	—			121,440
Mat Credit Entitlement (1)	7,209,533			12,962,034
Gross deferred assets	30,472,675			36,106,352
Less: Valuation allowance	(934,150		)	—
Total deferred tax assets	$	29,538,525		$	36,106,352
Deferred tax liabilities:
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	(1,512,757		)	—
Property, plant and equipment	(2,862,844		)	(1,124,579		)
Undistributed earnings of US branch	(1,806,178		)	(3,517,525		)
Unrealised gain on available for sale securities	(1,078,481		)	(847,410		)
Intangible assets	(3,839,354		)	(2,877,255		)
Tax deduction available for notional interest deduction	(499,851		)	(499,851		)
Tax deductible Goodwill	(195,190		)	(477,296		)
Others	(191,514		)	—
Total deferred tax liabilities	(11,986,169		)	(9,343,916		)
Net Deferred tax assets	$	17,552,356		$	26,762,436
Classified as
Deferred tax assets
Current	$	6,879,161		$	9,796,021
Non current	12,479,374			19,825,211
Deferred tax liabilities
Current	—			—
Non current	1,806,178			2,858,796
Net Deferred tax assets	$	17,552,356		$	26,762,436

F-37

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

18	Income Tax (Continued)
	(1)Pursuant to the changes in the Indian income tax laws, Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) has been extended to income in respect of which deduction is claimed under section 10A; consequently, the Company have calculated the tax liability for current domestic taxes after considering MAT. The excess tax paid under MAT provisions over and above normal tax liability can be carried forward and set-off against future tax liabilities computed under normal tax provisions. The Company was required to pay MAT during fiscal 2006, 2007 and 2008, accordingly, a deferred tax asset of $117,641, $5,710,616 and $7,133,776 has been recognized during fiscal year December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 respectively, which can be carried forward for a period of 7 years.
18.4	In assessing the realisability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not, that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realised. The ultimate realisation of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences and loss carryforwards are deductible. Management considers the reversal of taxable temporary differences, the projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and impact of tax exemptions currently available to the company, in making this assessment. Based on the level of expected taxable incomes over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that it is more likely than not, the Company will realise the benefits of those deductible differences, net of existing valuation allowances. Taxable income for the years 2006, 2007 and 2008 aggregated $29,143,691, $ 34,905,541 and $35,969,214 respectively.
	The operating loss of the subsidiary in the UK amounting to $2,726,720 can be carried forward for an indefinite period and the operating loss of the subsidiary in the US amounting to $4,605,143 will expire at various dates through December 31, 2028.
18.5	Deferred tax liability in respect of undistributed earnings of Patni’s foreign subsidiaries as of 2006, 2007 and 2008 aggregating $4,688,485, $4,732,486 and $6,111,412 respectively has not been recognised in the financial statements, as such earnings are considered to be indefinitely re-invested. As of December 31, 2008, the undistributed earnings of these subsidiaries were approximately $ 40,742,743.
18.6	The net change in valuation allowance in the year 2008 is mainly on account of reversal of valuation allowance recognized in prior years for deferred tax asset recorded on business loss carryforwards of Japan operation, aggregating to $ 501,719.
18.7	The reported income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations differed from amounts computed by applying the enacted tax rate to income from continuing operations before income-taxes as a result of the following:

F-38

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

18Income Tax (Continued)

	2006			2007			2008
Income before income taxes	$	106,942,533		$	135,759,457		$	106,624,646
Weighted average enacted tax rate in India	33.66		%	33.91		%	33.99		%
Computed expected income tax expense	$	35,996,857		$	46,032,638		$	36,241,717
Effect of:
Income exempt from tax	(29,673,705		)	(32,290,707		)	(31,274,645		)
Changes in valuation allowance	501,719			370,305			(501,719		)
Non deductible expenses	5,767,090			792,881			2,837,440
US State taxes, net of federal tax benefit	1,698,868			1,407,693			761,085
Branch taxes	5,928,986			8,162,897			10,393,012
Foreign income taxed at different rates	(12,403		)	194,339			921,930
Change in statutory tax rate on deferred taxes	—			(22,301		)	—
Profit on sale of investments taxed at other than statutory rate	(571,740		)	(2,047,266		)	(3,076,104		)
Change to prior year tax expense estimates	27,401,735			—			(12,496,744		)
Others	654,356			(816,516		)	1,397,430
Reported income tax expenses	$	47,691,763		$	21,783,963		$	5,203,401

18.8A substantial portion of profits of the group’s India operations is exempt from Indian income tax, being profit from undertakings situated at Software Technology Parks. Under the tax holiday, the tax payer can utilize exemption of profits from income taxes for a period of ten consecutive years. The Company has opted for this exemption for undertakings situated in Software Technology Parks and these exemptions expire on various dates between years 2005 and 2010. The aggregate effect on net income of the tax holiday and export incentive scheme were $25,304,980, $28,931,047 and $27,312,225 for 2006, 2007 and 2008 respectively. Further, the per share effect of this exemption on net income was $0.18, $0.20 and $0.20 for 2006, 2007 and 2008 respectively.

18.9The Company and some of its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for 2005 and 2006 in the last quarter of 2008.

The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption of Interpretation 48, the Company recognized no increase/decrease in the tax liability. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2008	49,333,633
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year	9,076,827
Additions for tax positions of prior years	6,251,572
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	(19,049,718	)
(Settlements)/Refund	1,211,383
Exchange Difference	(952,128	)
Balance at December 31, 2008	45,871,569

F-39

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

18Income Tax (Continued)

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized $(5,448,920) in interest and penalties mainly on account of credit of $7,590,016 arising on account of settlement with IRS for years 2003 and 2004 for Patni Inc and for the years ended March 2003, 2004 and 2005 for US Branch.  As of December 31, 2008, the Company has $3,815,375 as accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company conducts its business globally, and, as a result, the Company and some of its subsidiaries file income tax returns in India, the U.S., and various foreign jurisdictions.  The tax years ended March 31, 2000 to March 31, 2008 remain open to examination by the Indian tax authorities. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for 2005 and 2006 in December 2008. The Company does not anticipate that total unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly due to the settlement of audits or the expiration of statute of limitations prior to December 31, 2009.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $42,696,468 of net unrecognized tax benefits arising out of tax positions which would affect the effective tax rate if recognized.

19Retirement benefits to employees

Gratuity benefits

19.1In accordance with the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, Patni provides for gratuity, a defined retirement plan covering all employees. The plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement or termination of employment based on the respective employee’s defined portion of last salary and the years of employment with the Company.

19.2Patni contributes each year to a gratuity fund based upon actuarial valuations performed by an actuary. The fund is administered by Patni through a trust set up for the purpose. All assets of the plan are owned by the trust and comprise of approved debt and other securities and deposits with banks.

19.3With regard to Patni India and Patni Telecom India’s (formerly known as Cymbal Information Services Pvt. Ltd.) Gratuity Plan, the following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Measurement dates used to measure fair value of plan assets and benefit obligation is December 31.

F-40

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

19Retirement benefits to employees (Continued)

At December 31,	2007			2008
Change in benefit obligation
Projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) at January 1,	$	4,482,982		$	6,308,260
Service cost	1,091,201			1,094,495
Interest cost	401,351			552,411
Translation loss/(gain)	621,133			(1,382,756		)
Actuarial loss	493,318			(678,102		)
Benefits paid	(781,725		)	(582,006		)
PBO at December 31,	6,308,260			5,312,302
Fair value of plan assets as at January 1,	5,308,811			5,798,553
Actual return on plan assets	322,368			468,515
Employer contributions	253,798			3,037
Benefits paid	(781,725		)	(582,005		)
Translation gain/(loss)	695,302			(1,110,944		)
Plan assets as at December 31,	5,798,553			4,577,156
Funded status	(519,063		)	(735,146		)
Accumulated benefit obligation	4,309,009			4,132,787
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consists of:
Prepaid benefit cost (included in ‘other assets’)
Provision for Gratuity (included in ‘other current liabilities’)	10,714			25,395
Provision for Gratuity (included in ‘other liabilities’)	508,349			709,751
	$	519,063		$	735,146

19.4Key weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation were as follows:

	2007		2008
Discount rate	9.00	%	9.00	%

For the actuarial valuation at December 31, 2008 compensation levels have been assumed to increase at 8% per annum for the first three years, and 7% per annum thereafter. For the actuarial valuation at December 31, 2007 compensation levels have been assumed to increase at 15% per annum for the first year, 12.5% per annum for the next 3 years and 7% per annum thereafter.

The expected rate of return on assets in future is considered to be 7.5%. This is based on the expectation of the average long-term rate of return to prevail over the next 15 to 20 years on the type of investments prescribed as per the statutory pattern of investments.

19.5The composition of plan assets is detailed below:

As of  December 31,	2007		%		2008		%
Central Government Securities	$	156,134	3	%	$	126,000	3	%
Investment in Government Securities based funds	5,255,917		90	%	3,364,745		73	%
Public Sector/Financial Institutions/Bank bonds	386,502		7	%	1,086,411		24	%
Total	$	5,798,553	100		$	4,577,156	100

F-41

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

19Retirement benefits to employees (Continued)

19.6Net periodic gratuity cost included the following components:

Year ended December 31,	2006			2007			2008
Service cost	$	982,652		$	1,091,201		$	1,094,495
Interest cost	329,613			401,351			552,411
Expected return on assets	(378,065		)	(416,245		)	(365,565		)
Amortization	41,284			(920		)	137,128
Net gratuity cost	$	975,484		$	1,075,387		$	1,418,469

19.7Key weighted average assumptions used to determine the net periodic gratuity cost were as follows:

	2006		2007		2008
Discount rate	8.00	%	8.85	%	9.00	%
Expected return on assets	7.50	%	7.50	%	7.50	%

For the actuarial valuation at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, compensation levels have been assumed to increase at 15% per annum for the first year, 12.5% per annum for the next 3 years and 7% per annum thereafter.

19.8Patni’s expected contribution to gratuity fund for the calendar year 2009 is $ 1,051,036.  The expected benefit payments for next ten years are as follows:

	2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014 - 18
Expected benefit payments	$	1,419,323	$	1,366,051	$	1,452,000	$	1,554,344	$	1,549,477	$	5,104,205

Pension benefits

19.9Founder directors of Patni India and Executive director in employment with Patni USA are entitled to receive pension benefits upon retirement or on termination from employment at the rate of 50% of their last drawn monthly salary. The pension is payable from the time the eligible director reaches the age of sixty five in respect of Founder directors of Patni India and seventy one in respect of Executive director in employment with Patni USA,  and is payable to the directors or the surviving spouse. The liabilities for these pension plans are actuarially determined and periodically recognized. These plans are not funded.

F-42

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

19Retirement benefits to employees (Continued)

19.10With regard to Patni India pension plans, the following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Measurement dates used to measure benefit obligation is December 31 for each fiscal year.

At December 31,	2007			2008
Change in benefit obligation
PBO at January 1,	$	1,909,302		$	2,310,023
Service cost	71,175			—
Interest cost	181,987			181,491
Translation loss/(gain)	245,816			(446,918		)
Actuarial loss/(gain)	(61,101		)	18,133
Benefits paid	(37,156		)	(140,042		)
PBO at December 31,	2,310,023			1,922,687
Funded status	(2,310,023		)	(1,922,687		)
Accumulated benefit obligation	2,310,023			1,922,687

19.11Key weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation for Patni India pension plan were as follows:

	2007		2008
Discount rate	9.00	%	9.00	%
Increase in compensation levels	0	%	0	%

19.12Net periodic pension cost of Patni India pension plan included the following components:

Year ended December 31,	2006		2007		2008
Service cost	$	66,718	$	71,175	—
Interest cost	148,860		181,987		181,491
Amortization	—		—		—
Net pension cost	$	215,578	$	253,162	$	181,491

19.13Key weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for the Patni India pension plan were as follows:

Year ended December 31,	2006		2007		2008
Discount rate	8	%	8.85	%	9.00	%
Rate of compensation increase	10	%	10	%	0	%

F-43

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

19Retirement benefits to employees (Continued)

19.14Patni’s expected contribution for the calendar year 2009 is $ 125,374. The expected benefit payments for next ten years are as follows:

	2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014 – 2018
Expected benefit payments	$	125,374	$	125,374	$	125,374	$	125,374	$	125,374	$	940,308

19.15With regard to Patni USA pension plan, the following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognised in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Measurement dates used to make up benefit obligation is December 31 for each fiscal year

At December 31,	2007			2008
Change in benefit obligation
PBO at January 1,	$	6,071,754		$	7,093,885
Service cost	191,148			200,000
Interest cost	327,036			318,000
Translation loss/(gain)	774,259			—
Actuarial loss/ (Gain)	(270,312		)	(338,885		)
PBO at December 31,	7,093,885			7,273,000
Funded status	(7,093,885		)	(7,273,000		)
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	4,004,314		$	4,516,000

19.16Key weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation for Patni USA pension plan were as follows:

	2007		2008
Discount rate	4.50	%	4.50	%
Increase in compensation levels	10	%	10	%

19.17Net periodic pension cost of Patni USA pension plan included the following components:

Year ended December 31,	2006		2007		2008
Service cost	$	171,332	$	191,148	$	200,000
Interest cost	284,566		327,036		318,000
Amortization	196,139		44,169		—
Net pension cost	$	652,037	$	562,353	$	518,000

19.18Key weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for the Patni USA pension plan were as follows:

Year ended December 31,	2006		2007		2008
Discount rate	5	% p.a	5	% p.a	4.5	% p.a
Rate of compensation increase	10	% p.a	10	% p.a	10	% p.a

F-44

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

19       Retirement benefits to employees (Continued)

19.19	Net periodic amount included in Other Comprehensive Income consisted of actuarial (gain)/Loss. Amount recognised in net periodic employee benefit costs from Other Comprehensive Income in the current year amount to $132,524, expected amortisation out of Other Comprehensive Income in 2009 is $Nil. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, $1,266,956 and $63,962 respectively of actuarial loss included in other comprehensive income which will be recognised in latter years as part of net periodic benefit cost.
	Provident fund
19.20	All employees of Patni India and Patni Telecom India receive provident fund benefits through a defined contribution plan in which both the employee and employer make monthly contributions to the plan at 12% each of the covered employee’s defined portion of salary. The Company has no further obligations under the plan beyond monthly contribution. Patni contributes to the Provident Fund Plan maintained by the Government of India.
19.21	Patni contributed $3,895,116, $ 4,145,932 and $ 4,251,292 to the Provident Fund Plan in 2006, 2007 and 2008 respectively.
20	Segment Information
20.1	SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”, establishes standards for the way enterprises report information about operating segments and related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company’s operations relate to providing IT services and solutions, delivered to customers operating in various industry segments. Accordingly, revenues represented along industry classes comprise the principal basis of segmental information set out in these consolidated financial statements. Secondary segmental reporting is performed on the basis of the geographical location of the customers. The accounting policies consistently used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are also consistently applied to individual segment information.
20.2	Industry segments of the Company comprise financial services, insurance services, manufacturing companies, communications media and entertainment, technology services (comprising independent software vendors and product engineering) and others such as energy and utilities, retail, logistics and transportation. The Company evaluates segment performance and allocates resources based on revenue growth. Revenue in relation to segments is categorized based on items that are individually identifiable to that segment. Costs are not specifically allocable to individual segment as the underlying resources and services are used interchangeably. Property, plant & equipment used in the Company’s business or liabilities contracted have not been identified to any of the reportable segments, as the property, plant & equipment and their services are used interchangeably between segments.
20.3	Until December 31, 2006, the Company reported Product Engineering Services (PES) and Independent Software Vendors (ISV) as separate industry segments. The PES business is primarily related to embedded technology services for products and the ISV unit provided the user interface for these products. Both these segments form part of technology services. Effective January 1, 2007, the Company has integrated these two business segments with the primary focus on the following synergies (i) demand for providing end-to-end solutions from product engineering clients. (ii) leveraging the domain skills and platform skills to provide end-to-end solutions. Segment data for 2006 have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

F-45

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

20	Segment Information (Continued)
20.4	Patni’s geographic segmentation is based on location of customers and comprises United States of America (‘USA’), Europe, Japan, India and Others. Revenue in relation to geographic segments is categorized based on the location of the specific customer entity for which services are performed irrespective of the customer entity that is billed for the services and whether the services are delivered onsite or offshore. Categorization of customer related assets and liabilities in relation to geographic segments is based on the location of the specific customer entity which is billed for the services.
20.5	Substantial portion of Patni’s long lived assets are located in India.
20.6	Based on the economic characteristics of the telecommunication business segment the company has renamed the segment as communications, media and entertainment.

F-46

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

20Segment Information (Continued)

20.7Industry segments

Particulars	Financial services			Insurance			Manufacturing			Communication, Media & Entertainment			Product Engineering			Others			Total
	December 31, 2006
Revenues	$	88,360,525		$	134,513,555		$	125,395,979		$	109,204,432		$	82,457,792		$	38,918,599		$	578,850,882
Accounts receivables, net	16,469,861			21,301,154			26,507,789			22,694,977			16,927,759			11,716,964			$	115,618,504
Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	(207,662		)	(211,665		)	(727,686		)	(489,852		)	(818,284		)	(869,432		)	$	(3,324,581	)
Advance from customers	(4,833		)	(18,172		)	(121,713		)	—			(38,721		)	(2,529		)	$	(185,968	)
Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	2,425,124			1,017,735			4,756,834			10,414,219			2,445,959			1,774,474			$	22,834,345
	December 31, 2007
Revenues	$	93,725,976		$	156,608,255		$	157,413,791		$	89,387,331		$	111,063,050		$	54,713,266		$	662,911,669
Accounts receivables, net	17,458,013			27,515,894			35,482,616			19,919,098			21,762,194			14,233,868			$	136,371,683
Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	(322,417		)	(337,306		)	(1,429,386		)	(418,269		)	(772,703		)	(275,163		)	$	(3,555,245	)
Advance from customers	(189,649		)	(400,875		)	(135,283		)	(82,437		)	(288,354		)	(140,638		)	$	(1,237,237	)
Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	3,644,377			1,907,851			9,243,504			7,945,259			6,217,741			3,458,660			$	32,417,391
	December 31, 2008
Revenues	$	91,673,353		$	177,274,553		$	180,460,749		$	90,244,846		$	112,806,537		$	66,424,065		$	718,884,103
Accounts receivables, net	13,790,442			25,124,852			28,986,411			16,314,653			15,696,213			11,901,173			$	111,813,743
Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	(1,043,777		)	(223,984		)	(1,901,632		)	(367,631		)	(1,692,082		)	(771,277		)	$	(6,000,383	)
Advance from customers	(85,646		)	(50,311		)	(351,117		)	(40,794		)	(639,133		)	(168,868		)	$	(1,335,869	)
Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	2,734,036			2,162,504			6,152,872			9,881,320			4,528,019			5,204,616			$	30,663,367

F-47

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

20	Segment information (Continued)
20.8	Geographic segments

Particulars	USA			Europe			Japan			India			Others			Total
	December  31, 2006
Revenues	$	467,907,248		$	67,281,267		$	21,827,569		$	2,367,695		$	19,467,103		$	578,850,882
Accounts receivables, net	84,143,450			24,949,728			3,441,415			1,562,956			1,520,955			$	115,618,504
Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	(1,658,212		)	(914,024		)	(675,485		)	(60,767		)	(16,093		)	$	(3,324,581	)
Advance from customers	(132,511		)	(20,580		)	(3,367		)	(3,356		)	(26,154		)	$	(185,968	)
Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	11,488,904			8,518,364			1,348,568			172,637			1,305,872			$	22,834,345
	December 31, 2007
Revenues	$	516,438,299		$	97,712,926		$	20,044,614		$	5,376,202		$	23,339,629		$	662,911,669
Accounts receivables, net	100,096,293			28,257,749			2,915,162			1,245,098			3,857,380			$	136,371,683
Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	(1,833,086		)	(624,628		)	(839,150		)	(172,146		)	(86,233		)	$	(3,555,245	)
Advance from customers	(1,054,657		)	(98,860		)	(73,768		)	(9,952		)	—			$	(1,237,237	)
Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	19,824,710			8,047,805			1,894,379			268,574			2,381,923			$	32,417,391
	December 31, 2008
Revenues	$	545,440,929		$	112,640,874		$	25,039,034		$	6,426,537		$	29,336,729		$	718,884,103
Accounts receivables, net	84,479,242			18,910,013			3,289,297			1,962,387			3,172,804			$	111,813,743
Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts	(3,122,673		)	(186,880		)	(1,528,806		)	(55,839		)	(1,106,185		)	$	(6,000,383	)
Advance from customers	(687,186		)	(71,776		)	(507,529		)	(8,242		)	(61,136		)	$	(1,335,869	)
Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	14,773,659			11,387,849			1,144,701			858,273			2,498,885			$	30,663,367

F-48

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

20	Segment information (Continued)
20.9	One customer accounted for 15%, 12% and 11% of the total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Net receivables from this customer as at December 31, 2007 and 2008, amounted to 9% and 8% of the total net receivables, respectively. The revenues from this customer were across all the industry segments of the Company. Another customer in the Insurance industry segment accounted for 10%, 9% and 10% of the total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Net receivables for this customer as at December 31, 2007 and 2008, amounted to 6% and 6% of the total net receivables respectively.
21	Foreign exchange (gain)/loss
	Aggregate foreign exchange (gain)/loss for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 amounted to $3,456,706, $ (23,350,920) and $ 18,358,897 respectively. Foreign exchange loss amounting to $708,780, $ Nil and $ Nil for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 respectively, have been included in “Other (expense)/income, net” in the consolidated statements of income.
22	Earnings per share
	A reconciliation of the common shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is set out below:

Years ended December 31,	2006	2007	2008
Common shares
Weighted average number of shares outstanding	137,957,477	138,660,785	135,590,677
Effect of dilutive equivalent shares-stock options outstanding	947,383	909,148	169,745
Weighted average number of equity shares and dilutive equivalent shares outstanding	138,904,860	139,569,933	135,760,422

	Options to purchase 2,630,860, 1,992,055 and 5,704,527 equity shares were outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of the options was greater than the average market price of the equity shares.
23	Related party transactions
23.1	Patni enters into various transactions with related parties, such as PCS Technology Ltd. (‘PCSTL’), formerly known as PCS Industries Ltd., PCS International ltd, PCS Cullinet, PCS Finance, Ravi and Ashok enterprises, Ashoka Computers - all affiliates, directors of Patni and their relatives. Such transactions were consummated on terms equivalent to those that prevailed in arm’s-length transactions.
	The Company’s executive directors, Mr G.K.Patni and Mr A.K.Patni, under contract of employment until October 22, 2010, ceased to be executive directors effective October 1, 2007 but will continue as directors on the Board. Termination benefit payments as provided in the contract of employment are in compliance with the Indian Companies Act and amounted to $2,220,139, which have been recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2007.
	Further, an amount of $141,076 and $457,436 has been recorded as commissions for these two directors (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 respectively.

F-49

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

23	Related party transactions (Continued)
	Expenses
23.2	Patni has taken certain residential properties under operating leases from certain affiliates and the Patni family. The rentals and other incidental charges incurred were $ 127,748, $93,725 and $82,036 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Amounts payable with respect to these obligations as at December 31, 2007 and 2008 were $13,799 and $24,909 respectively. Outstanding security deposits under the operating leases placed by Patni with affiliates and the Patni family at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 were $120,478 and $35,857 respectively.
	Due from employees
23.3	Patni grants personal loans to eligible employees, either for housing or personal purposes and advances to meet initial conveyance and living expenses while on travel. Personal loans include loans for vehicle purchase and other individual employee needs. Such loans and advances are repayable in equal installments over periods ranging from 1—60 months. Interest on these loans and advances is charged at 0- 9%. Loans outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2008 were $ 620,271 and $450,472 respectively.
23.4	Patni USA, Patni UK, Patni GmbH, Patni Telecom and its subsidiaries grant personal loans to employees as well as advances to meet initial conveyance and living expenses while on travel. Such loans and advances are repayable over a period of 6 months. Interest charged on these loans and advances ranged from 0% to 10%. Balance outstanding of such loans and advances at December 31, 2007 and 2008 were $ 2,736,703 and $1,195,683 respectively.
	Employees execute promissory notes for the amount advanced along with a guarantor’s agreement as collateral. In the case of long term housing loan, the original house deed is sought to be deposited with the Company as collateral, in addition to the guarantor’s agreement.
24	Line of Credit
	The Company has an overall Line of Credit of Rs.610,000,000 ($15,478,305) and Rs.610,000,000 ($12,512,821) as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, from its bankers for various requirements such as pre and post shipment loan, Export Bill Discounting, Overdrafts, Working capital demand loan, Financial Guarantees, Guarantees - Bid Bond / Performance, etc. These facilities bear interest as negotiated with the bank from time to time. The facilities are secured by accounts receivables of the Company. Patni Inc and Patni Telecom have a line of credit of $2,000,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, each for meeting the working capital requirements bearing interest at Bank Prime rate less 1%. There was no outstanding balances under this facility as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008. In addition Patni Inc has a facility for issuance of Letters of credit to the extent of $ 500,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

F-50

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

25	Commitments and Contingencies
25.1	The Company is obligated under a number of contracts relating to capital expenditure. Estimated amounts remaining to be executed on such contracts (net of advances), aggregated $ 33,395,547 and $ 50,108,878 at December 31, 2007 and 2008 respectively.
25.2	Guarantees given by a bank on behalf of Patni amounted $ 3,857,802 and $ 1,319,911 as at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively and letter of credit issued by bank was $ 1,472,183 and $ Nil as at December 31, 2007 and 2008 respectively.
25.3	In December 2006, the Company received a demand notice from the Indian Income Tax department for approximately Rs 630.17 million, including an interest demand of approximately Rs 186.85 million (.$12,926,489 including an interest demand of approximately $3,827,266) for the assessment year 2004-05. The tax demand was mainly on account of disallowance of deduction claimed by the Company under Section 10A of the Income Tax Act, 1961, in respect of profits earned by its various eligible undertakings. Section 10A of Indian Income Tax Act exempts the profits earned by an undertaking for the export of computer software upon the fulfillment of certain conditions. One of the conditions is that the unit should not have been formed by the splitting up of an existing business.
	The Company had only expanded its software development business whereas the Income Tax department contends that the business of the new units is comprised of business transferred from existing units by splitting them. The Company, in consultation with its tax advisers, filed an appeal in January 2007 challenging the disallowance.
	One of the requirements under the Indian Income Tax Rules to proceed with an appeal is to deposit, either immediately or through monthly installments, a sum equivalent to 50% of the amount that is under appeal. Until March 31, 2008, the Company deposited a sum of Rs 310.28 million ($7,212,464). Considering the facts and nature of disallowances and based on the advice given by the Company’s legal counsel, management considered that the disallowance was not tenable and, therefore was confident of a favorable outcome in appeal proceedings and hence no provision for such income tax demand was considered necessary.
	Subsequently, in February 2008, the Company received an order from the Commissioner Income Tax (CIT) (Appeals) in favor of the Company by allowing the claim under Section 10A. The Company received the refund of the taxes paid after adjustment of the new demand for the assessment year 2002-03 as explained above.
	In December 2007, the Company received another demand, for Rs. 261.70 million including an interest demand of approximately Rs 139.88 million ($ 5,368,267 including an interest demand of approximately $ 2,869,279) for the assessment year 2002-03. The new demand related to the same issue of disallowance of tax benefits under Section 10A. In the opinion of management, and based on advice received, the demand was considered as not tenable against the Company and the Company filed an appeal with the appellate authority.
	Subsequently, in March 2008, the Company received an order from the CIT (Appeals) in favor of the Company by allowing the claim under Section 10A.The total amount paid till March 2008 of Rs 261.70 million ($ 6,083,288) along with interest has also been received as refund.
	The Indian Income tax department has appealed against the CIT (Appeal’s) order in respect of assessment year 2002-03 and 2004-05 in the tribunal.
	In December 2008 the Company received a Demand of approximately Rs 458.66 million for the Assessment Year 2003-04 including an interest demand of Rs 258.64 million (.$ 9,408,512 including an interest demand of approximately $ 5,305,521) and another Demand in January 2009 of approximately Rs 1,131.76 million for the Assessment Year 2005-06 including an interest demand of approximately Rs 421.97 million ($ 23,215,659 including an interest demand of approximately $ 8,655,847).

F-51

Patni Computer Systems Limited and subsidiaries

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Continued)

25	Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)
	These new demands concern the same issue of disallowance of tax benefits under Section 10A. The Company has filed an Appeal and stay of demand has been granted till 30 June 2009. The Company is required to pay 10% of the amount under appeal before March 2009. Additionally, subsequent to year ended December 31, 2008, the Company has deposited with the Indian income tax authorities Rs. 209 million ($ 4.1million) as deposit relating to the demands received in December 2008. Management considers these demands as not tenable against the Company and, therefore, no provision for this tax contingency has been established.
	Certain other income tax related legal proceedings are pending against the Company. Potential liabilities, if any, have been adequately provided for, and the Company does not currently estimate any incremental liability in respect of these proceedings. Additionally, the Company is also involved in lawsuits and claims which arise in ordinary course of business. There are no such matters pending that Patni expects to be material in relation to its business.
26	Fair value of financial instruments
	The fair value of Patni’s current assets and current liabilities approximate their carrying values because of their short-term maturity. Such financial instruments are classified as current and are expected to be liquidated within the next twelve months. The fair value of capital lease obligations has been estimated by discounting cash flows based on current rate available to the Company for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The fair value and carrying value of capital lease obligations is set out below:

Capital lease obligations	Fair Value		Carrying value
At December 31, 2007	$	578,708	$	603,557
At December 31, 2008	351,650		359,955

F-52